Agenda packet — Cathedral City City Council, August 13, 2025 (part 1 of 3)

CITY COUNCIL
PACKET
Study Session 3:00 PM
Regular Meeting 5:30 PM
Wednesday, August 13, 2025
City Council Chambers
68-700 Avenida Lalo Guerrero
Cathedral City, CA 92234
MAYOR
Nancy Ross

CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS
Mayor Pro Tem
Raymond Gregory
Councilmember
Rita Lamb
Councilmember
Ernesto Gutierrez
Councilmember
Mark Carnevale
STUDY SESSION 3:00 PM
Normally no action is taken on Study Session Items, however, the City Council reserves the right to give specific policy direction and take specific action as necessary.

Presentations will be limited to 10 minutes unless other provisions are made in advance.

CALL TO ORDER

ROLL CALL

AGENDA FINALIZATION
At this time the City Council may announce any items being pulled from the agenda or continued to another date.

1. PUBLIC COMMENTS
This is the opportunity for members of the public to comment on any items not appearing on the regular agenda. Because of restrictions contained in California Law, the City Council may not discuss or act on any item not on the agenda but may briefly respond to statements made or ask a question for clarification. The Mayor may also request a brief response from staff to questions raised during public comment or may request a matter be agendized for a future meeting. Public 2 Comment will be limited to three (3) minutes.

2. STUDY SESSION
A. Desert Recreation District Introductory Presentation and Update on Initial Progress
Recommendation: This item is presented for information and discussion only; no formal action is required.

B. Presentation on the Axon Body 4 Body-Worn Camera (BWC) Recommendation: This item is presented for information and discussion.

C. 2025 Firework Enforcement and Response Activity Update Recommendation: Information and discussion only.

D. Strategic Plan Update
Recommendation: This report is for information, discussion and direction only.

3. CLOSED SESSION
A. PUBLIC EMPLOYEE APPOINTMENT
Pursuant to Government Code section 54957(b)
One (1) position:

Title: Acting / Interim City Manager
Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

B. CONFERRENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATOR
Pursuant to Government Code section 54957.6
Labor Negotiator: City Manager Charles McClendon
Employee Organizations: Management Unrepresented Employees Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

C. Conference with Legal Counsel – Existing Litigation Pursuant to Government Code section 54956.9(d)(1)
Items: One (1) Cathedral City v. Fantasy Balloon Flights Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

D. CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL
Anticipated Litigation Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9 (d)(2)
One (1) Matter
Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

RECESS
REGULAR MEETING - 5:30 PM
3 CALL TO ORDER

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE

INVOCATION (MOMENT OF REFLECTION)

ROLL CALL

AGENDA FINALIZATION
At this time the City Council may announce any items being pulled from the agenda or continued to another date.

1. SPECIAL PRESENTATION
A. August 2025 Month to Celebrate the 100th Anniversary of the First Recorded Map in the City
Recommendation: This is a Special Presentation only, there is no Staff Recommendation.

2. PUBLIC COMMENTS
This is the opportunity for members of the public to comment on any items not appearing on the regular agenda. Because of restrictions contained in California Law, the City Council may not discuss or act on any item not on the agenda but may briefly respond to statements made or ask a question for clarification. The Mayor may also request a brief response from staff to questions raised during public comment or may request a matter be agendized for a future meeting. Public Comment will be limited to three (3) minutes.

3. COUNCIL REPORTS
This is an opportunity for each member of the City Council to report on any conferences they attend, local events or make any other comments they may have.

4. CONSENT AGENDA
The following Consent Calendar items are expected to be routine and noncontroversial. They will be acted upon by the City Council at one time without discussion. Any Council Member, Staff Member, or Citizen may request removal of an item from the Consent Calendar for discussion.

A. Waive Full Reading of Ordinances on Agenda
Recommendation: Waive Full Reading of Ordinances on Agenda B. Approval of the July 9, 2025 Study Session and Regular City Council Meeting Minutes
Recommendation: Approve the July 9, 2025 Study Session and Regular City Council Minutes.

C. Check Demand Register July 2025
4 Recommendation: Receive and File.

D. Ratify Memorandum of Understanding Between the City and the Cathedral City Police Management Association (CCPMA)
Recommendation: To ratify the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the City of Cathedral City (“City”) and the Cathedral City Police Management Association (“CCPMA”) for the period July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2028.

E. Approval of a License Agreement with the Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District for the Maintenance of the Date Palm Drive Bridge on North Cathedral Canyon Channel.

Recommendation: To approve a license agreement with the Riverside County Flood Control and Water Conservation District for the maintenance of the Date Palm Drive Bridge over the North Cathedral Canyon Channel, and associated drainage and channel improvements; and authorize the City Manager to execute all necessary documents.

F. 2025-2026 California Highway Patrol Cannabis Tax Fund Grant Program Recommendation: To accept the California Highway Patrol (CHP) Cannabis Tax Fund Grant in the amount of $124,561.63 and authorize the City Manager to execute the grant agreement.

G. Notice of Completion for Fiscal Year 2024-2025 Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS) Projects
Recommendation: To accept and approve the following Rubberized Emulsion Aggregate Slurry (REAS) projects: East Palm Canyon Drive (C08695), Assessment District (AD) 86-5 neighborhood streets (C08696), Vista Chino Drive (C08697) and Date Palm Drive (C08698), as final; and, authorize the City Manager to execute and file a notice of completion with the Riverside County Recorder’s Office (County); and, authorize the release of retention funds to Petrochem Materials Innovation, LLC (PMI) upon expiration of the notice of completion (NOC).

H. Purchase of one (1) 2025 Ford F-150 Police Responder from Utilitac Equipment & Upfitting for the Homeless Liaison Unit
Recommendation: To authorize the purchase of one (1) 2025 Ford F-150 Police Responder for use by the Homeless Liaison Officer in the amount of $85,915.37, inclusive of vehicle cost, decals, taxes, and upfitting.

I. Resolution Adopting an Updated City-Wide Salary Schedule Recommendation: To adopt a resolution approving a city-wide publicly available pay schedule in compliance with California Code of Regulations, Title 2, Sections 570.5, 571, 571.1, and to acknowledge the chartermandated salary adjustment for elected officials. This resolution will supersede all previous resolutions regarding job classifications and compensation levels to the extent they conflict with this new recommendation.
5 J. Approval of Supplemental Law Enforcement Services Account (SLESA) Expenditure Plan for Fiscal Years 2021–2022 and 2022–2023 for Axon Body-Worn Cameras and Software.

Recommendation: Staff recommends the City Council approve the expenditure plan appropriating Supplemental Law Enforcement Services Account (SLESA) funds for Fiscal Years 2021–2022 and 2022–2023 for the acquisition and implementation of Axon body-worn cameras and associated software.

K. Resolution Authorizing the Official Designees for the Listos California CERT Support Grant (LC) Program.

Recommendation: To approve a resolution authorizing the City Manager and the Financial Services Director to act as the official designees for the Listos California CERT Support Grant (LC) Program and to execute and provide all forms, agreements, and other assurances as required.

L. Purchase of One (1) Ford Maverick for the Building and Safety Division to Accommodate Newly Hired Building Inspector
Recommendation: To authorize the purchase of one (1) Ford Maverick for the Building and Safety Department, at a total cost of $32,926.71; and authorize the City Manager, or his designee, to execute all required documents for purchase.

5. PUBLIC HEARINGS

6. LEGISLATIVE ACTIONS
A. Consider Making an Appointment to the Finance Advisory Committee Recommendation: To consider making an appointment to the Finance Advisory Committee to fill an unexpired seat with a term continuing through June 30, 2026, based on the interviews conducted during the Study Session portion of the meeting held June 25, 2025.

B. Administrative Attendance Policy for City Council Commissions and Committees
Recommendation: To review and adopt the administrative attendance policy for City Council Commissions and Committees.

C. Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with Willdan Engineering, Inc. for the Sarah Street Area Assessment District Formation Phase 2A.

Recommendation: To approve Amendment No. 1 to the Professional Services Agreement with Willdan Engineering, Inc. to extend the term of the agreement for the Sarah Street Assessment District Formation Project – Phase 2A; authorize a budget adjustment in the amount of $15,131.74 to continue project funding; and authorize the City Manager to execute this Amendment No. 1.
6 D. Award of a Professional Services Agreement to HR Green Pacific, Inc. for the Design of the Tropical Storm Hilary: Date Palm Drive Pavement Reconstruction Project City Project No. C08684.

Recommendation: To approve a Professional Services Agreement with HR Green Pacific, Inc. to prepare the plans, specifications, estimate, right of way and environmental documents for the Tropical Storm Hilary: Date Palm Drive Pavement Reconstruction project, city project No. C08684, in the not to exceed amount of $345,303.34; authorize a 10% design contingency in the amount of $34,696.66 for unforeseen design related expenses, thereby bringing the total project cost to $380,000; and authorize the City Manager to execute the agreement.

E. Construction Contract Award to Granite Construction Company for the Whispering Palms Trail Class III Bike Route Project (C08672).

Recommendation: To award a construction contract to Granite Construction Company in the amount of $672,000.00 for the SB 821 Bicycle and Pedestrian Facilities program for Whispering Palms Trail Class III Bike Route project (C08672); approve a twenty percent (20%) contingency in the amount of $134,400.00 for unforeseeable construction costs, thereby bringing the total project budget to the amount of $806,400.00; and, authorize the City Manager to execute the required contract documents; and, authorize the City Engineer to request bonds and insurance for the project, and issue the notice to proceed.

F. Balloon Festival Saturday Headliner Options
Recommendation: To approve one of four proposed Saturday headliner options for the 11th Cathedral City International Hot Air Balloon Festival, authorize staff to negotiate a shared revenue agreement with SoundSkilz, Inc. for cost recovery where applicable, and authorize the Communications & Events Manager to pursue major sponsorship opportunities to offset production costs.

7. DISCUSSION ON FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
This is an opportunity for members of the City Council to request that, and for the City Council to discuss whether, one or more items should be added to the agenda of a future regular or special City Council meeting. To comply with the Brown Act, discussion should be limited to whether to add the item(s), and direction given to the City Manager regarding scheduling and prioritization of the item(s).

8. CLOSED SESSION

ADJOURNMENT

NOTES TO THE PUBLIC
The City of Cathedral City complies with the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990. If you require special assistance to participate in this meeting, please call the City Clerk’s Office at (760) 770-0322 at least 48 hours prior to the meeting. 7 If you desire to address the City Council during the meeting, please complete a Request to Speak Form available at the entrance and present it to the City Clerk. Speakers will be called upon at the appropriate time.

When providing public comment during a Council Meeting, California Law may require speakers to disclose a campaign contribution made to an elected or appointed City Councilmember if speaking on certain projects or contracts to be acted upon by the City Council. Please use the following link to determine whether you have a legal obligation to disclose your campaign contribution: https://www.cathedralcity.gov/transparency Written Comments will be accepted until 2:00 p.m. on the day of the meeting. Written comments may be submitted via email, letter, or other forms of written communication.

To email comments please email to [email protected].

Hard copies of written comments and any other document will be provided to the City Council and made available for the general public to review. All written comments received by the submission deadline will be made part of the official record. The meeting minutes will include: The name of the individual submitting the comment and a brief statement summarizing the content of the comment.

Submitted Written Comments will not be read into the record during the meeting.

Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 2.A
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: John A. Corella, Director of Public Works
Title: Desert Recreation District Introductory Presentation and Update on Initial Progress
RECOMMENDATION:

This item is presented for information and discussion only; no formal action is required.

BACKGROUND:

Cathedral City has approved an agreement with the Desert Recreation District (DRD) to provide comprehensive park maintenance and recreational programming, reinforcing the city’s commitment to high-quality community services.

Effective July 1, 2025, DRD assumed responsibility for maintaining six city parks and began offering a diverse array of recreational opportunities for residents of all ages. The agreement was made possible by the successful passage of Measure W, which passed with strong voter support at 74%, ensuring Cathedral City residents can now access DRD’s full suite of programs at in-district rates. These offerings include art classes, youth and adult sports leagues, seasonal events, and more.

DRD will manage and maintain several key community parks: Dennis Keat Soccer Park, Panorama Park, Ocotillo Park, Century Park, Esperanza Park, and Patriot Park.

In addition, the city’s popular summer swim program at Cathedral City High School will continue under DRD’s leadership, ensuring uninterrupted access to this well-loved community resource.

DISCUSSION:

Under the agreement between Cathedral City and the Desert Recreation District (DRD), the following services and responsibilities were designated to DRD:
• Overall parks and recreation administration.
• Overseeing the maintenance and supervision of park interiors. • Providing Cathedral City residents access to DRD facilities, programs, and classes located outside city limits at in-district rates.
• Coordinating and delivering recreational programming—including classes, leagues, and other activities—within Cathedral City parks and available facilities. • Managing operations, scheduling, and reservations for Cathedral City parks, including Panorama Park, Century Park, Dennis Keat Soccer Park, Ocotillo Park, Esperanza Park, and Patriot Park.
• Staffing and operating the summer swim program at Cathedral City High School.

Below is an update on park maintenance and programming as of July 1, 2025.

DRD Maintenance
DRD assumed responsibility for the maintenance of the following parks:

1. Dennis Keat Soccer Park

2. Esperanza Park

3. Panorama Park

4. Ocotillo Park

5. Century Park

6. Patriot Park (only trash/BBQ/table maintenance). Turf and trees are maintained under separate contract with Big League Dreams.

Frequency Task
Daily Restroom duties, trash can service, park amenities upkeep, playground/fitness equipment inspections, blow hardscapes, debris removal.

Weekly Landscape maintenance: remove weeds, rake, irrigation check, power wash hardscape.

Bi-Weekly Lawn mowing.

Monthly Site inspections.

Annually Tree and palm tree trimming, turf renovation.

As Needed Field and shelter reservations.

Notable Changes
At the start of the transition, some areas requiring attention were identified, such as turf maintenance and trash receptacle clean up. These issues were promptly addressed to prevent any ongoing impact.

To support turf revitalization, DRD has increased water output across all parks. Public Works staff will closely monitor water usage and billing to ensure continued alignment with our water conservation objectives.

DRD Programming
Since assuming operations, DRD has launched several recreational programs. Cathedral City events are held throughout the city, utilizing several facilities and parks, as seen below:

Location Program Date
Cathedral City High School Pool Swim Lessons On-going
Dennis Keat Soccer Park Splash Bash Friday, July 18th
Esperanza Park Ice Cream Arts & Crafts Wednesday, July 16th Century Park Ice Cream Arts & Crafts Wednesday, July 23rd Panorama Park Ice Cream Arts & Crafts Wednesday, July 30th Ocotillo Park Back to School Skate
Jam
Upcoming- Saturday
September 20th

DRD is actively developing future programming to ensure offerings are inclusive and serve all age groups and activity levels. Attached is the DRD Program Guide for MayAugust 2025, which highlights a variety of activities held throughout the Coachella Valley and the proposed class offerings for later in the fall. These examples reflect the types of programs DRD aims to continue incorporating into Cathedral City's recreation offerings.

DRD is working closely with the city’s Communications and Events staff to provide additional programming and resources for some of the city’s ongoing events, such as Snow Fest and Spooktacular.

DRD will also be an active participant in the site assessment process to determine the future location of a community center in Cathedral City. The DRD has data on construction and operational costs for other community centers which will help inform the financial analysis for the Cathedral City center.

Success Metrics
In accordance with the agreement, DRD is responsible for evaluating the effectiveness of services and ensuring community satisfaction. To support ongoing performance evaluation, the city will independently collect data through regular inspections, resident feedback, and internal reporting. These findings will be compared with DRD’s reported metrics to ensure alignment and continuous improvement. The following key performance indicators (KPIs) will be used to measure success:
• Community Participation Numbers.
• Safety Incidents.
• Satisfaction Surveys.
• Park Condition Assessments.
• Community Feedback Sessions.

By implementing these success metrics, DRD and Cathedral City are committed to a transparent, data-driven approach that supports continuous improvement. This framework will help ensure that the integration of Cathedral City into DRD’s service area meaningfully enhances the recreational experience for all residents and visitors.

DRD Representatives
DRD staff members Cynthia Morquecho, Scott Sear, and Robert Hoppe are anticipated to attend this Study Session meeting and will provide an update on initial maintenance efforts and recreational programs under this new partnership.

FISCAL IMPACT:

This item is presented for information and discussion only; no formal action is required.

FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN:

Goal B: Community Investment
Objective: Cathedral City roads, gateways, public spaces, and other infrastructure are well planned, designed, constructed, and maintained.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. DRD Program Guide May-August 2025

2. DRD Proposed Fall Offerings
Vol. 2
Special Edition
May • June • July • August 2025
Vol. 2
Special Edition
May • June • July • August 2025
Dear Community Members,
It’s here! And we’re not just talking about the warmer weather! We’re talking about another fun filled Desert Recreation District Activity Guide, packed with exciting programs, activities, and events for all ages and abilities! This guide is your ticket to new adventures, whether you’re looking to cool oin one of our pools, jump into a sports league, get creative in an arts class, or try something totally new. With so many options, there’s no better time to explore, play, and connect with your community.

There’s always something new to discover! Have you visited our newly remodeled Palm Desert Community Center? If not, now is the perfect time to check out its fresh new look and exciting programs. Plus, this season is packed with special events, from holiday-themed celebrations to unique experiences like our Coastal Encounter trips! A perfect way to get out and explore beyond our amazing valley!
This year, we continue to celebrate 75 years of serving our incredible communities. We are honored to be part of your family’s adventures, helping create moments of joy, connection, and new friends along the way. Thank you for allowing DRD to be a part of your and your family’s journey, we’re honored to celebrate this milestone with you!
See you out there,
Kevin Kalman
General Manager, Desert Recreation District
Welcome to the
Spring/Summer 2025 Activity & Program Guide
2 Front Cover Photo: Archived Synchronized Swimming
See you out there,
Kevin Kalman
3 General Information
Bermuda Dunes.................................................4–5 Cathedral City.....................................................6–8 Coachella........................................................... 9–14 Golf.......................................................................... 56 Indian Wells............................................................ 15 Indio ..................................................................16–30 Indio Hills.................................................................31 La Quinta ........................................................ 32–37 Mecca..............................................................38–42 North Shore ................................................... 43–45 Oasis........................................................................46 Outdoor Adventure............................................. 62 Palm Desert ................................................... 47–55 Rancho Mirage......................................................57 Thermal...........................................................58–59 Thousand Palms ............................................60–61 Where We Are...................................................... 65 Desert Recreation Foundation..................66–67
Table of Contents
45–305 Oasis Street | Indio, California 92201 | P: (760) 347–3484 | F: (760) 347–4660 | [email protected] ■ DISCOUNTS
At this time, we are not able to oer discounts for additional family members such as second and third children in our after school programs as we strive to provide the best value to all our guests. Therefore, we have set our prices at the best price– point we can oer, which does not allow for discounting. ■ ERRORS
While every eort is made to assure accuracy of our program information, errors may occur from time to time so we
recommend calling to verify information. We apologize if we have made an error in this or any of our publications. PLEASE NOTE: All programs are subject to change without prior notice. ■ FEES
All fees stated in this guide are for District Residents. To determine if your residence falls within the District boundaries, please enter your address at MyRecreationDistrict.com/mapboard-representatives. You can also see both the resident and non-resident fees when you view the details of any of the activities in this guide online. If you need additional assistance, please call 760-347-3484.
■ HOURS
The hours we are open varies by Community Center location, activity, and other items such as time of year and special events.

Due to all the variations, we recommend calling our Administrative Oce at (760) 347–3484 to check the hours we are open in any particular location.
■ PHOTOGRAPHS & VIDEOS
Desert Recreation District (DRD) reserves the right to photograph and video facilities, activities, program and special event participants for potential future use. All photographs and video, whether digital or hard copy, will remain property of DRD and may be used for publicity or promotional purposes only. ■ REFUND/PRORATION/MAKE–UP POLICY
Refunds are only given if Desert Recreation District cancels a program or class. We are sorry; however, we cannot oer make– up classes or prorated fees for missed classes if you cannot attend all classes as we have reserved a spot for you, and possibly turned others away based on your enrollment.
3 General Information
Bermuda Dunes.................................................4–5 Cathedral City.....................................................6–8 Coachella........................................................... 9–14 Golf.......................................................................... 56 Indian Wells............................................................ 15 Indio..................................................................16–30 Indio Hills.................................................................31 La Quinta ........................................................ 32–37 Mecca..............................................................38–42 North Shore ...................................................43–45 Oasis........................................................................46 Outdoor Adventure............................................. 62 Palm Desert ................................................... 47–55 Rancho Mirage......................................................57 Thermal...........................................................58–59 Thousand Palms ............................................60–61 Where We Are...................................................... 65 Desert Recreation Foundation..................66–67
Table of Contents
45–305 Oasis Street | Indio, California 92201 | P: (760) 347–3484 | F: (760) 347–4660 | [email protected] ■ DISCOUNTS
At this time, we are not able to oer discounts for additional family members such as second and third children in our after school programs as we strive to provide the best value to all our guests. Therefore, we have set our prices at the best price– point we can oer, which does not allow for discounting. ■ ERRORS
While every eort is made to assure accuracy of our program information, errors may occur from time to time so we
recommend calling to verify information. We apologize if we have made an error in this or any of our publications. PLEASE NOTE: All programs are subject to change without prior notice. ■ FEES
All fees stated in this guide are for District Residents. To determine if your residence falls within the District boundaries, please enter your address at MyRecreationDistrict.com/mapboard-representatives. You can also see both the resident and non-resident fees when you view the details of any of the activities in this guide online. If you need additional assistance, please call 760-347-3484.
■ HOURS
The hours we are open varies by Community Center location, activity, and other items such as time of year and special events.

Join us for a demanding workout that has options for all ability levels. Class focuses on strength & conditioning with the use of minimal equipment.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Time: 10 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a Disability
or a Special Need
Fee: Free
Classes focus on proprioceptive,
vestibular, and deep pressure
inputs to engage participants in
the structured setting. Our
adaptive coaches will work with
the individual needs of the small group in the program.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Wednesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:15 a.m.

Ages: 4 – 10 Years of Age with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Join us to make music with
instruments made for all
bodies! This Adaptive Music
class incorporates movement,
rhythm, and a whole lot of fun!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays
Time: 1 – 2 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age and Over
with a Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Join us for our online or in-person class for seated adult fitness! Class focuses on strength and conditioning with the use of minimal equipment in a seated position.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 10 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a Disability
or a Special Need
Fee: Free
Join us to stretch and relax! Program incorporates a series of dynamic stretches and breathing techniques to promote muscle relaxation and flexibility while utilizing a sensory integration approach.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
4 adaptive/therapeutic sports & recreation
Bermunda Dunes Community Center
78-400 Avenue 42, Bermuda Dunes, CA 92203
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Bermuda Dunes
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Bermuda Dunes Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Join us for a demanding workout that has options for all ability levels. Class focuses on strength & conditioning with the use of minimal equipment.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Time: 10 – 11 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Wednesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:15 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 10 – 11 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 5 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Bermuda Dunes
A peer support group for parents and
guardians of children with special
needs provided by the
collaboration Olive Tree OT,
Building Bridges, and Desert
Recreation District. Parenting
special needs children/adults can
bring immense joy but can also
bring unique challenges. Share
your journey with other parents
who get it, as well as share
resources.

Please email
[email protected]
for activity room registration as it is required.

Dates: July 22 • August 26
Days: Tuesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Students will learn beginning piano in a class setting
while using a keyboard. You will be learning notes and
rhythm while playing, as well as scales and hand positions.

Come join us to learn the beautiful universal language of music!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Time: 4 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 16 Years of Age
Fee: $85 per Month
Your child will enjoy fun, imaginative play while learning music, dance, and basic ballet movements. This class focuses on movement, coordination, and creativity in an enriching environment. Girls need dance wear and ballet shoes; boys need a tee shirt, shorts, and socks.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 2 ½ – 5 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month

In Gentle Yoga for Active Adults, we use a holistic and therapeutic approach to promote overall wellness,
longevity, rejuvenation, and relaxation using a variety of yoga techniques and postures.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days, Times & Fees:

Thursdays • 9 – 9:45 a.m. • $55 per Session
Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Drop–in Fee: $16 per Class

BERMUDA DUNES COMMUNITY COUNCIL MEETINGS
The Community Council meets at 6 p.m. the second
Thursday of January, March, May, September, and
November, and the public is welcome to attend.

Please check at www.Rivco4.org before attending as
meetings may be held via ZOOM.

Thank you.
art & Music
DANCE

HEALTH & FITNESS
5 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Bermuda Dunes
A peer support group for parents and
guardians of children with special
needs provided by the
collaboration Olive Tree OT,
Building Bridges, and Desert
Recreation District. Parenting
special needs children/adults can
bring immense joy but can also
bring unique challenges. Share
your journey with other parents
who get it, as well as share
resources.

Please email
[email protected]
for activity room registration as it is required.

Dates: July 22 • August 26
Days: Tuesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Students will learn beginning piano in a class setting
while using a keyboard. You will be learning notes and
rhythm while playing, as well as scales and hand positions.

Come join us to learn the beautiful universal language of music!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Time: 4 – 5 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 2 ½ – 5 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month

In Gentle Yoga for Active Adults, we use a holistic and therapeutic approach to promote overall wellness,
longevity, rejuvenation, and relaxation using a variety of yoga techniques and postures.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days, Times & Fees:

Thursdays • 9 – 9:45 a.m. • $55 per Session
Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Drop–in Fee: $16 per Class

BERMUDA DUNES COMMUNITY COUNCIL MEETINGS
The Community Council meets at 6 p.m. the second
Thursday of January, March, May, September, and
November, and the public is welcome to attend.

Please check at www.Rivco4.org before attending as
meetings may be held via ZOOM.

Thank you.
art & Music
DANCE

HEALTH & FITNESS
Cat hedral City
6 In partnership with Hope through
Housing, this Kids Club location is
exclusively for the children and teens
that reside at River Canyon Apartment
Complex; this program provides mentorship, a healthy
snack, homework assistance, and activities that support academic enrichment. This program is also designed to
engage teens, promote open communication, bridge
multicultural dierences, and enhance leadership
development.

Please note: During the Summer Session dates between
June 10 and July 31, rather than homework assistance, the focus will include subjects like cooking, crafts, and science activities.

Location: River Canyon Apartment Complex
Days, times & dates:

Monday through Friday • 3 – 6 p.m.

May 1 – 30 • June 1 – 6 • August 6 – 29
Tuesday & Thursday • 1 – 4 p.m.

June 10 – 26 • July 1 – 31
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age
Fee: Free

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Cathedral City High School Swimming Pool
69-250 Dinah Shore Drive, Cathedral City, CA 92201
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool hours: First day – Monday, June 9
Last day – Saturday, August 2
Mondays – Thursdays:
8 – 8:45 a.m. (Water Fitness/Lap Swim)
9 – 11 a.m. (Youth Lessons/Lap Swim)
1:45 – 3:45 p.m. (Water Fitness/Open Swim)
Fridays:
8 – 11:45 a.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
1:45 - 3:45 p.m. (Open Swim)
Saturdays:
8 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
Sundays:

Closed

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

CATHEDRAL CITY HIGH SCHOOL
The City of Cathedral City has full scholarships available due to the generosity of the Cathedral City Council.

Scholarships are available on a first come, first served basis.

Veterans will have the
opportunity to join a
class or swim for free on
Friday, July 4
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Cat hedral City
6 In partnership with Hope through
Housing, this Kids Club location is
exclusively for the children and teens
that reside at River Canyon Apartment
Complex; this program provides mentorship, a healthy
snack, homework assistance, and activities that support academic enrichment. This program is also designed to
engage teens, promote open communication, bridge
multicultural dierences, and enhance leadership
development.

Please note: During the Summer Session dates between
June 10 and July 31, rather than homework assistance, the focus will include subjects like cooking, crafts, and science activities.

Location: River Canyon Apartment Complex
Days, times & dates:

Monday through Friday • 3 – 6 p.m.

May 1 – 30 • June 1 – 6 • August 6 – 29
Tuesday & Thursday • 1 – 4 p.m.

June 10 – 26 • July 1 – 31
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age
Fee: Free

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Cathedral City High School Swimming Pool
69-250 Dinah Shore Drive, Cathedral City, CA 92201
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Entry Fees:

Closed

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

CATHEDRAL CITY HIGH SCHOOL
The City of Cathedral City has full scholarships available due to the generosity of the Cathedral City Council.

Scholarships are available on a first come, first served basis.

Veterans will have the
opportunity to join a
class or swim for free on
Friday, July 4
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Cat hedral City
7 Family and friends of all ages will enjoy a
free Family Movie at the Pool! No tickets
needed- just come for a fun-filled flick
and you can even watch it from the
comfort of the water on a summer night.
dates & Movie:

Saturday, June 21 • The Little Mermaid
Saturday, July 19 • Sonic 3
time: 7:30 – 10:30 p.m. Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

Join us for the Desert Recreation District's 1st Annual Open Swim Meet! This fun, low-pressure event is perfect for adults of all skill levels, from beginners to experienced swimmers. For more information, contact Meet Director
Nicholas Torres at [email protected]
Last Day of Registration: July 13
date: Friday, July 18 time: 8 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over Fee: $20 Registration

Come join us for a fun and interactive
introduction to water safety for
children with Lenny the LandShark.

Topics include basic water safety, sun
safety, importance of a life jacket,
overview of a pool, canal safety, and
how to call for help. Lenny the
Landshark coloring books will be.
date: Wednesday, July 16
time: 2 – 3 p.m.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age Fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL,
bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 17 years of age Fee: Free
Join us for the Desert Recreation District's 1st Annual Youth Swim Meet! This event helps prepare swimmers for
competition, with team bonding, a friendly atmosphere, and opportunities to improve skills. For more info, contact Meet Director Nicholas Torres at [email protected].

Last Day of Registration: July 20
date: Friday, July 25 time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: $20 Registration
Individuals with a disability or
special need are welcome to join
an early Open Swim, providing the
opportunity to practice swimming
skills and have fun with friends
and family.

Dates: June 13 – July 4 • July 11 – 25
Days: Fridays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need fee: Free

ADULT WATER CLASSES
Water Aerobics is designed as a high intensity interval training course that incorporates the use of body weight, water weights, and noodles. Swimming ability is not required.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
fee: $60 per Session Time: 8 – 8:45 a.m.
days & dates
Mondays & Wednesdays: June 9 – July 2 • July 7 – 30
Senior Splash is a program encouraging older adults to
participate in physical activities that will help them to maintain greater control of their health.

Ages: 62 Years of Age & Over
fee: $35 per Session Time: 8 – 8:45 a.m.
days & dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: June 10 – July 3 • July 8 – 31
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Cat hedral City
7 Family and friends of all ages will enjoy a
free Family Movie at the Pool! No tickets
needed- just come for a fun-filled flick
and you can even watch it from the
comfort of the water on a summer night.
dates & Movie:

Saturday, June 21 • The Little Mermaid
Saturday, July 19 • Sonic 3
time: 7:30 – 10:30 p.m. Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over Fee: $20 Registration

Come join us for a fun and interactive
introduction to water safety for
children with Lenny the LandShark.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age Fee: Free

Last Day of Registration: July 20
date: Friday, July 25 time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Dates: June 13 – July 4 • July 11 – 25
Days: Fridays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need fee: Free

ADULT WATER CLASSES
Water Aerobics is designed as a high intensity interval training course that incorporates the use of body weight, water weights, and noodles. Swimming ability is not required.

Ages: 62 Years of Age & Over
fee: $35 per Session Time: 8 – 8:45 a.m.
days & dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: June 10 – July 3 • July 8 – 31
8 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Cat hedral City

CHILD & YOUTH SWIM CLASSES
The cost for all of the following classes is $70 per session, classes are held Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday and
Thursday, and the swim lesson session dates are as
follows unless otherwise noted:

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 3: July 7 – 17
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Our infant swim classes help them get comfortable in and around the water – and begin a lifelong love of water
activities! Parents learn basic skills with their child, and a parent/adult must accompany the child in the water.
ages: 6 Months – 3 Years of Age
Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.
¡Vamos a nadar! At this age, children who are comfortable around water are introduced to the fundamentals of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children
in this class.
ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.

Get children with little or no swimming
experience started with the basics. Water safety, floating, kicks, arm action and use of legs introduce
kids to this terrific sport.

Penguins 1 ages: 6 ½ – 9 Years of Age
Penguins 2 ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age
Penguins 1 & 2 Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 10 – 10:45 a.m.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed in
Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle, breaststroke, and butterfly kick, elementary backstroke as well as additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m.
: Front crawl, back crawl, backstroke,
breaststroke, and sidestroke kick, along with treading water make this class fun as kids sharpen and expand their
swimming skills.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Times: 11 – 11:45 a.m.
: The sharks are sharp as they focus on endurance
with backstroke and freestyle, master freestyle breathing and build on the butterfly and elementary backstroke.

Turning at the wall is introduced. Requirements include freestyle with side breathing, backstroke,
and elementary backstroke for 25 yards.
ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age
Times: 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Water polo is a fun, energetic sport
focused on team strategy. In this
class, participants will learn shooting,
passing, and defensive/oensive
techniques. Swimmers must be able to
tread water and swim two lengths of
the pool nonstop.
dates: June 13 – July 11
days: Fridays
time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 13 Years of Age Fee: $75

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
8 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Cat hedral City

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.

Get children with little or no swimming
experience started with the basics. Water safety, floating, kicks, arm action and use of legs introduce
kids to this terrific sport.

Turning at the wall is introduced. Requirements include freestyle with side breathing, backstroke,
and elementary backstroke for 25 yards.
ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age
Times: 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Ages: 8 – 13 Years of Age Fee: $75

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
9 Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: : For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Strengthen muscles, maintain joint flexibility, and increase blood flow with exercises that benefit the entire body while having FUN!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays & Wednesdays
Time: 8:30 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free
Senior Wellness Friday's will
incorporate wellness based
lessons and activities every
Friday alternating between
nutrition, fitness, walks/hikes,
and meditation/stretching.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays
Time: 8:30 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free –
Funded by Transformative Climate
Communities

COACHELLA ART CLASS
This program lets families express
creativity and enhance emotional
wellbeing, learning to paint, draw, and more with step-by-step guidance, no experience needed.

Date: Monday, August 4 Time: 5:30 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free - Funded by Transformative Climate Communities Learn to read chord charts and tablature as well as developing your strumming, rhythm, finger picking, tuning your guitar, and proper position. You'll be able to play songs right away! No musical experience needed.

Enrollment: May & August
Days: Thursdays Time: 5:15 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over Fee: $50 per Month
Students will learn piano in a class setting, using the keyboard. They will learn notes and rhythm while playing, in addition to learning the beginning of scales and hand positions all on the keyboard.

Enrollment: May, June, July
day: Tuesdays Time: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 16 Years of Age Fee: $70 per Month
Active adult & senior Programs
51-251 Douma Street, Coachella, CA 92201
(760) 501-8120
HOURS: Mon, Wed, Thurs, Fri: 2:30 – 6 p.m.

Tuesday: 3 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
84-599 Avenue 52, Coachella, CA 92236
(760) 347-3484
Reserve Spring and Summer Rentals Now
Bagdouma Park Community Center Bagdouma Community Pool
art & Music

CANCELED
9 Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: : For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays
Time: 8:30 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free –
Funded by Transformative Climate
Communities

COACHELLA ART CLASS
This program lets families express
creativity and enhance emotional
wellbeing, learning to paint, draw, and more with step-by-step guidance, no experience needed.

Date: Monday, August 4 Time: 5:30 – 7 p.m.

Enrollment: May & August
Days: Thursdays Time: 5:15 – 6:15 p.m.

Enrollment: May, June, July
day: Tuesdays Time: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 16 Years of Age Fee: $70 per Month
Active adult & senior Programs
51-251 Douma Street, Coachella, CA 92201
(760) 501-8120
HOURS: Mon, Wed, Thurs, Fri: 2:30 – 6 p.m.

Tuesday: 3 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
84-599 Avenue 52, Coachella, CA 92236
(760) 347-3484
Reserve Spring and Summer Rentals Now
Bagdouma Park Community Center Bagdouma Community Pool
art & Music

CANCELED
In partnership with the Coachella Valley
Housing Coalition, this Kids Club is
exclusively for the residents at Las Casas
Apartments. This after school program, in a
safe environment, provides mentorship, a healthy snack, homework help, and activities that support academic
enrichment. For more information, please contact Erika
Castellanos at (760) 347-3484.

Location: Las Casas Apartments
Dates: Ongoing During CVUSD School Year Calendar
(holidays may be excluded)
Times: 2:30 – 6 p.m.

Days: Tuesday through Friday
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age Fee: Free
The Leaders In Training (LIT) program helps high school students develop leadership skills through workshops,
hands-on experiences, and visits to colleges, businesses, and community sites. Topics include college and career goals, life skills, and community involvement. Space is limited.

Dates: Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays, July 21 – August 8 Times: 8 a.m. – 1 p.m. Ages: 13 – 17 Years of Age
Fee: $75 per Participant
Summer Camp begins
right away with fun
and lively camp
activities guided by
our incredible sta.

Campers have the
opportunity to learn new skills and build self-esteem through sports activities, creative arts and crafts and group games.

Ages: 5 – 11 Years of Age
(Child must have completed one FULL year of TC & Kindergarten) Days: Mondays – Fridays (Holidays Excluded)
full days – Time: 7:30 a.m. – 5:30 p.m.
half days – Time: 12 – 5:30 p.m.

Three Week Session Dates & Fees – Full Days:

Session 1: June 16 – July 3 • $336
Session 2: July 7 – 21 • $360
Session 3: July 28 – August 15 • $360
Weekly fees: (weekly sessions begin June 16, 23, 30,
July 7, 14, 21, 28, August 4 and 11)
$140 per 1 Week Session (average cost)
$80 per 1 Week Sessions for Half Days
drop-in fee: $30 per Full Day
(No drop-ins available on Field Trip Days)
Scholarships are available through the City of Coachella, for Coachella residents. Must Register in person.

The Transformative Climate
Communities grant enables Desert
Recreation District to provide food
for 100 preregistered families in
Coachella. Distribution starts at 10 a.m. until supplies run out.

Date: Saturday, June 7
Time: 10 a.m. – 1 p.m. Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free - Funded by Transformative Climate Communities Join us for Independence Day Celebration,
featuring fireworks, games, food vendors,
live music, and fun for the whole family!
For details, visit Coachella.org or call 760-501-8100.

Location: Bagdouma Park in Coachella
Date: Thursday, July 3 Time: 6:30 – 10 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Dancers will learn ballet's basic steps and beginning dance positions. This class is designed to improve children's coordination and poise while introducing music
appreciation and interpretations.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month 10
Coachella
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Bagdouma Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS

COMMUNITY EVENTS
10 DANCE
In partnership with the Coachella Valley
Housing Coalition, this Kids Club is
exclusively for the residents at Las Casas
Apartments. This after school program, in a
safe environment, provides mentorship, a healthy snack, homework help, and activities that support academic
enrichment. For more information, please contact Erika
Castellanos at (760) 347-3484.

Location: Las Casas Apartments
Dates: Ongoing During CVUSD School Year Calendar
(holidays may be excluded)
Times: 2:30 – 6 p.m.

Campers have the
opportunity to learn new skills and build self-esteem through sports activities, creative arts and crafts and group games.

Three Week Session Dates & Fees – Full Days:

The Transformative Climate
Communities grant enables Desert
Recreation District to provide food
for 100 preregistered families in
Coachella. Distribution starts at 10 a.m. until supplies run out.

Location: Bagdouma Park in Coachella
Date: Thursday, July 3 Time: 6:30 – 10 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month
Coachella
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Bagdouma Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS

COMMUNITY EVENTS
10 DANCE
This class teaches movement and coordination, using
fantasy and imagination. Ballet shoes for girls; tee shirt, shorts and socks for boys are required.

Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Thursdays
Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m. Ages: 2 ½ – 5 Years of Age
Fee: $42 per Month
Learn the many dierent styles of the cultural dance
originated in Mexico. The choreography reflects Mexico's diverse ethnic makeup through dances steps influences by Spain, European, African and Caribbean cultures.

Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays
Times & Ages: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m. • 3 – 5 Years of Age
6:35 – 7:35 p.m. • 5½ – 8 Years of Age
Fee: $55 per Month
(Shoes and dress can be purchased with the instructor)

ADULT - NUTRITIONAL COOKING CLASS
This nutritional cooking class
will teach adults the skills and
tools to incorporate a healthy
and active lifestyle in their
daily routines and family life. Adults will learn to
develop healthy eating habits and healthy lifestyle choices.

Date: Monday, May 5
Time: 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free - Funded by Transformative Climate Communities

Shake your hips and break a
sweat with Latin Dance Fitness!
Latin Dance Fitness is a fun,
full-body workout that combines
dance and fitness cardio movements with Latin
ad Hip-Hop music. *Please Note: A 50%
scholarship available for Coachella residents thanks
to the Transformative Climate Communities grant.

Must register in person and have proof of Coachella
residency to receive scholarship.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesday Times: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fees: $25 per Month*
We are pleased to partner with the City
of Coachella to bring you Movies in the
Park. Bring your blankets and camping
chairs and join us for a movie every Friday in May! You can also check our website at MyRecreationDistrict.com/movies for the most up to date information.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park - Outdoors
Date & Movie: May 2 – Sonic the Hedgehog 3
May 9 – Moana 2
May 16 – Mufasa: The Lion King
May 23 – Transformers 1
DAYS: Fridays Time: 7:30 – 10 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

We are excited to partner with the City of
Coachella to host a series of exciting Teen
Social Nights! Don't miss this opportunity
to create, connect and unwind in a friendly
and supportive environment!
dates & Events:

May 15 – Pizza & Paint Night • July 10 – Network & Chill June 12 – Open Mic Night • August 14 – Game Night
AGes: 13 – 18 Years of Age
days: Thursdays Times: 5 – 6:30 p.m.

Fee: Free
Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 11 HEALTH & FITNESS
MOVIES
✪SPECIAL INTEREST

CANCELED
This class teaches movement and coordination, using
fantasy and imagination. Ballet shoes for girls; tee shirt, shorts and socks for boys are required.

Date: Monday, May 5
Time: 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free - Funded by Transformative Climate Communities

Must register in person and have proof of Coachella
residency to receive scholarship.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesday Times: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park - Outdoors
Date & Movie: May 2 – Sonic the Hedgehog 3
May 9 – Moana 2
May 16 – Mufasa: The Lion King
May 23 – Transformers 1
DAYS: Fridays Time: 7:30 – 10 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

May 15 – Pizza & Paint Night • July 10 – Network & Chill June 12 – Open Mic Night • August 14 – Game Night
AGes: 13 – 18 Years of Age
days: Thursdays Times: 5 – 6:30 p.m.

Fee: Free
Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 11 HEALTH & FITNESS
MOVIES
✪SPECIAL INTEREST

CANCELED

BASKETBALL
This class oers you drills and quality
instruction that will help you develop
your basketball skills by enthusiastic
instructors.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park
ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Mondays Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Session
This beginning class is designed to
help you learn and develop a basic
understanding of volleyball.

Instruction will include learning the
basic skills of serving, passing,
setting, attacking, and blocking the
ball.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park
ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Wednesdays
Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month
*Please note for T-Ball Rookies,
Tiny Soccer Stars, and Toddler
Me Soccer, A 50% scholarship is
available for Coachella residents
thanks to the Transformative Climate
Communities Grant. Must register in person and have
proof of Coachella residency to receive scholarship
T-Ball Rookies is geared toward helping young athletes
develop beginner level baseball skills. Class includes basic fundamentals such as catching, throwing, batting stance and base running. Athletes are required to bring their
own glove.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park
ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Mondays Time: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.
ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age
Fee: $30 per Month*
Our instructors will teach
children the beginning
fundamentals of the sport of
soccer that include passing,
trapping, shooting, and
defending. This program is
great for participants who have
little to no soccer experience.

ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Wednesdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.
ages: 4 – 7 Years of Age
Fee: $30 per Month*
Join us for fun toddler friendly soccer activities, exercises, and games. It is a wonderful opportunity to teach your kiddo how to socialize and stimulate brain development through active play.

ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Wednesdays Time: 5:30 – 6 p.m.
ages: 2 – 4 Years of Age
Fee: $20 per Month*
Instructors will teach baseball skills like catching,
throwing, batting, base running, and game fundamentals.

This program is perfect for beginners. Athletes should
bring a glove, and a bat and helmet are recommended.

BASKETBALL
This class oers you drills and quality
instruction that will help you develop
your basketball skills by enthusiastic
instructors.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park
ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Mondays Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Session
This beginning class is designed to
help you learn and develop a basic
understanding of volleyball.

Instruction will include learning the
basic skills of serving, passing,
setting, attacking, and blocking the
ball.

LOCATION: Bagdouma Park
ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Wednesdays
Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

This program is perfect for beginners. Athletes should
bring a glove, and a bat and helmet are recommended.

ENROLLMENT: Ongoing
DAYS: Mondays Time: 6:15 – 7:15 p.m.
ages: 7 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month
Coachella
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Bagdouma Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
12 SPORTS
Our youth flag football class teaches basic skills like passing, catching, running, and flag pulling in a fun,
supportive environment, focusing on skill development,
teamwork, and sportsmanship to build confidence and
a love for the game.

ENROLLMENT: May, June
DAYS: Wednesdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.
ages: 7 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month

COMMUNITY POOL EVENTS

Join us for a fun, interactive water safety session with Lenny the LandShark! Learn about water and sun safety, life jackets, pool and canal safety, and how to call for help. Coloring books featuring Lenny will be provided.
date: Wednesday, July 16 time: 2 – 3:30 p.m.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age Fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL, bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 17 years of age Fee: Free

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

BAGDOUMA COMMUNITY POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

First day – June 9 • Last day – September 1
(Hours will be reduced to weekends only beginning August 17) Mondays – Thursdays:
12:30 – 3:30 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
4 – 6 p.m. (Youth Lessons)
7 – 9 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
Fridays: 12:30 – 4 p.m. and 6 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Saturdays: 12:30 – 4 p.m. (Open Swim)
4 p.m. (Adaptive Splash Play/Free)
5 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Sundays: 2:30 – 4 p.m. and 5 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
4 – 5 p.m. (Adaptive Splash Play)

FREE VETERANS SWIM DAY
Veterans will have the opportunity
to join a class or swim for free on
Friday, July 4
13 EAST VALLEY SPORTS LEAGUES COMING SOON!
Basketball • Baseball • Football • Soccer (Already on Season 3) OPERATION SPLASH KICK-OFF!
Saturday, June 7 • 9 a.m. – 12 p.m.
at Bagdouma Community Pool

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Scholarships are available for Free Youth Swim Lessons
sponsored by Kaiser Permanente. To apply, visit
MyRecreationDistrict.com/swim-water-programs
and look for the OPERATION SPLASH APPLICATION.

Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Our youth flag football class teaches basic skills like passing, catching, running, and flag pulling in a fun,
supportive environment, focusing on skill development,
teamwork, and sportsmanship to build confidence and
a love for the game.

ENROLLMENT: May, June
DAYS: Wednesdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.
ages: 7 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month

COMMUNITY POOL EVENTS

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age Fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL, bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 17 years of age Fee: Free

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

BAGDOUMA COMMUNITY POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

OPERATION SPLASH KICK-OFF!
Coachella
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 14 Coachella
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Bagdouma Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Up to 300 open swim passes will be available to Coachella residents on a first-come, first-served basis. Passes grant free access to Bagdouma Community Pool from June 9 to
September 1. To qualify, residents must provide a utility bill or three pieces of delivered mail and a photo ID or driver's license.

COACHELLA RESIDENT SWIM PASSES
Apply on our website under SWIM &
WATER PROGRAMS after 8:30 a.m.

Pacific Time on May 19, 2025.

Individuals with a disability or special need are welcome to join an early Open Swim, providing the opportunity to practice swimming skills and have fun with friends and family.

Dates: June 14 – July 6 • July 12 – August 3 • August 9 – 31 Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need Days: Saturday & Sunday Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m. Fee: Free

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 5: August 4 – 14
Session 3: July 7 – 17
Our infant swim lessons engage children and their parent/ guardian, focusing on water safety, exploration, and fun activities like games and songs during water play.
ages: 6 Months – 3 Years of Age
Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the
fundamentals of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class. ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR
5 – 5:45 p.m. OR
6 – 6:45 p.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.
: Get children with little or no swimming
experience started with the basics. Water safety, floating, kicks, arm action and use of legs introduce
kids to this terrific sport.

Penguins 1 ages: 6 ½ – 9 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m.

Penguins 2 ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age
Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
: Swimmers must master all Penguin skills and
swim 10 yards without support. Skills include freestyle, breaststroke, butterfly kick, elementary backstroke, and additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
: Skills taught include: 15 yards front crawl
with side breathing, 15 yards back crawl, 10 yards
elementary backstroke, 10 yards
breaststroke kick, 10 yards sidestroke
kick, and 1 minute of treading water.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m.
: Sharks focus on endurance with backstroke and
freestyle, mastering freestyle breathing and building on butterfly and elementary backstroke. Wall turns are
introduced. Requirements include 25 yards of
freestyle with side breathing, backstroke,
and elementary backstroke.
ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Join our Parent-Toddler music class to explore music through playful activities, interactive songs, and rhythmic adventures, boosting creativity, imagination, and social skills in a joyful, nurturing environment.

Enrollment: May, August
Days: Mondays Time: 5:30 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 2 – 4 Years of Age
fee: $20 per Month

TOT PROGRAMS
15 7R PDNH D UHVHUYDWLRQ DW .HVWUHO SOHDVH FDOO RU YLVLW ,QGLDQ:HOOV*ROI5HVRUWFRP
tĞůĐŽŵĞƚŽǇŽƵƌŶĞǁƉĞƌĐŚ͊
Focus on developing basketball skills
through drills with progression to
game play. Class is open to individuals
with disabilities and special needs. All
ability levels are encouraged to join!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays Time: 3 – 4 p.m. OR 4 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age or Over with a Disability
or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Boccia, the Paralympic sport for
all abilities. We are looking to
further expand this high skill,
strategic, and accuracy driven
game within the valley! We
encourage parents and siblings
to participate when space allows.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays
Time: 2 – 2:45 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age or Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
16 Indio
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Metro 8 Gymnastics/Recreation Center
Indio Teen Center
Indio Community Center
Pawley Pool Family Aquatic Complex
81725 Highway 111, Indio, CA 92201
(760) 347-3484
81-678 Avenue 46, Indio, CA 92201
(760) 347-4263
45-871 Clinton Street, Indio, CA 92201
(760) 347-4263
46-350 Jackson Street, Indio, CA 92201
(760) 342-5665
HOURS:

See Activities for Times/Days
HOURS:

See Activities for Times/Days
HOURS: Monday – Friday: 6 a.m. – 9 p.m.

Saturday: 10 a.m. – 2 p.m. • Sunday: Closed
HOURS:

See Activities for Times/Days
Please note: Sport chairs are available for use during adaptive programs. Instructions for requesting a sports chair will be given during registration.
adaptive/therapeutic sports & recreation
Join us for a demanding workout with options for all ability levels. Class focuses on strength & conditioning in various locations throughout the Indio Community Center.

Enrollment: Ongoing
times: 5 – 5:45 p.m.

Days: Tuesdays
Ages: 8 Years of Age or Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Classes focus on proprioceptive,
vestibular, and deep pressure inputs to
engage all participants in the
structured setting. Our trained coaches
will work with the individual needs of
the participants to encourage a safe
environment.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays
Time: 9 – 9:50 a.m.

Ages: 5 – 12 Years of Age with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Work on hand eye coordination and develop your
pickleball skills with us. Classes work on skill development through drills with progression to game play.

Location: Gymnasium Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 3 – 3:45 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age or Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Get more familiar with gym equipment, learn more about
how each muscle group interacts with each other. Learn
how to set up a proper work out regiment and how to
properly lift weights to minimize injuries.

Location: Weight Room
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 11:30 a.m. – 12:15 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age or Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
We're looking to keep participants on their toes for what to expect in this session, i.e. soccer, badminton, wallyball, wi¬eball. Programs will focus on skill development and fun! Location: Gymnasium
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age or Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Join us to stretch and relax! The program focuses on
controlled stretching through slow motions and controlled breathing workout. This program will promote the use of flexibility and muscle mobility.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need Fee: $35 per Month
Classes will consist of playing and learning fun rhythms on buckets that will be supplied. Students will need to bring their own pair of drumsticks or purchase a pair of drumsticks in class for $10. Instructor will bring real drum set to class on last day of month for students to jam on.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Ages & Times: 4 – 6 Years of Age, 5 – 5:30 p.m.
7 – 9 Years of Age, 5:45 – 6:15 p.m.

Fee: $100 per Session
Class teaches the basics you need to start playing the guitar.

Learn to read chord charts and tablature, and develop skills like strumming, rhythm, finger picking, and tuning. Learn to play songs right away!
Enrollment: May 22 – June 19 • July 3 – 31
August 14 – September 11
Time: 6 – 7 p.m. Days: Thursdays
Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $80 per Session
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 art & Music
17 Indio
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Class teaches new chords, rhythms and songs from Johnny Cash, Sheryl Crow, Rod Stewart, and others. Also enjoy an easy introduction to reading standard notation for learning simple guitar solos.

Enrollment: May 22 – June 19 • July 3 – 31
August 14 – September 11
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Days: Thursdays
Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $80 per Session
Enjoy this music time, having fun and bonding with your child. This class is for children and their parent(s) to come and learn a song or a dance.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Times: 11:30 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: Children 2 & 3 Years of Age with Parent or Guardian Fees: $30 per Month
This class will teach adults how to play piano from the start by using a keyboard. They will learn notes, rhythms, scales, and hand positions.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Times: 10 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over Fee: $65 per Month
Students will learn piano by being in a class setting while using a keyboard. They will be learning notes and rhythm while playing, in addition to learning the beginning of scales and hand positions all on the keyboard.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Times: 9 – 10 a.m. OR 10 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 7 – 16 Years of Age Fee: $85 per Month
Students will continue their piano journey by learning more techniques and scales. They will be playing song pieces from song books and sheet music that will be easy but challenging for the student.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays Times: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 16 Years of Age Fee: $85 per Month

PRESCHOOL DRUM CLASSES
Classes will consist of children learning
beats and rhythms using all five senses,
while enhancing large and small motor
skills. Every week children will have fun
playing with instruments, dancing with
colorful scarves, listening to dierent
types of music, and making art projects.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Times: 4 – 4:30 p.m.

Ages: 2y 5mo – 3 Years of Age Fee: $100 per Session
This program is a great way to introduce young children to the importance of Art. Join us to have fun getting creative and learn how to create various art projects. All supplies will be provided and at the end of each class, participants will be able to take their completed project home.

Location: Indio Metro 8
Dates: Saturday, June 21 & July 12
Times: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 2 – 4 Years of Age Fee: $12 per Participant
Our Art Programs are a great way to introduce youth to the importance of Art. Youth will have the opportunity to have fun, get creative and learn how to create various art
projects without having any artistic abilities. All supplies will be provided and at the end of each class participants will be able to take their completed project home.

Location: Indio Metro 8
Dates & Times: Saturday, June 21 & July 12 • 12 – 1:30 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 13 Years of Age Fee: $12 per Participant
art & Music
18 CANCELED
Indio
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Class teaches new chords, rhythms and songs from Johnny Cash, Sheryl Crow, Rod Stewart, and others. Also enjoy an easy introduction to reading standard notation for learning simple guitar solos.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Times: 11:30 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Times: 10 – 11 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Times: 9 – 10 a.m. OR 10 – 11 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays Times: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 16 Years of Age Fee: $85 per Month

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Times: 4 – 4:30 p.m.

Location: Indio Metro 8
Dates: Saturday, June 21 & July 12
Times: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Location: Indio Metro 8
Dates & Times: Saturday, June 21 & July 12 • 12 – 1:30 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 13 Years of Age Fee: $12 per Participant
art & Music
18 CANCELED
Join us for a night of mad science! Enjoy fun experiments, wild chemistry, and creative activities in a safe space to let your imagination run wild.

Location: Metro 8 Theaters
Dates & Times: Fridays, June 20 & July 11 • 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturday, July 26 • 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 6 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $12 per Participant
In partnership with the Coachella Valley
Housing Coalition, this Kids Club location is
exclusively for the residents at Villa
Hermosa Apartments. This after school
program, in a safe environment, provides mentorship, a
healthy snack, homework help, and activities that support academic enrichment. For more information, please
contact Erika Castellanos at (760) 347-3484.

Location: Villa Hermosa Apartments
Enrollment: Ongoing During School Year
(holidays may be excluded) Follows the DSUSD calendar.

Once school year ends, program will start up again in August.

Time: 2:30 – 6 p.m. Days: Tuesday through Friday
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age Fee: Free
Campers have the
opportunity to learn new skills
and build self-esteem through
sports activities, creative arts
and crafts and group games.

Campers will enjoy laugh-out-loud skits performed by our Team and the Campers themselves. All activities are
carried out under the watchful eye of our camp Sta.
ages: 5 – 12 Years of Age
(child must have completed Kindergarten)
Days: Mondays – Fridays
full days:

Time: 7:30 a.m. – 6 p.m.

Fees: $360 per Three-week Session
$140 per Weekly Session
$30 Daily Drop-in Available on Non-Field Trip
half days: Time: 12 – 6 p.m.

Fees: $80 per Weekly Session
Three Week Session Dates:

Session 1: June 9 – 27
Session 2: June 30 – July 18 (holidays excluded)
Session 3: July 21 – August 8
Weekly sessions begin:
(June 9, 16, 23, 30, July 7, 14, 21, 28, and August 4)
Please Note: Registering for events ahead of time is the best way to ensure there is room for you to join in the fun! Register at MyRecreationDistrict.com/community-events
or in person at any DRD facility.

Celebrate Independence Day
with fun craft stations, games,
and activities indoors. Children
can create arts & crafts projects,
enjoy games, and snacks will be
provided.

Location: Metro 8 Theaters
date: Wednesday, July 2
Time: 5 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: Free
Come join us for an exciting
game of Loteria. All are
welcome to participate in this
fast-paced night of Loteria.

Location, dates & times:

Indio Community Center • Friday, May 2 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Lobby at Indio Metro 8 Theaters • Friday, June 13 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Indio Community Center • Friday, June 20 • 6 – 7 p.m.

Lobby at Indio Metro 8 Theaters • Friday, July 18 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
19 Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484

COMMUNITY EVENTS

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Join us for a night of mad science! Enjoy fun experiments, wild chemistry, and creative activities in a safe space to let your imagination run wild.

Location: Metro 8 Theaters
Dates & Times: Fridays, June 20 & July 11 • 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturday, July 26 • 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Location: Villa Hermosa Apartments
Enrollment: Ongoing During School Year
(holidays may be excluded) Follows the DSUSD calendar.

Once school year ends, program will start up again in August.

Time: 7:30 a.m. – 6 p.m.

Fees: $360 per Three-week Session
$140 per Weekly Session
$30 Daily Drop-in Available on Non-Field Trip
half days: Time: 12 – 6 p.m.

Fees: $80 per Weekly Session
Three Week Session Dates:

Celebrate Independence Day
with fun craft stations, games,
and activities indoors. Children
can create arts & crafts projects,
enjoy games, and snacks will be
provided.

Location: Metro 8 Theaters
date: Wednesday, July 2
Time: 5 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: Free
Come join us for an exciting
game of Loteria. All are
welcome to participate in this
fast-paced night of Loteria.

Location, dates & times:

Indio Community Center • Friday, May 2 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Lobby at Indio Metro 8 Theaters • Friday, June 13 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Indio Community Center • Friday, June 20 • 6 – 7 p.m.

Lobby at Indio Metro 8 Theaters • Friday, July 18 • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
19 Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484

COMMUNITY EVENTS

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
20 Indio
Bring your kids and join us for a
fun-filled day to enjoy water
balloons, relay races, and exciting
activities to celebrate the end of
the school year! Wear clothes you
don’t mind getting wet in and have
a blast!
Location: Miles Avenue Park
date: Saturday, May 31
Time: 9 – 11 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Come and enjoy fun activities such as art, crafts, science, dancing, fitness, group games, and much more. We will
also have a cooking activity. Space is limited.

Location: Indio Community Center
date: Saturday, July 26 times: 6 – 8:30 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $12 per Participant
Dancers will learn basic ballet steps and positions,
improving coordination and poise while exploring music
appreciation. Parents are welcome to observe the class.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days & Times: Mondays, 5:30 – 6:15 p.m. OR
Wednesdays, 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $42 per Month
This class introduces children to music and dance,
teaching movement and coordination through imagination.

It’s a fun way to learn basic ballet in an enriching
environment. Girls need dance wear and ballet shoes;
boys need a tee, shorts, and socks.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Ages: 2 ½ – 5 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month
Join in for this fun and upbeat class
learning Line Dancing! Learn the Cupid
Shu¬e, Electric Slide, and today’s most
popular steps too! Great exercise –
Physical and Mental! Dancing keeps
your body fit, your mind sharp and your
spirits lifted.

Enrollment: May 2 – 23
June 6 – 27 • July 4 – 25 • August 1 – 22
Days: Fridays time: 11 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $55 per Month Drop-in fee: $15 per Class
SALSA
This class is designed for the first-time dance student who has never danced before, but always wanted to. Students will be taught the fundamentals, leads and follow along with a better understanding of music and rhythms of Salsa.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $60 per Month
Drop-in fee: $20 per Class
This class is for dancers who are
comfortable with the basics and want
to turn it up a notch. In this
intermediate salsa class you will learn
more intricate patterns with a really
good flow to make it super FUN!!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays
time: 7:30 – 8:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $45 per Month Drop-in fee: $20 per Class
Location of classes: All gymnastics classes are held at The District Gymnastics Academy located within the Indio Community Center and enrollment is ongoing unless
otherwise noted.

GYMNASTICS

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

DANCE
20 Indio
Bring your kids and join us for a
fun-filled day to enjoy water
balloons, relay races, and exciting
activities to celebrate the end of
the school year! Wear clothes you
don’t mind getting wet in and have
a blast!
Location: Miles Avenue Park
date: Saturday, May 31
Time: 9 – 11 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Come and enjoy fun activities such as art, crafts, science, dancing, fitness, group games, and much more. We will
also have a cooking activity. Space is limited.

Location: Indio Community Center
date: Saturday, July 26 times: 6 – 8:30 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days & Times: Mondays, 5:30 – 6:15 p.m. OR
Wednesdays, 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $42 per Month
This class introduces children to music and dance,
teaching movement and coordination through imagination.

It’s a fun way to learn basic ballet in an enriching
environment. Girls need dance wear and ballet shoes;
boys need a tee, shorts, and socks.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Enrollment: May 2 – 23
June 6 – 27 • July 4 – 25 • August 1 – 22
Days: Fridays time: 11 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

GYMNASTICS

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

DANCE
A NOTE REGARDING GYMNASTICS REGISTRATION:

Priority registration is available at one of the courtesy counters for currently enrolled participants re-enrolling in their same class for the following month, or first-time participants enrolling in the current month.

Open enrollment at the courtesy counter is available the first day of the month for those on the waitlist and new participants as spots become available.

Fees for one day per week classes are adjusted for three, four, or five week sessions.
*Fees subject to change starting July 1, 2025
You and your little buddy will love this class! Toddlers get the chance to have fun learning coordination skills like balancing, climbing, tumbling, swinging, and bouncing.

Tumbling together is exhilarating.

Ages: 1 – 4 Years of Age with a Parent or Guardian
Days & Times:

Wednesdays: 1:45 – 2:15 p.m. OR 2:15 – 2:45 p.m.

Thursdays: 2:30 – 3 p.m. • Saturdays: 10:15 – 10:45 a.m.

Fee: $45 per 4-week session
This class teaches all six men’s gymnastics Olympic events of vault, horizontal bar, parallel bars, pommel horse, floor and rings. Class focus will be on gymnastics skills and techniques while increasing strength and flexibility,
coordination, and self-esteem.

Days: Mondays Time: 5 – 6:30 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4 week session
This class is by Invitation-only and
designed for second level skills.

This class teaches all six men’s
gymnastics Olympic events of
vault, horizontal bar, parallel bars,
pommel horse, floor and rings.

Days: Mondays
times: 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4 week session
This is the perfect class for little gymnasts. Preschoolers learn balance and coordination skills. The class emphasizes concentration, sharing and social skills while building physical strength. Your little tumbleweed will have lots of fun! Ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age
Days & Times:

Mondays: 2:30 – 3:15 p.m. OR 3:30 – 4:15 p.m. OR
4:15– 5:00 p.m. OR 5:30 – 6:15 OR 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

Tuesdays: 3 – 3:45 p.m. OR 3:45 – 4:30 p.m. OR
5:15 – 6:00 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m. OR 6:45 – 7:30 p.m.

Thursdays: 2:30 – 3:15 p.m. OR 4:30 – 5:15 p.m. OR
4:45 – 5:30 p.m. OR 5:30 – 6:15 OR 6:45 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturdays: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

Ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Days & Times:

Tuesdays: 1:30 – 2:15 p.m. OR 2:15 – 3 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 3:45 p.m. OR 3:45 – 4:30 p.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 4:30 – 5:15 p.m. OR 5:15 – 6:00 p.m.

Fee: $60 per 4-week session
Girls interested in gymnastics will love this class as it gets to the heart of the four Olympic events for women of vault, bars, beam and floor. While learning basic skills and techniques, this class also includes flexibility and strength training.

Days & times:

Mondays: 4 – 5:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 4:45 – 6:15 p.m. OR 6:15 – 7:45 p.m.

Tuesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 3:45– 5:15 p.m.

OR 4:30 – 6 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 6 – 7:30 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Thursdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 3:15 – 4:45 p.m. OR
3:45– 5:15 p.m. OR 4 – 5:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 5:30 – 7 p.m. OR 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturdays: 11 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4 week session
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 21 A NOTE REGARDING GYMNASTICS REGISTRATION:

Open enrollment at the courtesy counter is available the first day of the month for those on the waitlist and new participants as spots become available.

Tumbling together is exhilarating.

Ages: 1 – 4 Years of Age with a Parent or Guardian
Days & Times:

Wednesdays: 1:45 – 2:15 p.m. OR 2:15 – 2:45 p.m.

Thursdays: 2:30 – 3 p.m. • Saturdays: 10:15 – 10:45 a.m.

Days: Mondays Time: 5 – 6:30 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4 week session
This class is by Invitation-only and
designed for second level skills.

This class teaches all six men’s
gymnastics Olympic events of
vault, horizontal bar, parallel bars,
pommel horse, floor and rings.

Days: Mondays
times: 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Mondays: 2:30 – 3:15 p.m. OR 3:30 – 4:15 p.m. OR
4:15– 5:00 p.m. OR 5:30 – 6:15 OR 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

Tuesdays: 3 – 3:45 p.m. OR 3:45 – 4:30 p.m. OR
5:15 – 6:00 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m. OR 6:45 – 7:30 p.m.

Thursdays: 2:30 – 3:15 p.m. OR 4:30 – 5:15 p.m. OR
4:45 – 5:30 p.m. OR 5:30 – 6:15 OR 6:45 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturdays: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

Ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Days & Times:

Tuesdays: 1:30 – 2:15 p.m. OR 2:15 – 3 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 3:45 p.m. OR 3:45 – 4:30 p.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 4:30 – 5:15 p.m. OR 5:15 – 6:00 p.m.

Days & times:

Mondays: 4 – 5:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 4:45 – 6:15 p.m. OR 6:15 – 7:45 p.m.

Tuesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 3:45– 5:15 p.m.

OR 4:30 – 6 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 6 – 7:30 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Thursdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 3:15 – 4:45 p.m. OR
3:45– 5:15 p.m. OR 4 – 5:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

OR 5:30 – 7 p.m. OR 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Saturdays: 11 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4 week session
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 21 This class is by Invitation-only and designed for second level skills. Instruction follows USA Gymnastics progressions on the four Olympic events of vault, bars, beam, and floor with continual emphasis on strength and flexibility.

Days & Times:

Tuesdays: 4:45 – 6:15 p.m. OR 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

Thursdays: 5:15 – 6:45 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Saturdays: 11 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4–week session
Another acknowledgment of
advanced skills, this by
Invitation-only class follows the
progressions of USA Gymnastics
on the four Olympic events of
vault, bars, beam, and floor.

Train with the best in the valley
as skills continue to improve.

Days & Times:

Mondays 3:15 – 4:45 p.m. OR Wednesdays 4:30 – 6 p.m.

Fee: $80 per 4–week session
Learn tumbling skills on the floor and tumble track. This class focuses on specific drills for learning correct form and is recommended for those who want to acquire
cheerleading tumbling skills.

DayS: Mondays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Fee: $70 Per 4-week session
By Invitation–only. The District Gymnastics Development program is a preparatory and accelerated gymnastics
training option for young gymnasts to make an easy
transition to our competitive gymnastics team.

DayS: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 6 – 8 p.m.

Fee: $150 per Month
By Invitation–only. Levels 2, 3,
4 and 5 skills must be
completed as defined by USA
Gymnastics. This class provides
an opportunity for gymnasts
with advanced skills required for
competition to shine in the sport
of gymnastics and follows USA
Gymnastics progressions for
Level 2, 3, Level 4, and Level 5.

Invitations are extended to
individuals who demonstrate a
strong dedication to the requirements of competitive training.

The team competes in three to five meets throughout the year. (Additional fee required for meets and competitive attire).

Days: Level 2 & 3 Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays OR
Level 4 & 5 Tuesdays, Thursdays, Fridays
Time: 4 – 7 p.m. Fee: $185 per Month
By Invitation–only. Levels 6 to 10 skills must be completed as defined by USA Gymnastics.

Days: Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays, Fridays
Time: 4 – 7 p.m.

Fee: $235 per Month
Gymnastics Jamboree provides an open gym experience
for participants to practice or learn new skills in a social, supervised setting.

Days & Times: Friday: 7 – 8 p.m.

Saturday: 12:30 – 1:30 p.m.

Fee: $10 per Person
Indio

GYMNASTICS
22 Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Follow us at
This class is by Invitation-only and designed for second level skills. Instruction follows USA Gymnastics progressions on the four Olympic events of vault, bars, beam, and floor with continual emphasis on strength and flexibility.

Days & Times:

Tuesdays: 4:45 – 6:15 p.m. OR 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Wednesdays: 3 – 4:30 p.m. OR 4:30 – 6 p.m.

Thursdays: 5:15 – 6:45 p.m. OR 6:30 – 8 p.m.

Saturdays: 11 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Train with the best in the valley
as skills continue to improve.

Days & Times:

Mondays 3:15 – 4:45 p.m. OR Wednesdays 4:30 – 6 p.m.

DayS: Mondays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

DayS: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 6 – 8 p.m.

Invitations are extended to
individuals who demonstrate a
strong dedication to the requirements of competitive training.

The team competes in three to five meets throughout the year. (Additional fee required for meets and competitive attire).

Days: Mondays, Tuesdays, Thursdays, Fridays
Time: 4 – 7 p.m.

Fee: $235 per Month
Gymnastics Jamboree provides an open gym experience
for participants to practice or learn new skills in a social, supervised setting.

Days & Times: Friday: 7 – 8 p.m.

Saturday: 12:30 – 1:30 p.m.

Fee: $10 per Person
Indio

GYMNASTICS
22 Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Follow us at
This class focuses on Pilates exercises performed on a
mat. It is body weight orientated and emphasizes
alignment, breathing, core-strength, flexibility, and
controlled movements. This class is suitable for all
levels with results in overall body-conditioning.

Enrollment:

May: Wednesday, 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR Tuesday, 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

June: Tuesdays, 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $60 per Month Drop–In Fee: $15 Per Class
Aerobics with a Latin kick! This is the ideal class to have fun while getting in shape. It combines aerobics, dance and exercise all to a salsa beat! The workout benefits
include flexibility, conditioning and shaping up.

Enrollment: May, June, July
Days: Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays
Time: 8 – 10 a.m. Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $45 per Month
Drop–In Fee: $7 Per Class
This class combines traditional martial arts philosophies with modern self-defense strategies, featuring Karate, Tae Kwon Do, and kickboxing with Olympic-style sparring. Taught by a skilled instructor, it also focuses on building self-esteem, discipline, sportsmanship, and personal integrity.
location: Indio Metro 8 Enrollment: Ongoing
Days & Times: Tuesdays & Thursdays, 7 – 8 p.m. OR
Mondays & Wednesdays, 6:45 – 7: 45 p.m.

Ages: 7 Years of Age and Over Fee: $40 Per Month
This introduction to Martial Arts is designed to teach selfdefense using all parts of the body in a fun way for children.

Our Little Dragons program teaches children balance,
coordination, listening skills and respect.

Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays
Times: 6 – 6:30 p.m. OR 6:30 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 9 Years of Age Fee: $50 per Month
This program provides participants with a safe place to let their creative minds explore. Youth will have the opportunity to have fun, be creative and learn how to create various STEAM projects. Each class will be led by an instructor, and they will receive step by step instructions on how to create the various activities. All supplies will be provided.

Location: Indio Metro 8
date: Saturday, June 14 Fee: $12 per Participant
Pre-K Class:

AGes: 3 – 5 Years of Age Times: 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Youth Class:

AGes: 6 – 12 Years of Age Times: 12 – 1:30 p.m.

Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484

MARTIAL ARTS
23 1.5 HOUR GYMNASTICS

ONLY PARTY
1 – 10 people, $175 -OR11 – 20 people, $275
Celebrate your next birthday at The
District Gymnastics Academy!

2.5 HOUR PARTY
(1 ½ hours gymnastics & 1 hour
use of multi–purpose room)
1 – 10 people, $225 -OR11 – 20 people, $325
CALL AND BOOK YOUR PARTY TODAY!

HEALTH & FITNESS
You and your friends will have a great time doing an hour and a half of fun-filled gymnastics and games as our coaching sta¥ is trained to provide a safe and structured party that is sure to be a hit. ✪SPECIAL INTEREST
This class focuses on Pilates exercises performed on a
mat. It is body weight orientated and emphasizes
alignment, breathing, core-strength, flexibility, and
controlled movements. This class is suitable for all
levels with results in overall body-conditioning.

Enrollment:

May: Wednesday, 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR Tuesday, 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

June: Tuesdays, 6:30 – 7:15 p.m.

Ages: 7 Years of Age and Over Fee: $40 Per Month
This introduction to Martial Arts is designed to teach selfdefense using all parts of the body in a fun way for children.

Our Little Dragons program teaches children balance,
coordination, listening skills and respect.

Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays
Times: 6 – 6:30 p.m. OR 6:30 – 7 p.m.

Location: Indio Metro 8
date: Saturday, June 14 Fee: $12 per Participant
Pre-K Class:

AGes: 3 – 5 Years of Age Times: 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Youth Class:

AGes: 6 – 12 Years of Age Times: 12 – 1:30 p.m.

Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484

MARTIAL ARTS
23 1.5 HOUR GYMNASTICS

ONLY PARTY
1 – 10 people, $175 -OR11 – 20 people, $275
Celebrate your next birthday at The
District Gymnastics Academy!

2.5 HOUR PARTY
(1 ½ hours gymnastics & 1 hour
use of multi–purpose room)
1 – 10 people, $225 -OR11 – 20 people, $325
CALL AND BOOK YOUR PARTY TODAY!

HEALTH & FITNESS
You and your friends will have a great time doing an hour and a half of fun-filled gymnastics and games as our coaching sta¥ is trained to provide a safe and structured party that is sure to be a hit. ✪SPECIAL INTEREST
Our archery program teaches the
fundamentals of archery including
proper shooting form. This program
takes place in a highly supervised
environment where positive
encouragement and individualized
instruction is provided to promote
participant success.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays OR Thursdays
Times: May Only: 4:30 – 5:30 p.m.

June, July & August: 6:45 – 7:45 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 17 Years of Age Fee: $40 Per Month
These beginning level, year-round classes oer drills
and quality instruction that will help participants develop basketball skills - this class is perfect for a basketball player to begin their athletic adventure!
Enrollment: May
fees: $15 Days: Mondays Time: 4:30 – 5 p.m.
fees: $50 Days: Thursdays Time: 4 – 5 p.m.
fees: $15 Days: Mondays Time: 4 – 4:30 p.m.
fees: $40 Days: Fridays Time: 4 – 5 p.m. OR 5 – 6 p.m.
fees: $40 Days: Tuesdays Time: 4 – 5 p.m.

Our summer basketball clinic oers
quality and motivational instruction
in a fun, competitive environment,
using our state-of-the-art
basketball gymnasium. Proper
stretching, oensive and defensive
drills, and correct shooting
practices are covered.
dates: June 9 – 30
July 2 – 30
August 4 – 18
Days: Mondays & Wednesdays
AGes, time & fees:
5 – 6 Years of Age • 10:30 – 11 a.m. • $40 per Month
7 – 10 Years of Age • 11:15 a.m. – 12:15 p.m. • $60 per Month 11 – 14 Years of Age • 12:30 – 1:30 p.m. • $60 per Month

Draft Day is for registered athletes for the Summer Youth Basketball League. DRAFT DAY is now MANDATORY for all
league participants. The event has been designed to help build balanced teams for league play and will have separate time slots for each age division. We will have drills and various skills planned for our registered athletes. Draft Day is the first day of practice and will get you excited about the upcoming league.

Divisions, Ages, dates & Times:

Division A (7 – 8 Years of Age):

Saturday, May 10, 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Division B (9 – 10 Years of Age):

Saturday, May 10, 12 – 2 p.m.

Division C (11 – 12 Years of Age):

Friday, May 9, 5 – 7 p.m.

Division D (13 – 14 Years of Age):

Friday, May 9, 7 – 9 p.m.

Indio
24 SPORTS
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Our archery program teaches the
fundamentals of archery including
proper shooting form. This program
takes place in a highly supervised
environment where positive
encouragement and individualized
instruction is provided to promote
participant success.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays OR Thursdays
Times: May Only: 4:30 – 5:30 p.m.

June, July & August: 6:45 – 7:45 p.m.

Divisions, Ages, dates & Times:

Division A (7 – 8 Years of Age):

Saturday, May 10, 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Division B (9 – 10 Years of Age):

Saturday, May 10, 12 – 2 p.m.

Division C (11 – 12 Years of Age):

Friday, May 9, 5 – 7 p.m.

Division D (13 – 14 Years of Age):

Friday, May 9, 7 – 9 p.m.

Indio
24 SPORTS
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Join Summer Youth Basketball! Games
played in Indio and other sites. Division
champs will be crowned, with a focus
on development, especially for
younger teams. Jerseys, o¯cials,
running clock, substitutions, and ageappropriate equipment are provided.

Emphasis on character and player growth. Don’t miss out! Days & dates:

Saturdays, June 14 – July 26 for Little Dribblers and Division D Tuesdays & Thursdays, June 17 – July 24 for Divisions A, B & C Divisions, Ages & Times:

Little Dribblers (5 – 6 Years of Age): 10:15 – 11:45 a.m.

Division A (7 – 8 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Division B (9 – 10 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Division C (11 – 12 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Division D (13 – 14 Years of Age): 11:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m. fees: Little Dribblers: $80 per 6-Week Session
Divisions A, B, C, D: $125 per 6-Week Session
(Late Registration is $150 per child after May 10, 2025) This class oers fun game drills and quality instruction that will help develop your child's hand-eye coordination, running, and basketball skills.

Location: Indio Community Center/Basketball Half Court 1 Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 3 – 5 Years of Age
Days: Mondays OR Wednesdays
Times: May: 2:15 – 2:45 p.m.

June, July, August: 2:30 – 3 p.m.

Fee: $20 per Month
If you are a football enthusiast who
wants to sharpen your footwork,
speed, and skills, come join our
Summer Indio Youth Football Skills
Clinic. This program will teach you
football drills, footwork drills, and
speed agility skills to get your game
to the next level.
location: Miles Avenue Park
Enrollment: May Days: Mondays
ages & times:
7 – 10 Years of Age • 5:15 – 6:15 p.m.
fee: $30 per Month
MULTI–SPORT CLASSES
Your "Little Champ" can learn about dierent sports in a class that oers fun game drills and quality instruction that will help develop your child's hand-eye coordination, running, and sports skills. Sports include basketball, soccer, relay games, golf, and more.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 3 – 5 Years of Age days: Mondays OR Wednesdays
Times: May: 1:30 – 2 p.m.

June, July, August: 1:45 – 2:15 p.m.

Fee: $20 per Month for either Mondays or Wednesdays
Improve your athletic skills,
agility, and footwork. The Youth
Sports Conditioning class
incorporates speed drills, body
weight exercises, cardio drills
and plyometrics, oering a total
body workout to assist in
conditioning for all sports.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays & Wednesdays
Time: 4:15 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: $50 per Month
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 25 Join Summer Youth Basketball! Games
played in Indio and other sites. Division
champs will be crowned, with a focus
on development, especially for
younger teams. Jerseys, o¯cials,
running clock, substitutions, and ageappropriate equipment are provided.

Emphasis on character and player growth. Don’t miss out! Days & dates:

Saturdays, June 14 – July 26 for Little Dribblers and Division D Tuesdays & Thursdays, June 17 – July 24 for Divisions A, B & C Divisions, Ages & Times:

Little Dribblers (5 – 6 Years of Age): 10:15 – 11:45 a.m.

Division A (7 – 8 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Division B (9 – 10 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Division C (11 – 12 Years of Age): 5:20 – 9:20 p.m.

Location: Indio Community Center/Basketball Half Court 1 Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 3 – 5 Years of Age
Days: Mondays OR Wednesdays
Times: May: 2:15 – 2:45 p.m.

June, July, August: 2:30 – 3 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 3 – 5 Years of Age days: Mondays OR Wednesdays
Times: May: 1:30 – 2 p.m.

June, July, August: 1:45 – 2:15 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays & Wednesdays
Time: 4:15 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: $50 per Month
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 25 Come play Indoor Pickleball with
us! The nets will be set up inside
the gym, and reservations may be
made at the front desk or free play can be
played for all walk-ins.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Monday & Wednesday Times: 7 – 9 a.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age and Over
fee: FREE with a Get Fit Pass or a $5 Drop-In Fee
Come join us in learning and enjoying the newest
game sweeping the sports world. We will go over basic
movements, rules and regulations and challenge your
players to get better each week we are out on the courts. location: Miles Avenue Park – Pickleball Courts
Enrollment: May Days: Saturdays
Ages & Times: 8 – 12 Years of Age, 8:30 – 9:30 a.m.
fee: $50 per Month
SOCCER
Our Tiny Soccer Stars
instructors will guide
participants towards
developing their
soccer skills which
include passing,
trapping, shooting,
and defending. We will also cover the fundamentals of the sport of soccer. This program is great for participants who have little to no soccer experience.
location: Miles Avenue Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age
Fee: $50 per Month
Our clinic will focus on various drills to improve your soccer skills. For our beginning classes we will also cover the fundamentals of the sport of soccer.
location: Miles Avenue Park
Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Ages: 6 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $60 per Month
Our clinic will focus on goalie drills to improve footwork, hand-eye coordination, and terminology for the upcoming soccer season. Athletes should bring shin guards and
non-skid shoes or cleats.
location: Miles Avenue Park
Enrollment: June
Days: Saturdays Times 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: 7 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $40 Month
This beginning class is designed to help
you learn and develop a basic
understanding of volleyball. Instructions
will include learning the basic skills of
serving, passing, setting, attacking, and
blocking the ball.

Enrollment: May
Days: Fridays
Ages & Time: 6 – 10 Years of Age • 3:30 – 4 p.m.
11 – 17 Years of Age • 4 – 4:30 p.m.

Fee: $20 per Month
Beginners will learn serving, passing, setting, attacking, and blocking, while intermediate players will refine these skills, including volleying and setting.

Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 3:30 – 4 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $20 per Month
Indio
26 SPORTS
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Come play Indoor Pickleball with
us! The nets will be set up inside
the gym, and reservations may be
made at the front desk or free play can be
played for all walk-ins.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Monday & Wednesday Times: 7 – 9 a.m.

Enrollment: May
Days: Fridays
Ages & Time: 6 – 10 Years of Age • 3:30 – 4 p.m.
11 – 17 Years of Age • 4 – 4:30 p.m.

Fee: $20 per Month
Beginners will learn serving, passing, setting, attacking, and blocking, while intermediate players will refine these skills, including volleying and setting.

Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 3:30 – 4 p.m.

Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 27 This class is designed to help you sharpen and progress your understanding of volleyball. Instruction will include game terminology; game situation drills and grade level skill techniques.

Days: Fridays
FEES: $40 per Month
Enrollment: May
Ages & Times:
10 – 14 Years of Age • 4:45 – 5:45 p.m.
13 – 18 Years of Age • 6 – 7 p.m.

Enrollment: June, July August
Ages & Times:
10 – 14 Years of Age • 4 – 4:30 p.m.
13 – 18 Years of Age • 4:30 – 5:30 p.m.

Just for fun, we set up the volleyball nets on Fridays
and invite our members to play. Bring family and friends and create a team or just show up and join.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 6 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 5 Years of Age and Over
Fee: FREE with a Get Fit Pass or a $5 Drop-In Fee
Do you want to prepare your skills for tournament and
high school play? These classes are geared toward
structured training, significant skill improvement, and enhanced game knowledge.

Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 8 – 9 p.m.
ages: 10 – 18 Years of Age fee: $40 per Month
Volleyball – Team Level 5
Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 5:45 – 6:45 p.m.

Ages: 10 – 18 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month
Volleyball – Team Level 7
Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 10 – 18 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month
Do you want to prepare your skills for tournaments and high school play? These classes are geared toward structured training, significant skill improvement, and enhanced game knowledge. THIS CLASS IS INVITE ONLY BY COACH.

Enrollment: May Days: Fridays
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Ages: 11 – 18 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

PAWLEY POOL FAMILY AQUATIC COMPLEX

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES

FREE VETERANS SWIM DAY
Veterans will have the opportunity
to join a class or swim for free on
Friday, July 4
entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

First day – June 9 • Last day – September 1
(Hours will be reduced to weekends only beginning August 17) Mondays – Thursdays:
9 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Youth Lessons)
12 – 3:30 p.m. (Open Swim)
4 – 7 p.m. (Youth Lessons)
7 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Fridays: 9 – 10 a.m. (Adult Lessons)
10 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Swim Lessons)
12 – 4 p.m. and 6 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Saturdays: 9 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Swim Lessons)
12 – 4 p.m. (Open Swim)
6 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Sundays: 12 – 4 p.m. (Open Swim)
6 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 27 This class is designed to help you sharpen and progress your understanding of volleyball. Instruction will include game terminology; game situation drills and grade level skill techniques.

Days: Fridays
FEES: $40 per Month
Enrollment: May
Ages & Times:
10 – 14 Years of Age • 4:45 – 5:45 p.m.
13 – 18 Years of Age • 6 – 7 p.m.

Enrollment: June, July August
Ages & Times:
10 – 14 Years of Age • 4 – 4:30 p.m.
13 – 18 Years of Age • 4:30 – 5:30 p.m.

Just for fun, we set up the volleyball nets on Fridays
and invite our members to play. Bring family and friends and create a team or just show up and join.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 6 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 10 – 18 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month
Volleyball – Team Level 7
Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Fridays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Enrollment: May Days: Fridays
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Ages: 11 – 18 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

PAWLEY POOL FAMILY AQUATIC COMPLEX

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES

FREE VETERANS SWIM DAY
Veterans will have the opportunity
to join a class or swim for free on
Friday, July 4
entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

Come join us for a fun and interactive
introduction to water safety for children
with Lenny the LandShark. Topics include
basic water safety, sun safety, importance
of a life jacket, overview of a pool, canal
safety, and how to call for help. Lenny the
Landshark coloring books will be
provided.
date: Thursday, June 19 time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age Fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL,
bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life-saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 17 years of age Fee: Free
This class is brought to you by the American Red Cross.

Participants will learn the basic skills of lifeguarding. This invaluable course teaches water safety plus the leadership tools you need as a junior lifeguard. The course curriculum focuses on five core categories for eective lifeguarding:
prevention, fitness, response, leadership,
and professionalism.
dates: June 15 – July 27 • August 3 – September 14
days: Sundays time: 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 11 – 14 Years of Age Fee: $85
Water polo emphasizes team cohesion and strategy.

Participants will learn shooting, passing, and defensive/ oensive techniques, and must be able to tread water
and swim two pool lengths nonstop.
days & dates: Fridays, June 13 – July 25
Saturdays, August 9 – September 20
time: 10 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 8 – 13 Years of Age Fee: $75
*A parent or caretaker may be required to be in the pool with the participant to provide hands-on assistance due to social distancing guidelines.

Sessions include swim lessons
followed by an open swim. The
beginner swim lessons focus
on getting participants familiar
and comfortable in the water
(i.e. floating, face in water,
head under water, kicking) and
take place in the shallow pool
at Pawley.

Enrollment:

June 14 – August 2
Days: Saturdays
Time: 9:45 – 11:45 a.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need fee: $70
Sessions include swim lessons followed by an open swim.

The moderate to advanced swim lessons focus on stroke
progression and physical endurance and take place in the big pool at Pawley.

Enrollment: June 14 – August 2
Days: Saturdays Time: 9:45 – 11:45 a.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or a Special Need fee: $70
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
28 SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
It’s never too late to learn
how to swim or perfect
those skills. We will
introduce skills to our
beginning swimmers and
work on strokes and
endurance for intermediate
swimmers. This class is
designed to introduce and improve on the basic skills
necessary to meet the individual’s personal goals.
days: Saturdays & Sundays Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m.
dates June 14 – July 6 • July 12 – August 3 • August 9 – 31 Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
fee: $80 per Session

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 5: August 4 – 14
Session 3: July 7 – 17
Our infant swim lessons are
designed to actively engage
children alongside a parent or
guardian. Participants will
learn water safety and water
exploration; along with basic
water play such as games and
songs to do together during
water play time.
ages: 6 Months – 3 Years of Age
Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m. dates: June 15 – August 3 • August 10 – September 28
Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m. Fee: $70 per Session
Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the fundamentals
of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class.
ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 OR 6 – 6:45

dates: Saturday, June 14 – August 2
Saturday, August 9 – September 20
Sunday, June 15 – August 10
Sunday, August 10 – September 21
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. fee: $70 per Session
Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.
: Get children with little or no swimming
experience started with the basics. Water safety, floating, kicks, arm action and use of legs introduce kids to this terrific sport.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR
11 – 11:45 a.m. OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45

dates: June 14 – August 2 • August 9 – September 27
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. fee: $70 per Session
ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 OR 6 – 6:45

dates: June 15 – August 3 • August 10 – September 28
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. fee: $70 per Session
Indio
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 29 Indio
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed in
Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle, breaststroke, and butterfly kick, elementary backstroke as well as additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45

dates: June 14 – August 2 • August 9 – September 27
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. fee: $70 per Session
: Front crawl, back crawl, backstroke,
breaststroke, and sidestroke kick, along with treading
water make this class fun as kids sharpen and expand
their swimming skills.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 10 – 10:45 a.m.

OR 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
: Swimmers must swim freestyle with side
breathing, backstroke, and elementary backstroke for
25 yards. Instruction focuses on endurance, freestyle
breathing, and introduces butterfly, breaststroke,
sidestroke, and wall turns.
ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

LITTLE ATHLETES
Children will engage in a variety of sports related
movements during structured exercises and improve their gross motor skills. Each class will focus on a dierent sport exercise, drills and high and low-key games, all in a non-competitive atmosphere.
location: Indio Teen Center
enrollment: May
Ages: 1 ½ – 3 Years of Age Day: Saturdays
Time: 9:15 – 9:45 a.m. fee: $25 per Month
Explore your child's creativity, imagination, fine motor skills, and sensory development through messy art. In a pressurefree environment, children are encouraged to get hands-on with squishy, gooey materials while creating and making new friends.
location: Lobby at Indio Metro 8
Enrollment: June, July
Ages: 1 ½ – 3 Years of Age
day: Fridays Time: 9 – 10:30 a.m.

Fee: $50 per Month
Come play in a space filled with balls, toys and tunnels. This drop in tot space gives toddlers an opportunity to engage in developing social skills, small motor skills all while having fun.

Adult participation is required.

Enrollment: May
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 1 ½ Years of Age
fee: $40 per Month

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES TOT PROGRAMS

YOUNG AT ART SUMMER CAMP
Register at CVHM.ORG/EDUCATION
STARTS JUNE 9, 2025 FOR KIDS AGES 8-14
30 CANCELED
Indio
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Indio Community Center or Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed in
Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle, breaststroke, and butterfly kick, elementary backstroke as well as additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 9 – 9:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Adult participation is required.

Enrollment: May
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 1 ½ Years of Age
fee: $40 per Month

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES TOT PROGRAMS

YOUNG AT ART SUMMER CAMP
Register at CVHM.ORG/EDUCATION
STARTS JUNE 9, 2025 FOR KIDS AGES 8-14

YOUNG AT ART SUMMER CAMP
CVHM.ORG/EDUCATION
STARTS JUNE 9, 2025 FOR KIDS AGES 8-14
CVHM.ORG/EDUCATION
30 CANCELED
Join us for a cup of coee, bingo, loteria, crafts, and much more! This fun group comes together to celebrate
birthdays, go on field trips, and make everlasting
friendships. Bringing your favorite dish to share with
the group is a great way to connect.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 9:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free
The District and community
partners will host a back-toschool event for K-12 students in Indio Hills, oering backpacks,
school supplies, and more on a
first-come, first-served basis.

No registration is required. For
vendor or sponsor inquiries,
email [email protected].

Date: Sunday, August 3 Time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Join us for a family Fiesta at the Community Center! Enjoy a salsa contest, piñata, lotería, papel picado crafting, and more – fun you won’t want to miss!
Date: Saturday, May 3 Time: 4 – 6 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
We bring the food from the FIND
Food Bank as a way to help families
within the Indio Hills Community.

Distributions will be at the Indio Hills Community Center parking lot. Please adhere to drive through safety signs, and food is distributed on a first come, first served basis.

Distribution: Second Friday of the month
(may exclude holidays)
Time: 9:30 – 11:30 a.m.
(or until all food has been distributed)
Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

SUMMER FIELD DAY TRIPS
The Indio Hills Community Center Team will be oering
transportation to various fun activities and locations during this summer. To name a few: Fishing Day Trips, Pools, Day Excursions, and more. Fee may apply for certain activities.

For more information, please call 760-902-0574.

Dates & Times: Various Dates and Times
31 Indio Hills

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Active adult & senior Programs
80-400 Dillon Road
Indio Hills, CA 92201
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Indio Hills Community Center

INDIO HILLS COMMUNITY COUNCIL MEETING
The Indio Hills Community Council meets on the THIRD Tuesday in May. This meeting is open to the public to hear the latest news happening in the Indio Hills Community from government
ocials, local authorities, and special presentations.

Please contact [email protected] as meetings may
be held via Zoom, or may be in-person.
date: Tuesday, May 20 • Time: 6 – 8 p.m. • Open to all ages For meeting dates and more information, please visit:
https://rivco4.org/Councils/Community-Councils
To become involved in the future of Indio Hills
Community Events planning, please contact
⊲ [email protected] ⊳
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Join us for a cup of coee, bingo, loteria, crafts, and much more! This fun group comes together to celebrate
birthdays, go on field trips, and make everlasting
friendships. Bringing your favorite dish to share with
the group is a great way to connect.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 9:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

No registration is required. For
vendor or sponsor inquiries,
email [email protected].

Date: Sunday, August 3 Time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
We bring the food from the FIND
Food Bank as a way to help families
within the Indio Hills Community.

Distributions will be at the Indio Hills Community Center parking lot. Please adhere to drive through safety signs, and food is distributed on a first come, first served basis.

Distribution: Second Friday of the month
(may exclude holidays)
Time: 9:30 – 11:30 a.m.
(or until all food has been distributed)
Ages: All Ages Fee: Free

For more information, please call 760-902-0574.

Dates & Times: Various Dates and Times
31 Indio Hills

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Active adult & senior Programs
80-400 Dillon Road
Indio Hills, CA 92201
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Indio Hills Community Center

Maintain your strength, mobility
and function through exercises that
focus on the upper and lower body,
balance and flexibility.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays, Wednesdays,
Fridays
Time: 11:30 a.m. – 12:45 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over
Fee: FREE for DRD Get Fit Pass members or $5 for
Non-Member Facility Drop-In
This class teaches piano basics using a keyboard, covering notes, rhythms, scales, hand positions, and simple yet
challenging song pieces. A great start for beginners!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Times: 9:15 – 10:15 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years Old and Older
Fee: $65 per Month
Enrollment: June 16 – July 14, July 28 – August 25
Days: Mondays Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $80 per Month Drop-in fee: $20 per Class
Learn the basics of guitar, perfect for beginners! You'll cover chord charts, tablature, strumming, rhythm, fingerpicking, tuning, and proper technique. Start playing songs
immediately—no prior musical experience required. All
materials provided; just bring any nylon, steel string, or electric guitar.

Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

This class introduces new
chords, rhythms, and songs
from artists like Johnny
Cash, Sheryl Crow, and Rod
Stewart. You'll also learn to
read standard notation for
simple guitar solos. All
materials provided; just
bring any nylon, steel string,
or electric guitar.

Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Active adult & senior Programs
La Quinta Community Fitness Center & Park
77-865 Avenida Montezuma, La Quinta, CA 92253
(760) 564-9921
HOURS: Monday – Friday: 5:30 a.m. – 8:30 p.m.

Saturday: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Sunday: Closed
Fritz Burns Pool
78-107 Avenue 52, La Quinta, CA 92253
(760) 771-4347
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
art & Music
33 La Quinta
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 In partnership with Hope Through Housing, this Kids Club is exclusively for the residents at Vista Dunes Apartments.

This after school program, in a safe environment, provides mentorship, a healthy snack, homework help, and activities that support academic enrichment.

Please note: During the Summer Session dates between
June 10 and August 7, rather than homework assistance,
the focus will include subjects like cooking, crafts, and science activities.

Location: Vista Dunes Apartment Complex
Days, times & dates:

Monday through Friday • 3 – 6 p.m.

May 1 – 30 • June 1 – 5 • August 20 – 29
Tuesday & Thursday • 1 – 4 p.m.

June 10 – 26 • July 1 – 31 • August 5 – 7
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age Fee: Free
This upbeat beginner Ballroom class covers Swing, Salsa, and an introduction to Fox Trot, teaching basic patterns.

Singles and couples are welcome.

Enrollment: May 1 – 22 • June 5 – 26
July 1 – 31 • August 7 – 28
Days: Thursdays Time: 4 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $55 per Month
Drop-in Fee: $15 per Class
Dancers will learn ballet's basic steps and beginning
dance positions. This class is also designed to improve children's coordination and poise while introducing music appreciation and interpretations.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays Times: 5:30 – 6:15 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 10 Years of Age
Fee: $42 Per Month
Your child will enjoy playful, make-believe time while learning basic ballet movements in a fun, enriching environment.

Ballet shoes for girls, and a tee shirt, shorts, and socks for boys are required.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days & Times: Mondays, 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR
Wednesdays, 5:30 – 6:15 p.m. OR Fridays, 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Ages: 21⁄2 – 5 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month
Join this fun, upbeat Line Dancing class to
learn the Cupid Shu¬e, Electric Slide, and
popular steps! Dancing keeps you fit,
sharp, and energized. Wear comfortable
shoes and clothes.

Enrollment:

May 1 – 22 • June 5 – 26
July 1 – 31 • August 7 – 28
Days: Thursdays Time: 11:30 a.m. – 12:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $55 per Month Drop-in Fee: $15 per Class
In this all-levels class, we connect breath with mindful movement, building strength, flexibility, and balance in a supportive & safe space. Props and modifications are
oered to accommodate your body's needs. Come as you are! enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fees: $50 per Session drop-in-Fee: $15 per Day

(30 minutes and 1 hour sessions, single & 5-pack options) Our trainer is an Elite ISSA certified trainer with expertise in Tennis Strength & Performance, Senior Fitness, Weight Loss, and Health Coaching. Her programs consist of three
progressively challenging cycles: Strength, Mobility and Flexibility – Balance and Coordination – Advance Training.

Our trainer oers ongoing support through email and texting to provide motivation and support throughout your fitness journey.

HEALTH & FITNESS
DANCE

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
La Quinta
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the La Quinta Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
enrollment: Arrange Days and Times in person
with trainer at the La Quinta Community Fitness Center. *Buddy Training Available, please discuss with trainer.* Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fees: Single 60 Minute Session – $90
5 Sessions of 60 Minutes – $400
Single 30 Minute Session – $50
5 Sessions of 30 Minutes – $200
Aerobics with a Latin twist! This fun class combines
aerobics, dance, and exercise to a salsa beat, improving flexibility, conditioning, and shaping up.
enrollment: May & June Only
days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 8 – 9 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over Fees: $40 per Session
A sound bath uses musical instruments to create a relaxing meditation experience. Benefits of a sound bath include relaxation, stress reduction, and improved sleep.

Guided by a trained instructor.
dates: May 6, June 10, July 8, August 5
Days: Tuesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free for DRD Facility Members or $5 for Non-Member Facility Drop-In
Yin Yoga focuses on
deep stretches that
target fascia and
connective tissues, improving circulation, mobility, and flexibility. Expect long, soothing holds that promote stillness and a sense of spaciousness.
dates: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 4:15 – 5:15 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $50 per Session Drop–In Fee: $15 per Day
A total workout, combining all
elements of fitness; cardio,
muscle conditioning, balance
and flexibility, boosted energy
and a serious dose of awesome
each time you leave class.
enrollment: Ongoing
Day: Wednesdays & Fridays
Time: 10 – 11 a.m. Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $48 per Month Drop–In Fee: $8 per Class
This fun, funny Ballroom Dance class
is for Moms or Dads and their dogs!
Learn simple choreography with a max
of 8 dogs per class. No tricks required.

Preregistration and doggie
questionnaire needed.

Dates & Times:

Wednesdays • May 7 & 14 • June 4 & 11 • 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Mondays • July 7 & 14 • August 4 & 11 • 1:15 – 2:15 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Older
Fee: $25 per 2–Week Session
Get your COED player roster ready and let's get back out on the field! The league consists of adult slow-pitch rules and regulations. Playos will be held August 18, 2025. Please register your team in person at the La Quinta Community Fitness Center by Wednesday, June 18, 2025. For more
information please call 760-564-9921.
location: Francis Hack Field at La Quinta Community Park leagues, days & dates:

COED Mondays
3 females per team minimum requirement to join the league.

June 23 – August 11
Time: 6:15 – 10:15 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $450 per Team
34 ✪SPECIAL INTEREST
SPORTS

HEALTH & FITNESS
La Quinta
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the La Quinta Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
enrollment: Arrange Days and Times in person
with trainer at the La Quinta Community Fitness Center. *Buddy Training Available, please discuss with trainer.* Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fees: Single 60 Minute Session – $90
5 Sessions of 60 Minutes – $400
Single 30 Minute Session – $50
5 Sessions of 30 Minutes – $200
Aerobics with a Latin twist! This fun class combines
aerobics, dance, and exercise to a salsa beat, improving flexibility, conditioning, and shaping up.
enrollment: May & June Only
days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 8 – 9 a.m.

Guided by a trained instructor.
dates: May 6, June 10, July 8, August 5
Days: Tuesdays Time: 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Preregistration and doggie
questionnaire needed.

Dates & Times:

Wednesdays • May 7 & 14 • June 4 & 11 • 10:30 – 11:30 a.m.

Mondays • July 7 & 14 • August 4 & 11 • 1:15 – 2:15 p.m.

COED Mondays
3 females per team minimum requirement to join the league.

June 23 – August 11
Time: 6:15 – 10:15 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $450 per Team
34 ✪SPECIAL INTEREST
SPORTS

HEALTH & FITNESS
La Quinta
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 35 SPECIAL EVENTS AT THE POOL
Family and friends of all ages will enjoy a
free Family Movie at the Pool! No tickets
needed- just come for a fun-filled flick and
you can even watch it from the comfort of the
water on a summer night.

Dates & Movies:

Friday, June 20, The Little Mermaid
Friday, July 18, Sonic 3 • Friday, August 8, Moana 2
Times: 7 – 10 p.m. Ages: All Ages fee: Free
Come join us for a fun and interactive introduction to water safety for children with Lenny the LandShark. Topics include basic water safety, sun safety, importance of a life jacket, overview of a pool, canal safety, and how to call for help.

Lenny the Landshark coloring books will be provided.

Days: Saturdays Times: 12 – 1 p.m.

Dates: May 31 • June 28 • July 26 • August 30
Ages: 2 – 11 Years of Age fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL, bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 6 months – 17 years of age Fee: Free
Individuals with a disability or special need are welcome to join an early Open Swim, providing the opportunity to practice swimming skills and have fun with friends and family.

Dates: June 14 – July 5 • July 12 – August 2 • August 9 – 30 Days: Saturdays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
fee: Free

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

FRITZ BURNS POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are Free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

Open Year Round
Mondays – Thursdays:
9 – 10 a.m. (Water Fitness Classes/Lap Swim)
10 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Youth Lessons/Lap Swim)
12 – 2 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
2 – 4 p.m. (Closed)
4 – 7 p.m. (Youth Lessons)
7 – 8 p.m. (Water Fitness Classes/Lap Swim)
Fridays:
8 – 9 a.m. (Adult Lessons/Lap Swim)
9 a.m. – 2 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
5 – 9 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
Saturdays:
8 – 9 a.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
9 – 10 a.m. (Water Fitness Classes/Lap Swim)
10 a.m. – 12 p.m. (Youth Lessons/Lap Swim)
12 – 2 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
4 – 5 p.m. (Adaptive Splash Play)
5 – 9 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
Sundays:

Closed

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
La Quinta
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 35 SPECIAL EVENTS AT THE POOL
Family and friends of all ages will enjoy a
free Family Movie at the Pool! No tickets
needed- just come for a fun-filled flick and
you can even watch it from the comfort of the
water on a summer night.

Dates & Movies:

Lenny the Landshark coloring books will be provided.

Days: Saturdays Times: 12 – 1 p.m.

Dates: May 31 • June 28 • July 26 • August 30
Ages: 2 – 11 Years of Age fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL, bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Dates: June 14 – July 5 • July 12 – August 2 • August 9 – 30 Days: Saturdays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
fee: Free

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

FRITZ BURNS POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are Free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

Closed

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES

ADULT CLASSES
It’s never too late to learn how to swim or perfect those skills. We will introduce skills to our beginning swimmers and work on strokes and endurance for intermediate
swimmers. This class is designed to introduce and improve on the basic skills necessary to meet the individual’s
personal goals.

Dates: June 13 – July 5 • July 11 – August 2 • August 8 – 30 Days: Fridays & Saturdays Time: 8 – 8:45 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over fee: $80 per Session
This high-intensity Water Aerobics class uses body
weight, water weights, and noodles to build strength
and endurance. Join the fun in this fast-paced, and
challenging workout! No swimming ability required.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over fee: $60
days & Dates:

Saturdays – 9 – 9:45 a.m.:

June 21 – August 9 • August 16 – October 4
days & Dates:

Mondays & Wednesdays: 7 – 7:45 p.m.

June 9 – July 2 • July 7 – 30 • August 4 – 27
days & Dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

June 10 – July 3 • July 8 – 31 • August 5 – 28
A slow-paced Water Aerobics
class that focuses on expanding
flexibility and maintaining
strength. This class incorporates
the use of body weight, water
weights, and noodles. Swimming
ability is not required.

Ages: 62 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $35 per Session
days, Times & Dates:

Mondays & Wednesdays: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

June 9 – July 2 • July 7 – 30 • August 4 – 27
days & Dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: 7 – 7:45 p.m.

June 10 – July 3 • July 8 – 31 • August 5 – 28
Swim 300 yards continuously demonstrating breath control and rhythmic breathing. 2. Tread water for 2 minutes using only the legs. 3. Object retrieval is a timed swim event with a surface dive to retrieve a 10lb object then return to the start point in 1 minute and 40 seconds. Activities prepare candidates to recognize and respond quickly and eectively to emergencies and prevent drowning and injuries.
dates & Time: Saturdays, May 3 – 31 • 12 – 1 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 5: August 4 – 14
Session 3: July 7 – 17
Saturday Sessions:

Session 1: June 21 – August 9
Session 2: August 16 – October 4
Our infant swim lessons are designed to actively engage children alongside a parent or guardian. Participants will learn water safety and water exploration; along with basic water play such as games and songs to do together during water play time.
ages: 6 Months – 3 Years of Age
Time: 11 – 11:45 a.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

La Quinta
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the La Quinta Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
36 SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES

Dates: June 13 – July 5 • July 11 – August 2 • August 8 – 30 Days: Fridays & Saturdays Time: 8 – 8:45 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over fee: $60
days & Dates:

Saturdays – 9 – 9:45 a.m.:

June 21 – August 9 • August 16 – October 4
days & Dates:

Mondays & Wednesdays: 7 – 7:45 p.m.

June 9 – July 2 • July 7 – 30 • August 4 – 27
days & Dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Ages: 62 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $35 per Session
days, Times & Dates:

Mondays & Wednesdays: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

June 9 – July 2 • July 7 – 30 • August 4 – 27
days & Dates:

Tuesdays & Thursdays: 7 – 7:45 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 5: August 4 – 14
Session 3: July 7 – 17
Saturday Sessions:

Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

La Quinta
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the La Quinta Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
36 SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the fundamentals of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class. ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m. OR 12 – 12:45 p.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age
and swimming ability.

Children will learn the understanding basic
water safety rules, water adjustment skills, supported and unsupported front and back float for five seconds, gliding, front and back kicks with support, and demonstrating
alternating arm action with simultaneous use of legs.
ages: 6 ½ – 9 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.
4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m.
ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age
Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Time: 11 – 11:45 a.m.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed
in Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle,
breaststroke, and butterfly kick, and
elementary backstroke.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 4 – 4:45 p.m.
: Front crawl, back crawl, backstroke,
breaststroke, and sidestroke kick, along with treading
water make this class fun as kids sharpen
and expand their swimming skills.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m.
: Sharks focus on endurance, mastering freestyle
breathing, and improving butterfly and backstroke. Wall turns are introduced. Requirements include 25 yards of freestyle with side breathing, backstroke, and
elementary backstroke.
ages: 8 – 14 Years of Age
Times: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

La Quinta
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 37 Pre Registration Required: 760-834-9597
MyRecreationDistrict.com
⊲ Individuals with a disability or
special need, 4+ Years of Age
⊲ Fritz Burns Pool
51885 Avenida Bermudas, La Quinta
⊲ Thursdays: 11 a.m. – 1 p.m.
⊲ $45 per 30 Minute Lesson
8 Lessons Total
$360 Resident • $440 Non-Resident
DRD sends our sincere gratitude to Juan Salas, our
La Quinta Fit Beyond 50 volunteer instructor for 10
years. He received a Distinguished Citizen Award by
the City of La Quinta for his service to our community.

Thank You Juan
Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the fundamentals of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class. ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m. OR 12 – 12:45 p.m.

OR 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m. OR 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age
and swimming ability.

Thank You Juan
Join us for the Mecca Senior Program where seniors
can enjoy activities such as crafts, Fit After 50, art, guest speakers, resources and much more! Stop by
and pick up our monthly calendar.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays – Thursdays Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free
In partnership with the Coachella Valley
Housing Coalition, this Kids Club location
is exclusively for the residents at Paseo De
Los Heroes II Apartments. This after school
program, in a safe environment, provides
mentorship, a healthy snack, homework help, and
activities that support academic enrichment.

Location: Paseo De Los Heroes Apartments
Enrollment: Ongoing During CVUSD School Year Calendar
(holidays may be excluded)
Time: 3 – 6 p.m. Days: Tuesday through Friday
Ages: 5 – 17 Years of Age Fee: Free
Our after school programs provide a safe, fun and social environment following the completion of the school day.

Days: Monday through Friday
Grades: 5 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: Free*
*The Mecca After School Program fee is usually $200 per month. Due to program subsidies for those who qualify, the program will be free until the funds are exhausted.

Open to all high school teens, this program will provide academic assistance and expose teens to various leadership styles. Recreational activities and workshops will focus on leadership skills, community awareness, character
development, life skills, and much more!
enrollment: July 8 – 31 • August 5 – 14
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 3 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 13 – 17 Years of Age Fee: Free
65-250 Coahuilla Street, Mecca, CA 92254
(760) 396-0257
HOURS: Monday – Friday: 8 a.m. – 2 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
65-250 Coahuilla Street, Mecca, CA 92254
(760) 347-3484
Reserve Spring and Summer Rentals Now
Mecca Community Center Mecca Community Pool
Active adult & senior Programs

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
38 Mecca
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Mecca Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Mecca
We are excited to welcome
the community of Mecca and
surrounding communities to join us
for a night of games, community,
and fun! All are welcome to
participate in this fast, fun paced
night of Loteria.
date: Tuesday, August 12
Time: 6 – 7:30 p.m. Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Seniors, join us at the Mecca Community Center for a day of creative arts, games, refreshments and much more fun! dates: Wednesday, July 30 Times: 10 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 55 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free
The class will focus on the history and culture and the music and dance of Mexico. Youth will learn the basics
of Zapateado footwork and the fundamentals of ballet
Folklorico including skirt work, dance techniques,
performance style and choreography.

Enrollment: May, June, July
Days: Wednesdays
Ages & Times: 5 – 9 Years of Age • 5:30 – 6:30 p.m.
10 – 13 Years of Age • 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Fee: $30 per Month

This all-levels Yoga class strengthens, balances, and
promotes inner peace, while fostering quality family
time. Leave feeling aligned, refreshed, and connected
with both your body and loved one.

Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Thursdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 14 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $25 per Month, per Participant

Our beginner-friendly Yoga class welcomes all levels,
guiding you through movements that strengthen,
balance, and promote inner peace. Whether new to
yoga or experienced, you'll leave feeling aligned,
refreshed, and deeply connected to yourself.

Enrollment: June, July, August
Days: Thursdays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 14 Years of Age and Over Fee: $25 per Month
No tickets needed! Just come and enjoy some family-bonding time while you enjoy a movie under the stars! Be sure to bring a chair, blanket, and be ready for
fun watching a movie with the family.

LOCATION: Mecca Sports Park
Date: Wednesday, June 11 Time: 8 – 10 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Families and friends, come out and start your day with a 30-minute walk at Mecca Sports Park. This fun family event is for all ages! Strollers and dogs are welcome to participate.

Join us for some warm up activities prior to the walk that begins at 9:30 a.m.

LOCATION: Mecca Sports Park
Dates: Saturday, May 3 Times: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Join our beginner level basketball class designed for youth eager to learn the fundamentals of the game! This class focuses on developing essential skills such as dribbling, shooting, passing and teamwork in a fun and supportive
environment.

LOCATION: Mecca Community Park Basketball Courts
Enrollment: May Days: Tuesdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session

COMMUNITY EVENTS
DANCE
39 HEALTH & FITNESS
MOVIES

OUTDOORS
SPORTS
EAST VALLEY SPORTS LEAGUES COMING SOON!
Basketball • Baseball • Football • Soccer (Already on Season 3) Summer Youth Basketball is here! Practices are on
Tuesdays, with times set by coaches (usually 5 – 8 p.m.).

Focus is on player development, with running clocks,
mandatory substitutions, and age-appropriate equipment.

Jerseys and o¯cials provided. Join the fun this season! practice Locations: Various Locations
Game Location: Mecca Boys & Girls Club Gym
Division A: 7 – 9 Years of Age
Division B: 10 – 12 Years of Age
Enrollment: June 17 – July 31, 7-Week Session League
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: Between 6 – 9 p.m.

Fee: $50 Registration
T-Ball Rookies is geared toward
helping young athletes develop
beginner level baseball skills that
include catching, throwing, batting
stance and base running. Athletes
are required to bring their own
glove and may bring their own bat
and helmet.

Location:

Mecca Community Park
Enrollment: May & August
Days: Tuesdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age Fee: $20 per Session
Our clinic will focus on various drills to improve your soccer skills as well as the fundamentals of soccer. We encourage all athletes to bring a soccer ball, shin guards and non-skid athletic shoes or cleats.

Location: Mecca Sports Park
Enrollment: June
Days: Tuesdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age
Fee: $20 per Session
Instructors will help participants develop skills in catching, throwing, batting, and base running, while covering the fundamentals of the game. This clinic is perfect for
beginners. Athletes should bring their own glove, and
we encourage bringing a bat and helmet.

Location: Mecca Community Park
Enrollment: May & August
Days: Tuesdays Times: 7 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session
Our clinic will focus on various drills to
improve your soccer skills as well as
covering the fundamentals of soccer. We
encourage all athletes to bring a soccer
ball, shin guards and non-skid athletic shoes or cleats.

Location: Mecca Sports Park
Enrollment: June
Days: Tuesdays Times: 6:45 – 7:45 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session
40 Mecca
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Mecca Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

SPORTS

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

MECCA COMMUNITY POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

First day – June 9 • Last day – September 1
(Hours will be reduced to weekends only beginning August 17) Mondays – Thursdays:
4 – 7 p.m. (Youth Lessons)
7 – 9 p.m. (Lap Swim/Open Swim)
Fridays & Saturdays:
4 – 5 p.m. (Adaptive Splash Play) Saturday Only
5 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)
Sundays:
5 – 9 p.m. (Open Swim)

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
Summer Youth Basketball is here! Practices are on
Tuesdays, with times set by coaches (usually 5 – 8 p.m.).

Focus is on player development, with running clocks,
mandatory substitutions, and age-appropriate equipment.

Location:

Mecca Community Park
Enrollment: May & August
Days: Tuesdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Location: Mecca Sports Park
Enrollment: June
Days: Tuesdays Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Location: Mecca Community Park
Enrollment: May & August
Days: Tuesdays Times: 7 – 8 p.m.

Location: Mecca Sports Park
Enrollment: June
Days: Tuesdays Times: 6:45 – 7:45 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session
40 Mecca
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Mecca Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

SPORTS

ALL OF THE SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES LISTED

IN THIS SECTION WILL TAKE PLACE AT

MECCA COMMUNITY POOL
Entry Fees:

Children: $3 (Under 3 Years of Age are free)
Adults: $4
pool dates & hours:

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
41 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Mecca
Join us for a fun water safety intro
with Lenny the LandShark! Learn
about water, sun, and canal safety,
life jackets, and how to call for help.

Lenny coloring books provided.

Date: Thursday, June 19
Times: 7 – 8:30 p.m.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL,
bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about
drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Dates: June 14 – July 5 • July 12 – August 2 • August 9 – 30 Days: Saturdays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
fee: Free

Session 1: June 9 – 19 Session 4: July 21 – 31
Session 2: June 23 – July 3 Session 5: August 4 – 14
Session 3: July 7 – 17
Our infant swim classes help them get comfortable in and around the water – and begin a lifelong love of water
activities! Parents learn basic skills with their child, and a parent/adult must accompany the child in the water.
ages: 6 Months – 3 Years of Age
Time: 5 – 5:45 p.m.

Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the fundamentals
of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class. ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m.

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.

Get children with little or no swimming
experience started with the basics. Water safety, floating, kicks, arm action and use of legs introduce kids to this terrific sport.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
ages: 8 – 12 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m.

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
41 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Mecca
Join us for a fun water safety intro
with Lenny the LandShark! Learn
about water, sun, and canal safety,
life jackets, and how to call for help.

Lenny coloring books provided.

Date: Thursday, June 19
Times: 7 – 8:30 p.m.

Ages: 3 – 11 Years of Age fee: Free

Take part in a global mission with DRD & Team WLSL,
bringing together tens of thousands of individuals from hundreds of communities around the globe to participate in the same lesson on June 26th to raise awareness about
drowning and the fact that swimming is a vital life- saving skill that every child should learn.
date: Thursday, June 26 time: 7 – 9 p.m.

Dates: June 14 – July 5 • July 12 – August 2 • August 9 – 30 Days: Saturdays Time: 4 – 4:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
fee: Free

Let’s swim! At this age, children who are comfortable
around water are introduced to the fundamentals
of safe and eective swimming.
: Children are placed in classes based on their
ability, and parents do not accompany children in this class. ages: 3 – 6 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 5 – 5:45 p.m.

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Swimming is an excellent way to stay fit and active, and we oer five levels of classes for youth, based on age and swimming ability.

OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Mecca
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Mecca Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed in
Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle, breaststroke, and butterfly kick, elementary backstroke as well as additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
: For children who can perform all Penguins
level skills and swim 10 yards independently. Skills taught include freestyle with side breathing, backstroke, butterfly kick, elementary backstroke, and water safety.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m.

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
42 Mecca
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Mecca Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.
: Swimmers must demonstrate all skills listed in
Penguins as well as the ability to swim 10 yards without support. Skills taught include freestyle, breaststroke, and butterfly kick, elementary backstroke as well as additional water safety.
ages: 6 ½ – 12 Years of Age
Times: 4 – 4:45 p.m. OR 6 – 6:45 p.m.
: For children who can perform all Penguins
level skills and swim 10 yards independently. Skills taught include freestyle with side breathing, backstroke, butterfly kick, elementary backstroke, and water safety.
ages: 7 – 13 Years of Age
Times: 5 – 5:45 p.m.

SWIM & WATER ACTIVITIES
42 Join us for the North
Shore Senior Program
where seniors can enjoy
activities such as
exercise, art, guest
speakers, resources,
field trips, and much
more. Drop by the center
and pick up a monthly calendar!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free
Our after school programs provide a safe, fun and social environment following the completion of the school day.

Enrollment: Ongoing During School Year
(holidays may be excluded)
Time: 2:45 – 6 p.m. Days: Mondays – Fridays
grades: 5 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: Free* – *The North Shore After-School Program fee is usually $200 per month. Due to program subsidies for those who qualify, the program will be free until the funds are exhausted.

Come in and join the fun activities such as themed games, creative arts projects, crafts, board game tournaments, karaoke, and much more! Participants can learn new skills and build self-esteem through Sport Activities, Creative Arts and Crafts and group games. A daily snack is provided.

Days: Mondays – Fridays (Holidays Excluded)
Time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 Years of Age (Child must have completed one FULL year of Kindergarten or TK)
Weekly Fees:
(Weekly sessions begin (July 1, 14, 28, August 4, 11)
$50-1 week sessions for half day camp (we are 4 hour max) Drop-in fee: $15 per Day
(No drop-in available on Field Trip Days)
43 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Nort h Shore
North Shore Beach & Yacht Club
99-155 Sea View Drive, North Shore, CA 92254
(760) 393-0602
HOURS: Monday – Friday: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m. and
4 – 8 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
North Shore Community Park
99-480 70th Avenue, North Shore, CA 92254
(760) 393-0602
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Active adult & senior Programs

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Join us for the North
Shore Senior Program
where seniors can enjoy
activities such as
exercise, art, guest
speakers, resources,
field trips, and much
more. Drop by the center
and pick up a monthly calendar!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free
Our after school programs provide a safe, fun and social environment following the completion of the school day.

Days: Mondays – Fridays (Holidays Excluded)
Time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Nort h Shore
North Shore Beach & Yacht Club
99-155 Sea View Drive, North Shore, CA 92254
(760) 393-0602
HOURS: Monday – Friday: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m. and
4 – 8 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
North Shore Community Park
99-480 70th Avenue, North Shore, CA 92254
(760) 393-0602
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Active adult & senior Programs

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Open to all high school teens, this program will provide academic assistance and expose teens to various leadership styles. Recreational activities and workshops will focus on leadership skills, community awareness, character
development, life skills, and much more!
enrollment: July 9 – 30 • August 4 – 13
Days: Mondays & Wednesdays Time: 3 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 13 – 17 Years of Age
Fee: Free
No paperwork is required to obtain food at this free event; food distributed on a first come, first served basis
beginning at 8 a.m. until food is gone. This is a drive-thru distribution and food will be placed in your vehicle.
days: Wednesdays Frequency: Weekly
time: 8 – 9 a.m.

We are excited to
welcome the community
of North Shore and
surrounding communities
to join us for a night of games, community, and fun! All are welcome to participate in this fast, fun paced night of Loteria. date: Wednesday, August 13
Time: 6 – 7:30 p.m. Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Seniors, join us at the North Shore Beach & Yacht Club for a night of creative arts, games, refreshments and much
more fun!
date & time: Thursday, July 24• 10 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Enrollment: May, June, July Days: Thursday
Times & Ages: 5 – 6 p.m. • 5 – 7 Years of Age
6 – 7 p.m. • 8 – 10 Years of Age
7 – 8 p.m. • 11 – 13 Years of Age
Fee: $30 per Month
Zumba is a dynamic, exciting, and an eective fitness
system with upbeat, international music and dance steps.

It's a great way to exercise and have fun no matter your fitness level, you'll love Zumba!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 14 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $35 per Month drop-in fee: $7 per Class
No tickets needed! Just come and enjoy some family-bonding time while you enjoy a movie under the stars! Be sure to bring a chair, blanket, and be ready for fun watching a movie with the family.
date: Thursday, June 12 times: 8 – 10 p.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Families and friends, come out and start your day with a 30-minute walk at North Shore Community Park. This fun
family event is for all ages! Strollers and dogs are welcome to participate. Join us for some warm up activities prior to the walk that begins at 9:30 a.m.

LOCATION: North Shore Community Park
Dates: Saturday, May 24 Times: 9 – 10 a.m.
44 Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Nort h Shore
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the North Shore Beach & Yacht Club unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Check out the activities we oer in North
Shore and neighboring communities at
Instagram.com/DRD_EastValley

COMMUNITY EVENTS
DANCE

HEALTH & FITNESS
MOVIES

OUTDOORS

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Join our beginner level basketball class
designed for youth eager to learn the
fundamentals of the game! This
class focuses on developing
essential skills such as dribbling,
shooting, passing and teamwork in a
fun and supportive environment.

LOCATION: North Shore Community Park
Enrollment: May Days: Thursdays
Time: 6 – 7 p.m. Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: $25 per Session
Our clinic will focus on various
drills to improve your soccer
skills as well as the
fundamentals of soccer. We
encourage all athletes to bring
a soccer ball, shin guards and
non-skid athletic shoes or cleats.

Enrollment: June, August
Days: Thursdays
Time: 6 – 6:45 p.m.

Ages: 4 – 6 Years of Age
Fee: $20 per Session
Our clinic will focus on various drills to improve your soccer skills as well as covering the fundamentals of
soccer. We encourage all athletes to bring a soccer ball, shin guards and non-skid athletic shoes or cleats.

Location: North Shore Community Park
Enrollment: June, August
Days: Thursdays
Times: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: $25 per Session
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 45 Nort h Shore
SPORTS
EAST VALLEY SPORTS LEAGUES COMING SOON!
Basketball • Baseball • Football • Soccer (Already on Season 3) Search Explore Discover
COMING THIS FALL!
THIS FALL!

DRD HUNT DRD HUN
75 Years, 75 Clues
L!
OM
Our Summer Art Scene is a wonderful way to introduce
the youth in the community of Oasis to various art forms.

We will use watercolor, acrylic, make buttons and clay art! LOCATION: Mountain View Estates
Enrollment: May 27 – June 12
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Times: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 9 Years of Age Fee: Free
Come make a splash with us
and beat the summer heat at
our H2-Oasis water day. We
encourage all participants to
bring towels and clothing you
do not mind getting wet.

There will be music, water
themed activities, and fun!
date: Friday, June 13
Time: 4:30 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Join us for our Mother's Day themed Paint Night at
Mountain View Estates! We will have refreshments, snacks, and music! No experience is needed. All ages are welcome to come together to celebrate and get creative.

Location: Mountain View Estates
date: Wednesday, May 7 time: 6 – 7:30 p.m.
ages: All Ages fee: Free
Families and friends, come out and start your day with a 30-minute walk at Oasis Del Desierto Park. This fun family event is for all ages! Strollers and dogs are welcome to participate. The walk starts at 9:30 a.m.

LOCATION: Oasis Del Desierto Park
Dates: Saturday, May 17 Times: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
This class oer you drills and quality instruction that will help you develop your basketball skills by enthusiastic instructors.

Enrollment: May
Days: Mondays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session

Our clinic will focus on various drills
to improve your soccer skills. For
all classes we will also cover the
fundamentals of the sport of soccer. We
encourage all athletes to bring a soccer
ball, shin guards and non-skid athletic
shoes or cleats.

Enrollment: June, July
times: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m. Days: Wednesdays
Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Month
Oasis del Desierto Park
88-775 Avenue 76, Thermal, CA 92274
(760) 393-0602
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Oasis
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Oasis del Desierto Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 46 SPORTS
EAST VALLEY SPORTS LEAGUES COMING SOON!
Basketball • Baseball • Football • Soccer (Already on Season 3) art & Music

OUTDOORS
Our Summer Art Scene is a wonderful way to introduce
the youth in the community of Oasis to various art forms.

We will use watercolor, acrylic, make buttons and clay art! LOCATION: Mountain View Estates
Enrollment: May 27 – June 12
Days: Tuesdays & Thursdays Times: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

There will be music, water
themed activities, and fun!
date: Friday, June 13
Time: 4:30 – 6:30 p.m.

LOCATION: Oasis Del Desierto Park
Dates: Saturday, May 17 Times: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: All Ages Fee: Free
This class oer you drills and quality instruction that will help you develop your basketball skills by enthusiastic instructors.

Enrollment: May
Days: Mondays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 12 Years of Age Fee: $25 per Session

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Oasis
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Oasis del Desierto Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 46 SPORTS
EAST VALLEY SPORTS LEAGUES COMING SOON!
Basketball • Baseball • Football • Soccer (Already on Season 3) art & Music

OUTDOORS
adaptive/therapeutic sports & recreation
47 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Palm Desert
Please note: Sport chairs are available for use during adaptive programs. Instructions for requesting a sports chair will be given during registration.

Palm Desert Community Center
43-900 San Pablo Avenue, Palm Desert
(760) 568-9697
HOURS: Monday - Friday: 6 a.m. - 9 p.m.

Saturday: 9 a.m. - 2 p.m.

Sunday: Closed
Portola Community Center
45-480 Portola Avenue, Palm Desert
(760) 568-2560
HOURS: Monday - Friday: 8 a.m. - 8:30 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
The Golf Center at Palm Desert
74-945 Sheryl Avenue, Palm Desert
(760) 779-1877
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Cahuilla Hills Park
45-825 Edgehill Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 776-6481 • HOURS: 6 a.m. – 10 p.m. Daily
Civic Center Park
43-900 San Pablo Avenue, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 568-9697 • HOURS: 5 a.m. – 11 p.m. Daily
Freedom Park
77-400 Country Club Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 776-6481 • HOURS: 6 a.m. – 10 p.m. Daily
Palm Desert Soccer Park
74-735 Hovley Lane, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 776-6481 • HOURS: 6 a.m. – 9 p.m. Daily
Olsen Community Park
43-005 Magnesia Falls Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 776-6481 • HOURS: 6 a.m. – 10 p.m. Daily
University Park
74-802 University Park Drive, Palm Desert, CA 92260
(760) 776-6481 • HOURS: 6 a.m. – 10 p.m. Daily
A focus on developing basketball skills through drills with progression to game play. Class is open to individuals
with disabilities and special needs. All ability levels are encouraged to join!
Location: Gymnasium
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Times: 2 – 3 p.m. OR 3 – 4 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a Disability
or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Join us for Boccia, the Paralympic sport
for all abilities. Played indoors, we
seek to expand the game within the
valley and the skill sets of participants.

Location: Racquetball Room
Enrollment:

May through September
Day: Mondays Time: 4:15 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a
Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
adaptive/therapeutic sports & recreation
47 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

Palm Desert
Please note: Sport chairs are available for use during adaptive programs. Instructions for requesting a sports chair will be given during registration.

Palm Desert Community Center
43-900 San Pablo Avenue, Palm Desert
(760) 568-9697
HOURS: Monday - Friday: 6 a.m. - 9 p.m.

Saturday: 9 a.m. - 2 p.m.

Sunday: Closed
Portola Community Center
45-480 Portola Avenue, Palm Desert
(760) 568-2560
HOURS: Monday - Friday: 8 a.m. - 8:30 p.m.

Location: Racquetball Room
Enrollment:

May through September
Day: Mondays Time: 4:15 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over with a
Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
adaptive/therapeutic sports & recreation
48 Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Palm Desert Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Palm Desert
Work on hand-eye coordination
and develop your pickleball skills
with us. Classes work on skill
development through drills with
progression to game play.

Location: Gymnasium
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Time: 4 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age and Over
with a Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Get more familiar with gym equipment, learn more about
how each muscle group interacts with each other. Learn
how to set up a proper work out regiment and how to
properly lift weights to minimize injuries.

Location: Weight Room
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Time: 2 – 2:45 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Soccer, badminton, wi¬eball, scooter or sport chair
obstacle courses, table tennis? We're looking to keep our participants on their toes for what to expect in this session.

Programs will focus on skill development and fun!
location: Racquetball Court 2
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Time: 3 – 3:45 p.m.

Ages: 10 Years of Age and Over with a Disability or
a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
Join us for a great dance workout
and some great music! Program is
a modified version of Zumba with
all the fun and movement. All skill
and ability levels welcome to join.
location: MPR-Dance Room
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Thursdays
Time: 1:15 – 2:15 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
with a Disability or a Special Need
Fee: $35 per Month
teaches the basics you need to start playing
the guitar. Learn to read chord charts and tablature, and develop skills like strumming, rhythm, finger picking, and tuning. Learn to play songs right away!
class teaches new chords, rhythms and songs
from Johnny Cash, Lynrd Skynrd, Rod Stewart and others.

Also enjoy an easy introduction to reading standard notation for learning simple guitar solos.

Enrollment: May 21 – June 18 • July 2 – 30
August 13 – September 10
Day: Wednesdays
Ages: 9 Years of Age and Over
Levels & Times: Beginning • 6 – 7 p.m.

Second Level • 7 – 8 p.m.

Fee: $80 per Session
GET READY TO ROCK OUT!!! In this class, you'll learn
rhythms on buckets provided by the instructor. Bring
your own drumsticks or buy a pair for $10. On the last
class of the month, you'll get to jam on a real drum set! Enrollment: May, June Days: Tuesdays
Ages & Times: 4 – 6 Years of Age • 3:15 – 3:45 p.m.
7 – 11 Years of Age • 4 – 4:30 p.m.

Fee: $100 per Month
Drop-in Fee: $25 per Day
with Instructor Approval
art & Music
GET READY TO ROCK OUT!!! In this class, you'll learn
rhythms on buckets provided by the instructor. Bring
your own drumsticks or buy a pair for $10. On the last
class of the month, you'll get to jam on a real drum set! Tuesdays
3:15 – 3:45 p.m.
4 – 4:30 p.m.

Camp days are packed with exciting, structured activities for both new and returning campers. Each day kicks o
with fun camp activities, including small group games,
sports, arts and crafts, and skits. Campers build new skills, boost self-esteem, and have a blast—all under the
guidance of our attentive sta.
dates: Three-week Session 1: June 9 – 27
Three-week Session 2: June 30 – July 18
Three-week Session 3: July 21 – August 8
Weekly Sessions begin June 9, 16, 23, 30,
July 7, 14, 21, 28, and August 4
Days: Monday – Friday
ages: 5 – 12 Years of Age
(child must have completed Kindergarten)
Summer Camp – Full Days:

Time: 7:30 a.m. – 6 p.m.

Fees: $360 per Three-week Session
$140 per Weekly Session
$30 Daily Drop-in Available on non-field trip days.
*No Drop-in on Pool days & Field Trips
Palm Desert is dancing back to wellness! Enjoy instruction in ballroom, swing, salsa, fox trot, and an intro to cha-cha.

Singles and couples welcome-bring a partner and let's dance! Enrollment: May 7 – 28 • June 4 – 25
July 9 – 30 • August 6 – 27
Days: Wednesdays Time: 7 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $52 per Session per Person
Dancers will learn ballet's basic steps and beginning
dance positions. This class is also designed to improve children's coordination and poise while introducing music appreciation and interpretations.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 10 – 10:45 a.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month
*Video and spectators are prohibited. We dance barefoot and form fitting clothing is recommended.

Learn Modern Belly Dance techniques focusing on full-body awareness, shimmy, and more! Dance barefoot—no socks to avoid slipping.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Thursdays Time: 9 – 10 a.m. OR 6:30 -7:30 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $70 per Session
Join us for the next level of Belly Dance, where you'll layer techniques like arm movements and traveling steps. Explore new elements and props to discover the diversity of this beautiful dance form.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays Time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 13 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $70 per Session
This graceful class blends
traditional belly dance with soft,
sensual movements to evocative
music. Designed for solo dancers,
it builds confidence, improves
posture, and embraces fluid,
elegant motion.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Tuesdays Time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over Fee: $65 per Session
49 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
DANCE
Palm Desert is dancing back to wellness! Enjoy instruction in ballroom, swing, salsa, fox trot, and an intro to cha-cha.

Singles and couples welcome-bring a partner and let's dance! Enrollment:

Days:

Ages:

Fee:

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Already know some shimmies? Time to drill! This class
improves flexibility, coordination, and balance, starting with a 10-minute stretch and focusing on basic belly
dance techniques. It's complimentary for beginners and
advanced Belly Dance students.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays Time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over Fee: $35 per Session
Your child will explore music and dance through imagination and movement, learning basic ballet in a fun, enriching environment. Girls need dance wear and ballet shoes;
boys need a tee, shorts, and socks.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Ages: 2½ – 6 Years of Age Fee: $42 per Month
Our Ballroom Dance Instructor is going to the Dogs! Dance with your best partner—your dog! Tricks are optional, fun is guaranteed. Complete a form 2 days before class;
contact the Palm Desert Community Center for details.
location: Palm Desert Civic Center Amphitheater
Dates: May 13 – 20 • June 10 – 17
July 8 – 15 • August 12 – 19
Days: Tuesdays Time: 12 – 1 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over Fee: $25 per Dog
Time to have some fun! These classes will lift your spirits, keep your mind sharp, and are a great way to get exercise and get fit!
Enrollment: May 7 – 28 • June 4 – 25
July 9 – 30 • August 6 – 27
Days: Wednesdays Time: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $43 per Session per Person
Drop-in Fee: $15 per Class
Learn how to increase, improve your short and long term memory. Learn how diet, exercise, and meditation can
positively influence your body and brain.
location: Portola Community Center
Dates: May 1, 8, 15, 22, 29, June 5, 12, 19, 26
Days: Thursdays Time: 12 – 12:45 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over fee: $19 per Session
This class oers a gentle, accessible approach to yoga for all levels, whether you're new or seeking a modified practice.

Join us for a supportive and adaptable experience. All health levels welcome.

Location & Enrollment:

Palm Desert Community Center: May
Portola Community Center: June, July, August
Days: Wednesdays Time: 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over fee: $45 per Month

This class promotes wellness, rejuvenation, and relaxation through gentle yoga poses and breathing techniques in a calm, supportive environment. Yoga mats are required for comfort and safety.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 10:45 – 11:30 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
fee: $55 per Month
Drop-in fee: $16 per Day 50
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Palm Desert Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Palm Desert

DANCE HEALTH & FITNESS
Already know some shimmies? Time to drill! This class
improves flexibility, coordination, and balance, starting with a 10-minute stretch and focusing on basic belly
dance techniques. It's complimentary for beginners and
advanced Belly Dance students.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays Time: 6:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 9 – 9:45 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over fee: $19 per Session
This class oers a gentle, accessible approach to yoga for all levels, whether you're new or seeking a modified practice.

Join us for a supportive and adaptable experience. All health levels welcome.

Location & Enrollment:

Palm Desert Community Center: May
Portola Community Center: June, July, August
Days: Wednesdays Time: 11 – 11:45 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over fee: $45 per Month

This class promotes wellness, rejuvenation, and relaxation through gentle yoga poses and breathing techniques in a calm, supportive environment. Yoga mats are required for comfort and safety.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 10:45 – 11:30 a.m.

Palm Desert

DANCE HEALTH & FITNESS
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
51 A beginner-friendly,
low-impact hula class that
teaches fluid dance steps
and motions to tell
Hawaiian stories. Hula
builds stamina, flexibility,
grace, rhythm, and balance
while toning thighs, arms,
and core. It's an easy-to-learn, low-impact workout.
dates: May 5 – June 23 • June 30 – August 4
Days: Mondays Time: 6 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
fee: $66 per Session
This class focuses on stress reduction through gentle
flowing upper body movements, focused breathing to
enhance lung capacity and brain longevity. Rejuvenation and relaxation of mind, body and spirit for everyone.
location: Portola Community Center
Enrollment: May, June, July
days: Wednesdays Time: 12 – 12:45 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
Fee: $45 per Month
Accredited Program by the
American Tai Chi and
Qigong Association (ATCQA).

This class focuses on Sun style
movements, renowned for their
gentle, flowing forms that promote
overall health and well-being. Ideal
for all fitness levels, our sessions
are designed to accommodate
everyone, ensuring a welcoming
and supportive environment.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays Time: 12 – 12:45 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
Fee: $55 per Month

Feel the intensity and
become part of the
traditional "Moo Duk Kwan,"
founded in 1953. Learn all
the key aspects of training,
including self-development,
physical and mental
conditioning, sportsmanship,
self-defense, integrity, and discipline.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Times: 4 – 5 p.m. Ages: 7 Years of Age and Over
Month, days, fees:

May: Monday & Wednesday, $75 per Month
June, July, August: Monday, Wednesday & Saturday
$80 per Month
This beginner series focuses on teaching you how to
encourage and develop your dog’s natural scenting
abilities. Dogs learn fun puzzle games utilizing their
desire to hunt and love of food and toys.

Location: Portola Community Center
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 2:30 – 3:20 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $200 per 4–Week Session, $50 Drop-In Available
This advanced series is geared for dog/
handler teams to expand their knowledge
and skills in scent detection training.

Types of searches conducted include
containers, vehicles, interiors, and
exteriors. Prerequisite: K9 Nose Work
Intermediate Workshop.

Location: Portola Community Center
Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays
Time: 1:30 – 2:20 p.m. Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $200 per 4–Week Session, $50 Drop-In Available

MARTIAL ARTS
NEW
✪SPECIAL INTEREST
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
51 A beginner-friendly,
low-impact hula class that
teaches fluid dance steps
and motions to tell
Hawaiian stories. Hula
builds stamina, flexibility,
grace, rhythm, and balance
while toning thighs, arms,
and core. It's an easy-to-learn, low-impact workout.
dates: May 5 – June 23 • June 30 – August 4
Days: Mondays Time: 6 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
Fee: $45 per Month
Accredited Program by the
American Tai Chi and
Qigong Association (ATCQA).

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays Time: 12 – 12:45 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age & Over
Fee: $55 per Month

Enrollment: Ongoing
Times: 4 – 5 p.m. Ages: 7 Years of Age and Over
Month, days, fees:

Location: Portola Community Center
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 2:30 – 3:20 p.m.

Types of searches conducted include
containers, vehicles, interiors, and
exteriors. Prerequisite: K9 Nose Work
Intermediate Workshop.

Location: Portola Community Center
Enrollment: Ongoing Days: Tuesdays
Time: 1:30 – 2:20 p.m. Ages: 18 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $200 per 4–Week Session, $50 Drop-In Available

MARTIAL ARTS
NEW
✪SPECIAL INTEREST
Don’t wait for the season to begin, start training now and be ready for draft day. Join the "Basketball Training Zone" and take your game to the next level. Our instructors
provide constructive feedback highlighting your strengths and pinpointing areas needing improvement.

Enrollment: June, July, August Days: Wednesday
fee: $40 per Month Drop-in fee: $12 per Day
BASKETBALL TRAINING ZONE: BEGINNERS
time: 3:45 – 4:45 p.m. Ages: 7 – 10 Years of Age
BASKETBALL TRAINING ZONE: INTERMEDIATE
Time: 4:45 – 5:45 p.m. Ages: 10 – 15 Years of Age
This program focuses on
flag football basics—
passing, catching, and
teamwork—while
promoting fitness and
sportsmanship. Noncontact drills will sharpen
individual skills and
prepare you for the next season. Come join the fun!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month
Desert Recreation District's 2nd
Annual 4-Person Scramble Golf
Tournament at Desert Falls
Country Club, Palm Desert. Only
20 teams will be allowed to
play. Check-in time between 6
– 7:45 a.m. and Shotgun starts at 8 a.m. Tournament includes Golf, Cart, Lunch, Water and Snacks. Mulligan & Ra¬e Tickets will be available for purchase.

For more information on how to register please
call (760) 568-9697 or email [email protected]
This event features a $10,000 Hole-In-One Prize!
Date: Sunday, June 8 Time: 8 a.m. – 2 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $125 per Player or $500 per Team
Join our spring camp to learn soccer, basketball, tennis, pickleball, and beach volleyball fundamentals. Students will practice skills and compete in games and challenges. Bring water, tennis shoes, and wear loose athletic clothing.

Dates: August 4 – 8 days: Monday – Friday
Times: 8:30 – 10 a.m. Ages: 7 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: $65 per Session
Location for all pickleball clinics:

Palm Desert Community Center – Indoor Pickleball Courts Beginner level pickleball clinics have group skills and drills for all beginner players. At this level, the player is new to pickleball and will be learning scoring and rules. You will be developing a forehand and learning how to serve correctly.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month • $25 per Day
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Palm Desert Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Palm Desert
SPORTS
52 Don’t wait for the season to begin, start training now and be ready for draft day. Join the "Basketball Training Zone" and take your game to the next level. Our instructors
provide constructive feedback highlighting your strengths and pinpointing areas needing improvement.

For more information on how to register please
call (760) 568-9697 or email [email protected]
This event features a $10,000 Hole-In-One Prize!
Date: Sunday, June 8 Time: 8 a.m. – 2 p.m.

Dates: August 4 – 8 days: Monday – Friday
Times: 8:30 – 10 a.m. Ages: 7 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: $65 per Session
Location for all pickleball clinics:

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Palm Desert
SPORTS
52 Players in this category are able to sustain longer rallies and may make volleys easier and use their backhand more often, but often need work on stroke development.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month • $25 per Day
Players at this level will have achieved stroke dependability with directional control on most medium paced and some
harder hit shots but still need to develop more depth and variety with their shots.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month • $25 per Day
This class requires a minimum 3.0-3.5 skill level and above OR instructor approval. This clinic will consist of specific drills for the first part and then the remainder will be spent running strategy/game play tournaments with various formats.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month • $25 per Day
Come and enjoy your favorite sport and avoid the crazy
weather.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays, Wednesdays, Fridays
Time: 9:30 a.m. – 2 p.m. Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free with a Get Fit Pass or a $5 Drop-In
Come participate in our Round Robin Tournament! Each
month we will oer single play, rotating play, mixed play, and alternate between men's and women's doubles.

Dates: Sundays, May 18, June 22, July 20, August 24
Time: 7:30 a.m. – 2:30 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $20 per Person; Additional $10 for Doubles Round
Private Lessons: To schedule a private lesson,
you must contact our instructor, Michelle Brodeur.

Email: [email protected] | Phone: 1-760-870-8099
Our personalized single pickleball lessons are designed to focus entirely on you and your individual skill level. Our dedicated coach whether you’re a beginner learning the basics or an advanced player refining your technique is dedicated to helping you improve and build confidence on the court.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $85 per Person for 1 Session
$300 per Person for 4 Sessions
SOCCER
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
53 Players in this category are able to sustain longer rallies and may make volleys easier and use their backhand more often, but often need work on stroke development.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Wednesdays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Tuesdays Time: 8 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month • $25 per Day
Come and enjoy your favorite sport and avoid the crazy
weather.

Dates: Sundays, May 18, June 22, July 20, August 24
Time: 7:30 a.m. – 2:30 p.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $20 per Person; Additional $10 for Doubles Round
Private Lessons: To schedule a private lesson,
you must contact our instructor, Michelle Brodeur.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $85 per Person for 1 Session
$300 per Person for 4 Sessions
SOCCER
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
53 Players will develop technical skills and
core values like responsibility, respect,
and leadership in a fun, safe environment.

This 3-day camp combines top coaching
with cultural and educational experiences, using
soccer to teach life lessons. Early Bird Discounts available— register at challengersports.com. For more info, email
[email protected] or call (844)-674-8404.

Location: Palm Desert Freedom Park
Dates: June 16 – 20 • June 30 – July 4 • August 4 - 8
days: Monday – Friday Times: 4 – 8 p.m.

AGes & Fees: 2 – 4 Years of Age (Tiny Tykes) $60 Half Day 5 – 12 Years of Age, $99 Full Day
– This class will develop an
understanding of the engaging and exciting aspects of
soccer, and improve their listening, social, and athletic skills. Each activity is designed to be fun and fast-paced. enrollment: May, June, August
days: Saturdays Times: 10 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 5 – 8 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month
The goal is to create
a fun, structured environment that prepares players for athletic skills. Classes focus on active participation
through games and drills, including correct goal scoring, performing daily moves, dribbling, and passing or taking the ball from peers.
enrollment: June, July, August
days: Wednesdays Times:5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 10 Years of Age Fee: $30 per Month
Elevate your game with our
Advanced Soccer Clinic! Designed for players who have the basics down, this
high-energy program
focuses on ball
control, decisionmaking, game tactics,
fitness, and mental
toughness. Gain the
skills and confidence
to play like a pro, all
while having fun!
enrollment: June, July, August
days: Wednesdays Times:6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 11 – 14 Years of Age Fee: $30 per Month
This class focuses on the development and learning for
children aged 2 to 5 years old. Motor and social skill
improvements are made through fun instructional games
and obstacle courses, all while learning the fundamentals of soccer. Parent participation is required.
enrollment: May, June, August
days: Saturdays Times: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: 2 – 5 Years of Age (with parents participating)
Fee: $40 per Month
Join our competitive table
tennis group! Ideal for all skill
levels, it improves quickness,
hand-eye coordination, and
focus. Bring your own paddle!
enrollment: Ongoing
days: Mondays, Thursdays,
Fridays
Month & Times:

May: 1 – 4 p.m.

June, July, August: 6 – 9 p.m.

Ages: 5 Years of Age and Over
Fee: Free with a Get Fit Pass or a $5 Drop-In Fee
SPORTS
54 Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Palm Desert Community Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

Palm Desert
Players will develop technical skills and
core values like responsibility, respect,
and leadership in a fun, safe environment.

Location: Palm Desert Freedom Park
Dates: June 16 – 20 • June 30 – July 4 • August 4 - 8
days: Monday – Friday Times: 4 – 8 p.m.

May: 1 – 4 p.m.

June, July, August: 6 – 9 p.m.

Palm Desert
location: Palm Desert Civic Center Park Tennis Courts 1 This class is meant to introduce the game of tennis to your child. Players will be using a new modified tennis ball that is meant for beginners to learn the proper tennis
strokes easily and quickly.
enrollment: May, June, August
days: Mondays & Fridays
Ages: Beginners: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Advanced Beginners: 11 – 15 Years of Age
Times: Beginners: 6 – 7 p.m.

Advanced Beginners: 7 – 8 p.m.

Fee: $60 per Month
This class is for students
with at least one year of
experience or 25+ games
played, or those looking to
elevate their skills. Players will
refine their abilities, learn to
compete, and engage in fun,
interactive drills to improve all
aspects of their game.
enrollment:

June, July, August
days: Mondays & Fridays
Times: 5 – 6 p.m. Ages: 9 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: $60 per Month
This fast-paced clinic is ideal for young players looking to improve, focusing on skill refinement, confidence, and
game strategies. Through drills and friendly competition, kids will elevate their tennis while having fun on the court.

Let’s rally, serve, and smash!
enrollment: June, July, August
days: Mondays & Fridays Times: 6 – 7 p.m.

Ages: 11– 13 Years of Age
Fee: $60 per Month
Join our co-ed volleyball clinic to learn
serving, blocking, footwork, game
movement, and rules in a fun, safe
environment, preparing you for the
next level of play.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Tuesdays, Thursdays Times: 3:15 – 4 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 18 Years of Age
Fee: $50 per Month
Enroll in our volleyball clinic for intermediate to advanced players to improve ball control, passing, setting, digs, blocks, and footwork—all while having fun!
enrollment: Ongoing
days: Tuesdays, Thursdays Times: 4 – 5 p.m.

Ages: 8 – 18 Years of Age
Fee: $60 per Month
A day filled with exciting matches, skill-building, and fun competition—it's the perfect opportunity for young athletes to showcase their talent and teamwork. Sign up now! This is a team registration. For more information, please email Chris Baluga at [email protected] for details on how
to register.

Location: Desert Sports Center
date: Thursday, June 26 Times: 9 a.m. – 5 p.m.

Ages: 11 – 15 Years of Age
Fee: $470 per Team
55 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
location: Palm Desert Civic Center Park Tennis Courts 1 This class is meant to introduce the game of tennis to your child. Players will be using a new modified tennis ball that is meant for beginners to learn the proper tennis
strokes easily and quickly.
enrollment: May, June, August
days: Mondays & Fridays
Ages: Beginners: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Advanced Beginners: 11 – 15 Years of Age
Times: Beginners: 6 – 7 p.m.

Advanced Beginners: 7 – 8 p.m.

Let’s rally, serve, and smash!
enrollment: June, July, August
days: Mondays & Fridays Times: 6 – 7 p.m.

Enrollment: Ongoing
days: Tuesdays, Thursdays Times: 3:15 – 4 p.m.

Location: Desert Sports Center
date: Thursday, June 26 Times: 9 a.m. – 5 p.m.

Ages: 11 – 15 Years of Age
Fee: $470 per Team
55 For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 Palm Desert
56 Golf
GOLF RATES (9–Holes)
MAY 1 – AUGUST 31, 2025
Adults ........................................................... $25 Seniors (55+) ...............................................$20 Juniors (17 and under)................................$12 First Tee Chaperone .................................$12 Same Day Replay........................................$10 Summer Rate: June 1 – August 31, 2025 Green fee
includes Pull Cart and Warm Up bucket of range balls.

DRIVING RANGE
Medium Bucket ..........................................$10 Large Bucket ...............................................$15 GOLF CLINICS....................... Call for details.

RENTALS
Pull–Cart ....................................................... $5 Set of Clubs .................................................$12 Individual Clubs............................................ $5 Parties & Events .................... Call for details.

First Tee-Coachella Valley is part of an international
youth development organization that o¥ers educational
programs aimed at building character and promoting
healthy choices through the game of golf. Classes are
available for participants of all skill levels, ages 4 – 18.

Golf equipment and scholarships are provided for any
participant in need.
6-WEEK SESSIONS ARE OPEN TO THOSE 4 – 18 YEARS OF AGE.
*Session Dates Subject to Change*
First Tee weekly classes described below are $75 per
6-Week Session, classes meet once a week and will be
45 – 90 minutes depending on your participants’ age.

SUMMER SESSION
June 7 – July 28 (6 Weeks)

SUMMER CAMPS
Summer Camp(s) are open to participants ages 7–12.

Fee is $99 per week; Scholarships can be provided.

Week One: June 9 – 13 Week Four: July 7 – 11
Week Two: June 16 – 20 Week Five: July 14 – 18
Week Three: June 23 – 27 Week Six: July 21 – 25
OFF Week for July 4 Week Seven: July 28 – August 1
BACK–TO–SCHOOL PROGRAMMING
August 18 – September 27 (6 weeks)
PLEASE REGISTER FOR CLASSES AT FTCV.ORG
Volunteer Opportunities Available
INQUIRIES?
Please email Joy Grant: [email protected]
or call 760-834-6792
Conveniently located in the heart of Palm Desert o Cook Street, The Golf Center at Palm Desert oers a large, double-sided driving range with lighting for night time use. We are excited to announce the opening of the east range improvements, which features a world-class short game practice area and enlarged grass range tee. In addition to the large putting and chipping greens, the newly renovated short game practice area includes three bunkers and an essential 26 space parking lot. When you are finished sharpening your game on the driving range, play a round on our challenging Par-3, 9-hole golf course. The golf course is the perfect place to improve your game, featuring small, undulating greens, ideal for working on the scoring part of your game (80 – 130 yards).

The Best Game Improvement Facility
in the Coachella Valley!
For additional information, please call the Golf Shop at (760) 779–1877 or visit GolfCenterPD.com
57 Rancho Mirage
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 A Note Regarding Fees: : For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you.

SPORTS
Location: Rancho Mirage Pickleball Courts
Skills and drills for beginner pickleball players who are still learning the rules and scoring system. The player can hit several forehands but struggles to sustain a rally, making it di¯cult to play full games. At this stage, they are focused on developing their forehand and learning
the correct serving technique.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays
Time: 7 – 8:30 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $95 per Month
Private Lessons: To schedule a private lesson,
you must contact our instructor, Michelle Brodeur.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $85 per Person for 1 Session
$300 per Person for 4 Sessions
Rancho Mirage Community Park
71-560 San Jacinto Dr, Rancho Mirage, CA 92270
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: 6 a.m. – 9 p.m. Daily
Active adult & senior Programs
Join us for the Thermal Senior Program where you can
enjoy a day of exercise, art, guest speakers, resources, lunch, field trips, and much more! Stop by and pick up our monthly calendar.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Monday – Thursday Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Come in and enjoy our Youth Socials. Fun activities will include music, dancing, karaoke, and a silent disco!
Stay cool and have Fun in the Summer!
Date: Friday, July 18 Time: 5:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: Free
Our after school programs provide a safe, fun and social environment following the completion of the school day.

Students spend the afternoon doing homework, physical
activities, art projects, playing games, and participating in special events. A daily snack is provided, and students are supervised by our trained, professional sta.
enrollment: Ongoing During School Year
(holidays may be excluded)
Time: 2:45 – 6 p.m. Days: Monday thru Friday
grades: Kindergarten through 6th Grade
Fee: Free* – *The Thermal program fee is traditionally $200 per month. There is a program subsidy for those who qualify that will reduce the fee to $0. Subsidies will be available while funds last.

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Jerry Rummonds’
Community & Senior Center
89-229 Church Street, Thermal, CA 92274
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: Monday thru Friday: 8 a.m. – 8 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
Thermal
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Jerry Rummonds’ Community & Senior Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 58 art & Music
Active adult & senior Programs
Join us for the Thermal Senior Program where you can
enjoy a day of exercise, art, guest speakers, resources, lunch, field trips, and much more! Stop by and pick up our monthly calendar.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Monday – Thursday Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Come in and enjoy our Youth Socials. Fun activities will include music, dancing, karaoke, and a silent disco!
Stay cool and have Fun in the Summer!
Date: Friday, July 18 Time: 5:30 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 14 Years of Age
Fee: Free
Our after school programs provide a safe, fun and social environment following the completion of the school day.

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
Jerry Rummonds’
Community & Senior Center
89-229 Church Street, Thermal, CA 92274
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: Monday thru Friday: 8 a.m. – 8 p.m.

Saturday & Sunday: Closed
Thermal
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Jerry Rummonds’ Community & Senior Center unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 58 art & Music
Summer Camp begins right away with fun and lively camp
activities guided by our incredible sta. Campers have the opportunity to learn new skills and build self-esteem through sport activities, creative arts and crafts, and group games.

Days: Mondays – Fridays (Holidays Excluded)
Time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 Years of Age (Child must have completed one FULL year of Kindergarten or TK)
Weekly Fees:
(Weekly sessions begin (July 1, 14, 28, August 4, 11)
$50-1 week sessions for half day camp (we are 4 hour max) Drop-in fee: $15 per Day
(No drop-in available on Field Trip Days)
We welcome all families of Thermal and surrounding
communities to join us for a night of games, music, crafts, and of course fun! Refreshments, snacks and material
will be provided.

Date: Thursday, May 15 Time: 5:30 – 7:30 p.m.
ages: All Ages
fee: Free
Seniors, join us at the Jerry Rummond's Senior Center
for a night of creative arts, karaoke, refreshments and much more.

Date: Friday, May 23 Time: 5:30 – 7:30 p.m.
ages: 55 Years of Age and Over fee: Free
Stay tuned for exciting sport programs coming soon to our Thermal Community. Be sure to follow our Instagram to
stay up to date. For any questions, contact our
Recreation Specialist, Michael at 760-541-4173.

Thermal
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 SPORTS

COMMUNITY EVENTS
Check out the activities we oer in
Thermal and neighboring communities at
Instagram.com/DRD_EastValley
DANCE
Thermal Park Design and
Construction Project
For more information, please contact
Scott Sear, PIO/Legislative A¥airs at 760.347.3484
Thermal Community Park is well into the construction
phase, with land leveling and groundwork actively
progressing. This much needed community space
will feature two multisport fields, a multisport court, a splash pad, play structures, walking paths, a picnic
area, a stage for community events, numerous shade
structures, restrooms, and so much more, ready to
serve the community for generations.

Funded through Prop 68 and key partnerships, along
with community input, this transformative project will
bring new opportunities for recreation, engagement,
and community connection. We look forward to
welcoming everyone when the park oµcially opens
in early 2026!
FOLKLORICO (Ballet Folklorico)
*RETURNING IN FALL AND
STILL ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS!*
For more information
contact Erika Castellanos
at 760-835-5925
59 Summer Camp begins right away with fun and lively camp activities guided by our incredible sta. Campers have the opportunity to learn new skills and build self-esteem through sport activities, creative arts and crafts, and group games.

Days: Mondays – Fridays (Holidays Excluded)
Time: 8 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 Years of Age (Child must have completed one FULL year of Kindergarten or TK)
Weekly Fees:
(Weekly sessions begin (July 1, 14, 28, August 4, 11)
$50-1 week sessions for half day camp (we are 4 hour max) Drop-in fee: $15 per Day
(No drop-in available on Field Trip Days)
We welcome all families of Thermal and surrounding
communities to join us for a night of games, music, crafts, and of course fun! Refreshments, snacks and material
will be provided.

Date: Thursday, May 15 Time: 5:30 – 7:30 p.m.
ages: All Ages
fee: Free
Seniors, join us at the Jerry Rummond's Senior Center
for a night of creative arts, karaoke, refreshments and much more.

Thermal
For information or to register, visit MyRecreationDistrict.com or call (760) 347–3484 SPORTS

Funded through Prop 68 and key partnerships, along
with community input, this transformative project will
bring new opportunities for recreation, engagement,
and community connection. We look forward to
welcoming everyone when the park oµcially opens
in early 2026!
FOLKLORICO (Ballet Folklorico)
*RETURNING IN FALL AND
STILL ACCEPTING NEW STUDENTS!*
For more information
contact Erika Castellanos
at 760-835-5925
59 Join us for a cup of coee, bingo, games, crafts, and much more! This fun group comes together to celebrate birthdays, go on field trips, and make everlasting friendships. Bringing your favorite dish to share with the group is a great way to connect.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Bond with your child through music and fun! This class lets parents and kids learn a new song, instrument, or dance together. Each session introduces a new instrument to
explore.

Enrollment: May, August
Days: Mondays Times: 10 – 10:30 a.m.

Ages: 2 – 4 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month • $15 per Day
Your camp days will be
full of exciting, structured
activities sure to interest
both new and returning
Campers. Each day the
true Camp experience
begins right away as the
sta leads the group in
fun and lively camp
activities. All activities are
carried out under the watchful eye of our camp Sta.
weekly sessions begin:

June 9, 16, 23, 30, July 7, 14
Days: Mondays – Thursday
Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 12 Years of Age
(child must have completed Kindergarten)
Fee: $60 per Weekly Session
The District and community partners will provide
back-to-school resources for K-12 children in Thousand Palms, including backpacks and supplies, on a first-come,
first-served basis. No registration needed. For vendor or sponsor inquiries, please email [email protected].

Date: Saturday, August 2 Time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.
ages: All Ages Fee: Free
Thousand Palms Community
Center & Park
31-189 Robert Road, Thousand Palms
(760) 347-3484
HOURS: See Activities for Times/Days
Active adult & senior Programs

COMMUNITY EVENTS

CAMP & AFTER SCHOOL PROGRAMS
art & Music
Thousand Palms
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Thousand Palms Community Center & Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 60 NEW
Join us for a cup of coee, bingo, games, crafts, and much more! This fun group comes together to celebrate birthdays, go on field trips, and make everlasting friendships. Bringing your favorite dish to share with the group is a great way to connect.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Fridays Time: 10 a.m. – 12 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and Over Fee: Free

Bond with your child through music and fun! This class lets parents and kids learn a new song, instrument, or dance together. Each session introduces a new instrument to
explore.

Enrollment: May, August
Days: Mondays Times: 10 – 10:30 a.m.

June 9, 16, 23, 30, July 7, 14
Days: Mondays – Thursday
Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

COMMUNITY EVENTS

A Note Regarding Fees: For ongoing monthly activities that may have fewer or additional days during some months of the year, fees may be adjusted. If there are adjustments, you will see that reflected in the price when you register. Thank you. 60 NEW
Join us for a fun day in which
we get to celebrate all our
student successes as they
leave one school year behind
to enter a much-anticipated
period, SUMMERTIME! Bring
swim wear and towel to enjoy
the water-fun activities.

Parents or guardians will need
to complete activity waiver in
order to participate.

Date: Friday, June 6
Time: 12 – 2 p.m.
ages: 4 – 12 Years of Age Fee: Free
Come learn this traditional and colorful dance! As you
and/or your child progress in the class, there will be a few opportunities each year to perform live in front of friends and family at special events. Shoes and attire can be
purchased from the instructor.

Enrollment: May, June
Day: Tuesdays
Time, Ages & Fees:
4 – 4:45 p.m. • 3 – 5 Years of Age • $40 per Month
5 – 6 p.m. • 6 – 11 Years of Age • $45 per Month
6:15 – 7:15 p.m. • 12 Years of Age and Over • $45 per Month Zumba is a dynamic, exciting, and eective fitness
system with upbeat, international music and dance steps.

The energizing music will get you moving into a calorie burning dance that is fun and healthy for you regardless of your fitness level.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $45 per Month
Drop–In Fee: $7 per Class

Come sharpen your baseball skills through training
with the Thousand Palms coaching sta. With years of
experience, the coaches are dedicated to developing
quality baseball players in the Coachella Valley. Bring your own equipment and join the fun!
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month

Come sharpen your soccer skills
through training with the
Thousand Palms coaching sta.

With years of experience, the
coaches are dedicated to
developing quality soccer
players. This class will consist
of drills, speed and agility
exercises, ball control, and
other components to help each
player become the best on their
team! No experience necessary.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 10:15 – 11:15 a.m.

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age
Fee: $40 per Month
61 Thousand Palms
Please Note: All in–person activities take place at the Thousand Palms Community Center & Park unless otherwise noted in the activity details that follow.

DANCE

HEALTH & FITNESS
SPORTS
NEW

THOUSAND PALMS COMMUNITY COUNCIL MEETING
On the dates specified below, the Thousand Palms
Community Council will hold their informational meeting for all who live in the community of Thousand Palms,
during which you can hear the latest Riverside County
news regarding your community from government
o©cials, county authorities and Desert Recreation District.

Please contact [email protected] as meetings
may be postponed.

Date: Thursday, May 29
time: 5 – 7 p.m .• ages: All Ages
Thank you.

Join us for a fun day in which
we get to celebrate all our
student successes as they
leave one school year behind
to enter a much-anticipated
period, SUMMERTIME! Bring
swim wear and towel to enjoy
the water-fun activities.

Parents or guardians will need
to complete activity waiver in
order to participate.

The energizing music will get you moving into a calorie burning dance that is fun and healthy for you regardless of your fitness level.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Mondays, Wednesdays, Thursdays
Time: 7 – 8 p.m. Ages: 16 Years of Age and Over
Fee: $45 per Month
Drop–In Fee: $7 per Class

Ages: 7 – 11 Years of Age Fee: $40 per Month

Come sharpen your soccer skills
through training with the
Thousand Palms coaching sta.

Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: Saturdays Time: 10:15 – 11:15 a.m.

DANCE

HEALTH & FITNESS
SPORTS
NEW

Please contact [email protected] as meetings
may be postponed.

Date: Thursday, May 29
time: 5 – 7 p.m .• ages: All Ages
Thank you.
62 Pool
Rentals!
Summer pool rentals are available
now at Bagdouma, Fritz Burns,
Pawley, and Mecca.

For more information,
email: [email protected]
63 Gymnastics and
Performing Arts In a game-changing move,
Desert Recreation District
(DRD) acquired the former
Metro 8 Movie Theater
complex in November
2024—unlocking a world of
possibilities for our communities!
What’s coming? Imagine a state-of-the-art gymnastics
academy (our current program is bursting at the seams with 500 enrolled & 250 eager on the waitlist), an electrifying performing arts theater, a cutting-edge E-Sports and Virtual Reality arena, a thrilling rock climbing wall, multi-purpose spaces—and SO MUCH MORE! This bold investment isn’t just about repurposing a vacant building—it’s about revitalizing our community and creating a hub of recreation, innovation, and opportunity for all of us to enjoy! For more information and updates, scan the QR code.

THE COOLEST SPOT IN THE DESERT

FOR EVENTS AND PROGRAMS

PUBLIC SKATE
Beat the heat, hit the ice, and have
some fun! Join us for daily public
skate sessions at the Iceplex.

DAILY
SKATE

SCHEDULE

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDSUMMER
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDFALL
5/15 - 7/12 7/16 - 9/6
760.835.5000 bergerfoundationiceplex.com 75702 Varner Rd, Palm Desert

THE COOLEST SPOT IN THE DESERT

FOR EVENTS AND PROGRAMS

PUBLIC SKATE
Beat the heat, hit the ice, and have
some fun! Join us for daily public
skate sessions at the Iceplex.

DAILY
SKATE

SCHEDULE

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDSUMMER
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDFALL
5/15 - 7/12 7/16 - 9/6
760.835.5000 bergerfoundationiceplex.com 75702 Varner Rd, Palm Desert Pool
Rentals!
Summer pool rentals are available
now at Bagdouma, Fritz Burns,
Pawley, and Mecca.

PUBLIC SKATE
Beat the heat, hit the ice, and have
some fun! Join us for daily public
skate sessions at the Iceplex.

DAILY
SKATE

SCHEDULE

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY

LEARN TO SKATE &

LEARN TO PLAY
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDSUMMER
SAVE $5 USING
CODE: DRDFALL
5/15 - 7/12 7/16 - 9/6
760.835.5000 bergerfoundationiceplex.com 75702 Varner Rd, Palm Desert

THECOOLESTSPOTIN THE DESERT

FOREVENTSAND PROGRAMS
64 At Altura Care, our services are designed for individuals qualified for their Regional Center's SelfDetermination Program (SDP), helping you take charge of your own care! For service information call 760-834-5163 or send your inquiry by email to, [email protected].

If you're not signed up for the SDP program but are interested, our staff can refer you to service advocates in the Inland Empire who can help, call today! Altura Care’s Mission is to elevate the quality of care for people with disabilities.

Altura Care provides Community Integration Supports for individuals with developmental disabilities, including Down syndrome, autism, cerebral palsy, intellectual delay, and epilepsy.

Services
Community Integration Supports
At Altura Care, our community integration support program helps individuals with special needs join in activities they love within their own community. We assist in finding and signing up for fun activities based on your interests, such as art classes, music, or sports. We provide transportation to and from these activities and give you a 1:1 coach for support. Our program is designed to be enjoyable and tailored to your interests, ensuring you have a fulfilling experience.

Personal Assistance (PA)

ALTURA CARE
Altura Care’s personal assistance services are tailored to support individuals who need assistance with daily living activities, community integration, and supervision when their primary caregiver is away. From helping people run their errands, bathing and grooming to meal preparation and feeding, our services cover a wide range of essential tasks.

This is a paid advertisement by Altura Care. The information about providers and services contained in this guide does not constitute endorsement or recommendation by Desert Recreation District alturacare.org
44-100 Monterey Avenue, Suite 216-2, Palm Desert, CA 92260 At Altura Care, our services are designed for individuals qualified for their Regional Center's SelfDetermination Program (SDP), helping you take charge of your own care! For service information call 760-834-5163 or send your inquiry by email to, [email protected].

Altura Care provides Community Integration Supports for individuals with developmental disabilities, including Down syndrome, autism, cerebral palsy, intellectual delay, and epilepsy.

Personal Assistance (PA)

CATHEDRAL CITY
 Cathedral City High School (Swimming Pool)
69-250 Dinah Shore Drive, Cathedral City

COACHELLA
 Bagdouma Community Center & Park
51-251 Douma Street, Coachella
 Bagdouma Pool
84-599 Avenue 52, Coachella
INDIO
 Indio Community Center & Park
45-871 Clinton Street, Indio
 Indio Teen Center
81-678 Avenue 46, Indio
 Pawley Pool Family Aquatic Complex
46-350 Jackson Street, Indio

INDIO HILLS
 Indio Hills Community Center & Park
80-400 Dillon Road, Indio Hills

LA QUINTA
 Fritz Burns Pool
78-107 Avenue 52, La Quinta
 La Quinta Community Fitness Center & Park
77-865 Avenida Montezuma, La Quinta
MECCA
 Mecca Community Center, Park & Pool
65-250 Coahuilla Street, Mecca
 Mecca Sports Park
91403 66th Avenue, Mecca

NORTH SHORE
 North Shore Beach & Yacht Club
99-155 Sea View Drive, North Shore
 North Shore Community Park
99-480 70th Avenue, North Shore
OASIS
 Oasis del Desierto Park
88-775 Avenue 76, Thermal

PALM DESERT
 Cahuilla Hills Park
45-825 Edgehill Drive, Palm Desert
 Palm Desert Community Center &
Civic Center Park
43-900 San Pablo Avenue, Palm Desert
 Freedom Park
77-400 Country Club Drive, Palm Desert
 Palm Desert Soccer Park
74-735 Hovley Lane, Palm Desert
 Olsen Community Park
43-005 Magnesia Falls Drive, Palm Desert
 Portola Community Center
45-480 Portola Avenue, Palm Desert
 The Golf Center at Palm Desert and
First Tee – Coachella Valley
74-945 Sheryl Drive, Palm Desert
 University Park
74-802 University Park Drive, Palm Desert

RANCHO MIRAGE
 Rancho Mirage Community Park
71-560 San Jacinto Drive, Rancho Mirage

THERMAL
 Jerry Rummonds’ Community & Senior Center
87-229 Church Street, Thermal

THOUSAND PALMS
 Thousand Palms Community Center & Park
31-189 Robert Road, Thousand Palms
Where We Are
 FIND YOUR CLOSEST DRD LOCATION 
facebook.com/MyRecreationDistrict instagram.com/MyRecreationDistrict twitter.com/mydrd Desert Recreation District (DRD) is your source for all things recreational in the Coachella Valley. Throughout the valley, we have classes, sports and recreation activities, special events and programs for all ages.

From toddlers to seniors, our facilities and beautiful parks have something for everyone.

Get o£ the couch and into the Fun-Tastic times!

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
45-305 Oasis Street, Indio, CA 92201
760.347.3484
[email protected]
MyRecreationDistrict.com
65 BERMUDA DUNES
 Bermuda Dunes Community Center
78-400 Avenue 42, Bermuda Dunes

CATHEDRAL CITY
 Cathedral City High School (Swimming Pool)
69-250 Dinah Shore Drive, Cathedral City

INDIO HILLS
 Indio Hills Community Center & Park
80-400 Dillon Road, Indio Hills

RANCHO MIRAGE
 Rancho Mirage Community Park
71-560 San Jacinto Drive, Rancho Mirage

THERMAL
 Jerry Rummonds’ Community & Senior Center
87-229 Church Street, Thermal

From toddlers to seniors, our facilities and beautiful parks have something for everyone.

Get o£ the couch and into the Fun-Tastic times!

ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICE
45-305 Oasis Street, Indio, CA 92201
760.347.3484
[email protected]
MyRecreationDistrict.com
31-189 Robert Road, Thousand Palms
66 Desert Recreation Foundation programs, activities and events are open to everyone. Your Desert Recreation Foundation works closely with communities that we serve to reduce program and activity fees for residents who cannot a¥ord to participate. Our goal is for no child or adult to be left out of the recreational, sports and out-of-school activities we o¥er because of limited income.

The Desert Recreation Foundation (the Foundation) is a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization responsible for raising funds on behalf of Desert Recreation District.

Since 2001, Desert Recreation Foundation has been working behind the scenes of Desert Recreation District to enrich and preserve the quality of life for residents by raising funds and garnering support to purchase, develop, enhance, preserve, promote, and expand the Coachella Valley’s recreational activities, program, parks, properties, and facilities. We believe parks, recreation opportunities, and learning programs should be available to everyone in our community, no matter their income level or ability. We make that a reality and can do so much more with your help!
Everyone deserves access to quality parks and recreation facilities! Your Support Makes It Possible! Our MISSION
To enrich and preserve the quality of life for residents. We do this by raising funds and garnering support to purchase, develop, enhance, preserve, promote, and expand the Coachella Valley’s recreation activities, programs, parks, properties and facilities.

PLEASE MAKE A DONATION AT THE TIME YOU ARE REGISTERING FOR A CLASS AND SEE HOW YOUR GENEROSITY CAN MAKE AN IMPACT EVERYDAY IN OUR COMMUNITIES! Call today to learn more (760) 347-3484 or visit our website at DesertRecreationFoundation.org

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
Volunteer. Sponsor. Donate.

Can you imagine a community without parks and recreation? Neither can we! We believe parks and recreation should be available to everyone in our communities no matter their income or ability.

To Benefit Parks & Recreation Access For All
COMING IN JULY!
Tournament Fundraiser
Bowling
For sponsorship inquires and questions,
please contact event co-chair Andres Coronel: [email protected] PRIZE FOR BEST TEAM BOWLING SHIRTS!
67 Desert Recreation Foundation programs, activities and events are open to everyone. Your Desert Recreation Foundation works closely with communities that we serve to reduce program and activity fees for residents who cannot a¥ord to participate. Our goal is for no child or adult to be left out of the recreational, sports and out-of-school activities we o¥er because of limited income.

The Desert Recreation Foundation (the Foundation) is a 501(c)(3) non-profit organization responsible for raising funds on behalf of Desert Recreation District.

FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM
Volunteer. Sponsor. Donate.

Can you imagine a community without parks and recreation? Neither can we! We believe parks and recreation should be available to everyone in our communities no matter their income or ability.

To Benefit Parks & Recreation Access For All
COMING IN JULY!
Tournament Fundraiser
Bowling
For sponsorship inquires and questions,
please contact event co-chair Andres Coronel: [email protected] PRIZE FOR BEST TEAM BOWLING SHIRTS!
67 Stay Cool in the Pool!
*Please note not all locations have all amenities/classes; please see information inside this guide or visit MyRecreationDistrict.com/swim-water-programs for details on all locations & programs.

Take advantage of the multiple pool locations we have throughout the Coachella Valley! Open Swim • Lap Swim • Swim Lessons • Lifeguard Instruction • Water Fitness Classes • Jr. Water Polo* Cathedral City High School Pool, Bagdouma Community Pool in Coachella, Pawley Pool Family Aquatic Center in Indio, Fritz Burns Pool in La Quinta, Mecca Community Pool
Archived photo of Open Swim at Pawley Pool
Join the
Fun Team!

VARIETY OF POSITIONS AVAILABLE

FULL & PART TIME
Apply today to join the "FUN TEAM"
at Desert Recreation District!
MyRecreationDistrict.com/employment-opportunities
Stay Cool in the Pool!
*Please note not all locations have all amenities/classes; please see information inside this guide or visit MyRecreationDistrict.com/swim-water-programs for details on all locations & programs.

VARIETY OF POSITIONS AVAILABLE

FULL & PART TIME
Apply today to join the "FUN TEAM"
at Desert Recreation District!
MyRecreationDistrict.com/employment-opportunities
Cathedral City ENG – September - December 2025 v1
Camp & After School
River Canyon Kids Club Place Hope through Housing Foundation logo with this activity In partnership with Hope through Housing, this Kids Club location is exclusively for the children and teens that reside at River Canyon Apartment Complex; this program provides mentorship, a healthy snack, homework assistance, and activities that support academic enrichment. This program is also designed to engage teens, promote open communication, bridge multicultural differences, and enhance leadership development.

Location: River Canyon Apartment Complex
Dates: Ongoing During School Year (holidays may be excluded.) Follows the Palm Springs Unified School District (PSUSD) Calendar.

Time: 3 – 6 p.m.

Days: Monday - Thursday
Ages: 5 - 17 Years of Age
Fee: Free
Art & Music
Painting in the Park
Unwind and get creative in the fresh evening air! This program offers adults a guided, step-by-step painting session led by a local artist in a relaxed and supportive setting. All materials are provided—just bring your imagination and enjoy an evening of artistic expression, stress relief, and social connection. No painting experience necessary! Location: Panorama Park
Date: - Tuesday, November 11
Time: 4 – 6:30 p.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and older
Fee: $35
Ice Cream Arts & Crafts
Get creative and cool off with our Ice Cream & Arts & Crafts series this fall! Each month from October through December, kids will enjoy a sweet treat and dive into a fun, themed art project. From spooky crafts in October to winterthemed designs in December, this program brings imagination and community together in a relaxed outdoor setting.

Enjoy the perfect mix of hands-on fun and delicious ice cream while making new friends and memories! Location: Ocotillo Park
Date: October 8 and November 12
Time: 4:00 – 5:30 p.m.

Ages: 5-12 Years of Age
Fee: $12
Community Events
Cookies and Cocoa with Santa
Join us at Panorama Park for a festive morning of holiday cheer! Enjoy crafts, Storytime with Mrs. Claus, photos with Santa, and complimentary cookies and hot cocoa. Don’t forget your camera! Location: Panorama Park
Date: - Thursday, December 18
Time: 10 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 3-12 years old
Fee: $12.00
Snow Fest
Celebrate the holiday season at Cathedral City’s Snow Fest—a magical, family-friendly winter celebration in the heart of downtown! Enjoy festive activities including a tree lighting ceremony with Santa, real snow for kids to play in, free trackless train rides on the Snow-Fest Express, hot cocoa, live performances, and more.

Location: Town Square Park
Date: - Saturday, December 13
Time: 4 – 8 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Spooktacular
Halloween Spooktacular! This family-friendly festival features three kids' costume contests with free bike giveaways, live cultural performances, music, community booths, delicious food, and a free movie at Mary Pickford Theatre to end the day. Costumes are encouraged for all ages!
Location: Town Square Park
Date: - Sunday, October 26
Time: 12 – 3 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Fall Corn Hole Tournament
Get ready to toss some bags and bring the heat at our Fall Cornhole Tournament! Whether you're a seasoned pro or just playing for fun, this one-day event is all about friendly competition, community spirit, and fall vibes.

Teams of two will compete in a bracket-style tournament for a chance to win fun prizes and bragging rights. Enjoy music, snacks, and a festive atmosphere while you play.

Location: Esperanza Park
Date: Saturday, November 1
Time: 9:00 a.m. – 12:00 p.m.

Ages: All ages (team registration required)
Fee: $12
Health & Fitness
Strolling with Strollers
A social wellness opportunity for caregivers to get active with their little ones, Strolling with Strollers is a free walking group for moms, dads, or guardians with strollers. Enjoy a 30–60 minute walk along the trail, followed by open playtime at the park playground. No registration required.

Location: Esperanza Park
Enrollment: September, October, November
Days: - Tuesday
Time: 8:30 – 9:30 a.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
Zumba
Get ready to dance your way to fitness! This fun and energetic Zumba class strengthens and tones the body through easy-to-follow dance routines set to the infectious rhythms of Latin music including reggaeton, salsa, cumbia, merengue, and more. No dance experience or equipment is necessary.

Location: Panorama Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days/Time:- Monday 6:30pm & Tuesdays 9:00 am
Ages: 16 Years of Age and older
Fee: $50 per session or $10 per class
Tabata
Challenge yourself with Tabata, a high-intensity interval workout featuring 20 seconds of movement and 10 seconds of rest over 6 rounds. Build endurance, boost fitness, and finish strong with cardio and a full-body stretch—all in just 45 minutes. No equipment needed!
Location: Panorama Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: - Friday
Time: 9 – 10 a.m.

Ages: 16 Years of Age and older
Fee: $45 per Session or $11 drop-in fee
Open Pickleball
Grab your paddle and join us on the court for Open Pickleball—a casual, community-driven space to play, practice, and meet fellow players of all levels. Whether you’re brand new to the game or a seasoned player, this drop-in program welcomes everyone looking to have fun and stay active. Courts are available on a first-come, first-served basis. Bring your own paddle and balls, or borrow equipment from staff (limited availability). No instruction is provided—just good vibes and open play!
Note: Participants must register and sign a waiver before play. Proper athletic footwear is required.

Location: Panorama Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: - Wednesdays
Time: 8 – 10 a.m.

Ages: 18 Years of Age and older
Fee: Free
Open Play Bocce
Join us for a relaxing morning of Open Play Bocce in the park! This casual, drop-in program is perfect for adults 55+ who are looking to stay active, enjoy the outdoors, and connect with others in the community. Whether you're new to the game or a seasoned player, everyone is welcome!
All equipment is provided—just bring your enthusiasm and a friend! Note: Staff will be available to explain rules and assist with setup. No registration required Location: Esperanza Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: - Fridays
Time: 9 – 11 a.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and older
Fee: Free
Movies
Movies In The Park: Spooktacular Cinema Nights
No tickets needed—just join us in Cathedral City this October for free Family Movie Nights under the stars! Enjoy a seasonal, family-friendly film each week. Movies start at dusk, so come early for a good spot! Location: Cathedral City Community Amphitheater
Dates: October 7- 28
Days: - Tuesdays
Time: 6:00 – 9:00 p.m.

Ages: All Ages
Fee: Free
October 7- Coraline
October 14-Monster House
October 21- Coco
October 28- Hocus Pocus
Outdoors
Desert Wheels Bike Club- Cathedral City
Come cruise with us at Bike Club—featuring safety tips, handling skills, and fun themed rides at your local park! Bikes and helmets available on a first-come basis. Volunteers and bike enthusiasts welcome. For details, contact Sarah Baltazar at (760) 347-3484 or email [email protected].

Location: Esperanza Park
Dates: Thursdays, September 25 – November 13
Time: 5 – 6 p.m.

Ages: 6 – 17 years of age
Fee: Free
Holly Jolly Bike Ride! Holiday Group Ride
Join us as we deck the halls at CV Link in Cathedral City! Wear festive colors or decorate your bike for a chance to win a prize. Open to all ages. Free bike and helmet rentals available on a first-come, first-served basis. Meeting details provided upon registration.

Location: Esperanza Park
Dates: Thursday, December 11
Time: 5 p.m. – 7 p.m.

Ages: 16 years of age and over
Fee: $60
Mountain Biking Day Group Ride
Celebrate Take a Kid Mountain Biking Day with our Outdoor Adventure Team! Explore Mission Creek Preserve while enjoying a morning ride, creek dip, and lunch at historic stone houses. Bikes, helmets, and limited transportation provided. Mandatory bike and helmet fitting on October 2. Volunteers welcome! Contact Sarah Baltazar at (760) 347- 3484 or [email protected] for details.

Location: Panorama Park
Dates: Saturday, October 4
Check-in Time: 7:30 a.m.

Ride Time: 8 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: 10 – 17 years of age
Fee: Free
Outdoor Rock Climbing Adventure!
Join us for a full day rock climbing adventure in the Joshua Tree area! Enjoy a 4-hour guided climb with PCGI-certified instructors, followed by a talk on responsible recreation and Leave No Trace principles. Designed to challenge youth physically and mentally while exploring the high desert’s natural and cultural history. Includes transportation, safety gear, and all climbing equipment. Participants must bring lunch, water, and sun protection. Registration opens 6–8 weeks before the trip.

Location: Panorama Park
Dates: Monday, October 13
Ride Time: 7:30 a.m. – 2 p.m.

Ages: 10 – 17 years of age
Fee: Free
Special Interest
Back to School Skate Jam
Kick off the school year with a fun skate day in the park! All skill levels welcome—enjoy music, giveaways, and good vibes. Safety Gear Required. No Exceptions. Let’s roll into fall, Cathedral City style! Location: Ocotillo Park
Date: Saturday, September 20
Time: 9 a.m. – 1 p.m.

Ages: All Age
Fee: Free
Coffee & Cards
Enjoy a morning of cards, coffee, and conversation! This casual, drop-in style club invites older adults to gather and play classic card games like Rummy, Spades, Gin, and more. Staff or volunteers will help with setup, but the fun is led by participants—feel free to bring your favorite games to share! Light refreshments and coffee will be provided, making it the perfect social hour to start your day.

Location: Panorama Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: - Wednesdays
Time: 10– 12 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and older
Fee: Free
Breakfast Bingo
Start your morning off right with coffee, community, and a few rounds of fun! Breakfast Bingo offers older adults a chance to gather in a relaxed, cheerful setting to enjoy a light breakfast followed by a few friendly games of bingo. Small prizes, big laughs, and warm connections make this a feel-good way to start the day. Whether you're a bingo pro or just love being around friendly faces, this gentle morning activity blends nutrition, nostalgia, and neighborly vibes.

Location: Esperanza Park
Enrollment: Ongoing
Days: - Thursdays
Time: 10– 12 p.m.

Ages: 50 Years of Age and older
Fee: Free
Terrarium Creations
Bring a bit of nature home with you! Join us for a relaxing, hands-on morning of creativity and greenery as we guide you step-by-step through building your own mini terrarium. Using glass jars, succulents, moss, and decorative stones, you’ll create a beautiful living arrangement perfect for any windowsill or table.

This program offers a soothing outdoor experience filled with gentle conversation, light gardening, and artistic expression—no green thumb required! All materials will be provided, and light refreshments will be served.

Location: Esperanza park
Date: Tuesday, November 4
Time: 11 a.m – 1 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 years of age
Fee: $12.00
Snack & Science - Spooky Science
Get ready for a frightfully fun time with spooky science experiments and Halloween-themed snacks! Kids will explore bubbling potions, oozing slime, and other hands-on STEM activities before creating a tasty seasonal treat to enjoy.

Location: Century Park
Date: Thursday, October 2
Time: 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 years of age
Fee: $12.00
Snack & Science - Fall Harvest Edition
Celebrate the season with harvest-inspired science fun! Kids will dive into hands-on STEM activities like leaf chromatography and pumpkin volcanos, followed by a delicious fall-themed snack they make themselves.

Location: Ocotillo Park
Date: Thursday, November 6
Time: 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 years of age
Fee: $12.00
Snack & Science - Holiday Lights and Bites!
Light up the season with winter-themed science experiments and festive snack-making fun! Kids will enjoy glowing reactions, icy explorations, and a build-your-own holiday treat to wrap up this hands-on STEM session.

Location: Panorama Park
Date: Thursday, December 4
Time: 6 – 7:30 p.m.

Ages: 5 – 11 years of age
Fee: $12.00
Teen Glow Night
Join us for an after-dark adventure where everything glows! From blacklight crafts and glowing slime craft to neon games and light-up dodgeball, this is your child’s chance to stay active after sunset in a fun and safe environment. Teens will enjoy blacklight cornhole, glow stick games, LED cone relays, and even glowing dance parties!
Location: Panorama Park
Date: Friday, September 26
Time: 6 – 8 p.m.

Ages: 13 – 17 years of age
Fee: Free
Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 2.B
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: George Crum, Police Chief
Title: Presentation on the Axon Body 4 Body-Worn Camera (BWC) RECOMMENDATION:

This item is presented for information and discussion.

BACKGROUND:

In 2016, the Police Department implemented a body-worn camera program to enhance transparency, build community trust, and improve evidence collection. From its inception, the program has emphasized officer accountability, transparency, and safety - core components of the department’s mission to provide progressive and professional law enforcement services.

Each sworn officer and detective were issued a BWC. The program later expanded to include Community Service Officers and Citizens on Patrol, enabling the department to capture and document nearly all citizen interactions on video.

Currently, the department uses Intrensic body-worn cameras with their proprietary software for evidence storage and case management. The in-car camera system in use is Motorola WatchGuard, which also operates on a separate storage and software platform. The two systems are not integrated, requiring personnel to log into each platform individually to review BWC and in-car footage of the same incident.

DISCUSSION:

Over the past 6 to 8 months, staff have evaluated multiple vendors to explore advancements in body-worn and in-car camera technologies. A key reason for this review is the rapid evolution of these systems, both in hardware capabilities and software integration.

In January 2025, staff were notified that Motorola WatchGuard systems would no longer be produced for our in-car cameras. The replacement Motorola system would require a new, incompatible storage solution, adding further complexity to our digital evidence management process.

At the same time, the Riverside County District Attorney’s Office informed our agency of a forthcoming shift to Evidence.com, Axon’s cloud-based platform, for case filings. This transition would allow case-related evidence (photos, videos, reports) to be uploaded and managed within a single digital case file, simplifying the process for both law enforcement and prosecutorial review.

Following a product demonstration and in-depth evaluation, the department selected Axon Fleet 3 as the new in-car camera system due to its capabilities and compatibility with Evidence.com.

Building upon this selection, staff looks to transition to Axon Body 4 as the department’s new body-worn camera solution. Released in summer 2023, the Axon Body 4 offers a range of modern features, including:
- 160-degree field of view
- Four directional microphones for enhanced audio clarity - 13+ hour battery life
- Livestreaming capability
- Seamless integration with Axon’s digital evidence ecosystem - Automatic recording triggers (i.e. call type, gunshot, geofence) - Ability to add features without the need to replace the camera The Axon Body 4 is more than a recording device, it is a comprehensive tool that enhances officer safety, streamlines digital evidence management, and reinforces public trust through transparency.

The Axon Body 4 and Fleet 3 systems are designed to work seamlessly together. When paired, activating a patrol vehicle’s emergency lights automatically triggers both the in-car camera and the body-worn camera to begin recording simultaneously. At the conclusion of the event, all recorded footage is wirelessly uploaded to Evidence.com, Axon’s secure cloud-based platform. The event can then be reviewed with synchronized playback of both in-car and body-worn camera video, providing a comprehensive and integrated view of the incident.

Axon’s integration with our current CAD system offers more robust functionality and improved communication for event tagging of video footage. This enhanced pairing reduces staff time spent correcting misidentified or improperly tagged events, streamlining the review and editing process. The Indio Police Department, which also uses the Axon Body 4 in conjunction with the same CAD system, has demonstrated the efficiency of this integration. After reviewing their implementation, staff observed significant improvements in workflow and data accuracy compared to our current system.

For staff preparing case filings with the Riverside County District Attorney’s Office, the integration of Axon Evidence.com significantly streamlines the submission process when body-worn camera (BWC) or in-car camera footage is involved. Unlike the current system, where a case must be manually created and each piece of evidence uploaded separately, Axon’s platform allows for automatic case generation once video evidence is available.

Officers and records staff can simply upload the incident report and any supporting documents, such as photos, witness statements, or supplemental forms - directly into the existing case file associated with the video. This seamless workflow eliminates redundant data entry, reduces administrative workload, and ensures prosecutors receive all relevant materials in a consolidated, organized manner. The result is a more efficient, timely, and accurate filing process that benefits both the Police Department and the District Attorney’s Office.

Body-worn camera technology has advanced significantly over the last decade. The Axon Body 4 represents the next generation of BWC technology, supporting the department’s commitment to accountability and operational efficiency. Its integration with the Axon ecosystem ensures compatibility with in-car video and staff member workflows, positioning the department for long-term technological expansion and success.

FISCAL IMPACT:

This item is presented for information and discussion.

FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN:

GOAL E – Safety: Cathedral City is safe for all who live, work, visit, and play in our community.

Action E-3: Expand the use of cameras and other technology to promote public safety.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. AXON Body 4 User Guide
Rev: 12 May 2025
Body 4 Camera
User Guide
Models: AX1037, AX1038
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon Enterprise, Inc. ii
Axon Enterprise, Inc.
17800 N 85th St
Scottsdale AZ 85255
USA
, , Axon Body, Axon Dock, Axon Evidence, and Axon Fleet are trademarks of Axon Enterprise, Inc., some of which are registered in the US and other countries. For more information, visit www.axon.com/legal. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon Enterprise, Inc. iii
Contents
Introduction and registration 1
Important safety and health information 1
Additional reading 1
Register camera 1
Dock-based registration (recommended) 2
Registration with Axon Device Manager 2
Registration with View XL Standalone mode 4
FAQs 4
Get to know your camera 5
Button actions 5
Accessories and mounts 7
Configure your camera 9
Adjust volume 9
Light setting 10
Camera vibration 10
Programmable buttons 10
Optimized battery capacity 11
End recording confirmation 11
Axon Signal 11
Other settings (admin) 12
Operate your camera 13
Operating modes 13
Turn on the camera and Ready mode (buffering) 13
Start Recording mode (event) 14
Mute audio recording 14
Stealth mode 14
Add markers while recording 15
Illuminate the camera display 15
Battery status 15
Sleep mode 15
On-camera categorization 16
Device pooling 17
Multi-factor authentication (MFA) 17
Watch Me 20
Bi-directional communications 21
System requirements 21
Configuration requirements 21
Use BDC on Respond desktop or mobile 22
Multiple viewers 25
Multiple livestream windows 26
Camera modes 26
Use BDC on the Body 4 28
Flex POV camera 31
Flex POV cable connection 31
Connect 32
Manual orientation 32
Automatic orientation 33
Use the camera 33
Priority upload 35
Start a Priority upload 35
Cancel an upload 36
Error states and edge cases 37
False Signal cancellation 39
Cancel a false Signal activation 39
Automatic Wi-Fi upload 41
Advantages 41
In Axon Evidence 41
Set up a network 41
Enable Automatic Wi-Fi Upload 43
On the camera 43
What triggers Wi-Fi 43
Receive a firmware update over Wi-Fi 44
Disable Wi-Fi Upload on camera 45
Check camera storage 46
Wi-Fi and priority 46
Frequently Asked Questions 46
Video Recall 48
Upload Video Recall recordings 48
Icons, LEDs, and sounds 52
Visual notifications 52
Icons and Triad LEDs while docked 54
Audible and haptic notifications 54
Axon View 56
Pair your camera with a smart device 56
Axon View XL Standalone mode (Windows) 57
Admin settings 58
Video 58
Axon Enterprise, Inc. iv
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Pre-Event Buffer and Video Recall 58
Watermark 59
Audio 59
Lights 59
Location 59
Axon Respond 60
Evidence upload 60
Axon Signal 60
App support 61
Battery 61
Registration 61
Firmware download 62
User permissions and mute configuration 62
Programmable buttons 62
Device management 63
Button confirmation 63
Care and maintenance 64
Clean the camera 64
Charge the battery 64
Charge without a dock 65
Internal clock 65
Update firmware 65
Moisture 65
Camera storage 66
Troubleshooting 67
General FAQs 67
Axon Dock FAQs 70
Camera registration FAQs 70
ADM error codes 71
View camera information on the display 73
Technical information 74
Technical support 74
Warranty 74
Warnings 74
Radio waves 75
FCC compliance statement 75
ISED Canada compliance statement 76
Declaration of conformity and EU compliance statement 77 Compliance marks 77
Axon Enterprise, Inc. v
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Introduction and registration
Axon Body 4 is a body-worn camera system for use in tough environmental conditions encountered by law enforcement, corrections, military, and security personnel. The camera records events for secure storage, retrieval, and analysis on Axon Evidence or Axon Evidence Local. The Axon View app lets you review footage on a smart device prior to uploading. Axon Body 4 is a fully connected device with livestreaming and geolocation capabilities for real-time monitoring in the field.

Important safety and health information
Read, understand, and follow all warnings and instructions before using this product. The most up-to-date warnings and instructions are available at www.axon.com.

Additional reading
This manual discusses how to operate the camera. Other manuals cover additional aspects of the camera system. These documents are available at help.axon.com.

For details on working with uploaded videos and managing cameras, including inventory management and organization-wide settings, see the Axon Evidence User and Administrator Reference Guide.

For details on installing and setting up the dock to transfer information and recharge your camera, see the Axon Dock section (or PDF) on your camera's product page at my.Axon.

For instructions on using Axon cameras with a smart device, see the Axon View for Devices User Manual for Android or iOS.

Links to Axon Academy training videos appear in relevant topics of this guide, including how to register for and use the Axon Evidence website, configure settings, assign personnel to cameras, recharge your camera, and transfer video to a computer.

Additionally, you should adjust the organization-wide camera settings in Axon Evidence before assigning cameras to users.

Registering with Axon Device Manager (ADM) requires:
l ADM installed on an appropriate device. If you already have ADM installed, ensure you have v3.0.3 (Android) or v2.0.3 (iOS) or higher installed.

Note You must have device management permissions to use ADM. If you aren’t sure if you have permissions to use ADM, contact an Axon Evidence administrator.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 1
Body 4 Camera User Guide
l A Body 4 Dock connected to power and the internet (green LED visible on the WAN port).

Watch the following videos for instructions on registering and deregistering Axon Body 4 cameras.

Register Axon Body 4 Cameras
Deregister Axon Body 4 Cameras
Dock-based registration (recommended)
This section describes how to register your camera using the camera dock.

1. In Axon Evidence under Axon Body 4 settings, turn on Automatic Camera Registration.

2. Register Axon Body 4 Docks to your agency using the Axon Device Manager app.

3. Place unregistered cameras in any Axon Body 4 Dock registered to your agency.

4. Follow the on-screen instructions to register your camera.

Successfully registered cameras can be charged and assigned to users.

For a complete discussion of your Axon Dock, including installation, see the separate Axon Dock User Guide.

Watch this video for an overview of docking Body 4 cameras.

Registration with Axon Device Manager
This section describes how to register your camera using Axon Device Manager (ADM) and the camera dock. Adjust the organization-wide camera settings in Axon Evidence in the Admin section prior to assigning. This requires device management permissions.

You can register up to 100 cameras at once if you have an Axon Dock for each camera. You must keep your mobile device with ADM within 30 feet of all the cameras.

1. Ensure the Automatic Camera Registration setting is turned off in Axon Evidence.

2. Press Power until you feel a short vibration.

3. Place the camera in a networked dock.

4. Log into ADM and tap Settings .

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 2
Body 4 Camera User Guide

5. Go to Registration, select Devices, then your camera.

6. Review the device registration setup and tap Next to move to the next screen.

Tap Start Scan to start the registration process.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 3
Body 4 Camera User Guide

7. ADM detects and prepares unregistered cameras. The number of detected and prepared cameras appears at the top of the ADM screen.
l Press Select (between the volume buttons) on each camera to proceed with the registration.
l If successful, the display shows NOT ASSIGNED to indicate the camera is ready to be assigned to a user.

8. When you have registered all the detected cameras, select Finish. ADM shows a list of camera serial numbers that have been registered during this session.

Successfully registered cameras can be charged and assigned to users.

Registration with View XL Standalone mode
This section describes how to register your camera using View XL Standalone mode.

Registration requires:
l View XL Version v1.17 or later installed on a Windows computer l A camera with USB-C cable

1. Launch View XL and enter your agency Axon Evidence URL.

2. Sign in using your Axon Evidence credentials.

3. Select Launch Standalone Mode.

4. Connect your camera to View XL using a USB-C cable.

5. Follow the on-screen instructions to complete the registration process and assign the camera to an officer.

FAQs
For camera registration FAQs, including error codes when registering through ADM, see Camera registration in Troubleshooting on page 70.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 4
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Get to know your camera
Button actions
There are several buttons and features that perform as described below.

Watch this video for an overview of Body 4 button layout and functions.

Front view

1. Programmable Button 1

2. Programmable Button 2

3. Volume up

4. Select

5. Volume down

6. Power

7. Microphone (4)

8. Event

9. Triad LED (3)

10. Lens

11. POV port

12. Operation LED (top)
Action Button Presses
Lights Press Volume Up p for three second, then tap to toggle modes Marker, add Press Select while recording
Menus Double-press Select
Mute on/off Press Select for three seconds while recording to mute, double-press Event to unmute
Pairing Press Event + Select simultaneously
Power off Press Power for three seconds
Power on Press Power until short vibration
Programmable
Button 1
Double-press Programmable Button 1 (default: Watch Me)
Axon Enterprise, Inc. 5
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Action Button Presses
Programmable
Button 2
Single-press or long-press Programmable Button 2, depending on how device behavior is set
Recording start Double-press Event
Recording stop Press Event for three seconds
Sleep mode,
enter
Press Power then Select to confirm
Sleep mode, exit Press Power or start a recording
Stealth mode,
enter
Press Volume Down for three seconds*
Stealth mode, exit Press Volume Up p or Volume Down q for three seconds* Volume, speaker Press Volume Up p or Volume Down q
* The camera remembers the previous volume and light settings when exiting Stealth mode.

For details on screen icons and meanings of both the top Operation and front Triad LEDs, see Icons, LEDs, and sounds on page 52.

To change the function of the Programmable Button 1, in Axon Evidence go to Admin > Body 4 > Programmable Buttons. Other functions include:
l No Function
l Sleep
l Stealth
l Upload Last Video
l Watch Me
Programmable Button 2 – To change the function of the Programmable Button 2, in Axon Evidence go to Admin > Body 4 > Programmable Buttons. Other functions include:
l No Function
l Select (can be used for Marker and Mute)
l Photo Marker
l Audio Mute
POV Connector Port – Used to connect the POV and body camera together via the POV Cable. All Axon Body 4 Cameras ship with a plastic cover over the port. If a camera will not be using the POV, leave this cover on to protect the port.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 6
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Top view

1. Operation LED

2. Speaker (2)

3. Display
Camera Display – Shows information on camera status and activity. Different information appears depending on if the camera is in the field and in an Axon Dock. Some icons may not be active at your organization. The display is divided into a Status Bar and Activity Area.

1. Status Bar

2. Activity Area
For details on all the icons that may display both in the field and during dock charging, see Icons, LEDs, and sounds on page 52.

Bottom view

1. Power

2. Magnetic charger port (2)

3. USB-C connector
l USB-C connector – Used for data transfer and charging when placed in an Axon Dock. l Power button – Used to turn the camera on/off.
l Magnetic charger port – Used to connect the magnetic charging cable.

Accessories and mounts
The Body 4 camera works with a variety of Axon mounting systems.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 7
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Note As with any radio frequency or electronic device, Axon recommends to avoid placing the camera directly next to your radio to prevent inadvertent radio activation.

The various mounts that use this system can be used with a wide variety of uniforms to fasten the camera to your shirt, patrol vest, or jacket.

In general, Axon mounting systems consist of the attachment piece (called the key) on the camera and the attachment receiver (called the lock) on the mount. To lock a camera in place, insert the key of the camera into the lock of the mount (the camera will typically be sideways) and turn it 90 degrees counterclockwise (when you are looking straight at the mount). To release the camera from the mount, turn the camera 90 degrees clockwise.

When wearing the camera, you can use the livestreaming feature of the Axon View app (see page 56) to show the camera's view.

Watch this video to see different body camera mounting options.

You can find further information on mounting options, including demonstration videos, on my.Axon at Body-Worn Camera Mounting Options.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 8
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Configure your camera
During normal operation, the camera uses lights, sounds, and vibrations (haptic feedback) to notify you of the camera status. These indicators and notifications are managed by your organization and can be configured to allow you to change the setting for your assigned camera.

Check with your Axon administrator to learn which configuration settings you can change. In addition to the methods described below, you may also be able to configure some settings from different software applications:
l Axon View XL – Download from Axon Evidence under Help. For details, see the View XL Standalone mode section on your camera's product page. l Axon View – Install on your smart device from your app store, select Settings (see Axon View on page 56). Go to the Axon View product page or see the Axon View for Devices User Manual for Android or iOS for details about using Axon View. Your camera must be turned on and paired with your mobile device.
l Axon Evidence – If your role allows access to the Admin menu, select Admin > Devices and Applications > Axon model. Settings will update the next time you dock the camera or it connect to approved Wi-Fi (if enabled).

Watch this video for more information about configuring the lights, sounds, and haptic feedback of your body camera.

Adjust volume
During normal operation, the camera emits beeping sounds, called audio prompts, to notify you of the camera status.

To adjust camera audio prompt volume:

Use camera controls
Use Volume Up p and Volume Down q to adjust the volume. The camera provides audio feedback and indicates the volume setting on the camera display as the volume changes.

Use Axon View or View XL
In Settings, tap Volume and select the volume level. The camera beeps once at the volume you tapped, or if you tapped Off, the camera is silent.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 9
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Light setting
During normal operation, the camera shows camera status using LEDs. For a description of what the different colors indicate, see Icons, LEDs, and sounds on page 52. Settings or the ability to change them may be restricted by your administrator.

The camera has the following light settings:
l Lights off
l Lights dim
l Lights on
l Lights auto (automatically adjusts lights based on ambient lighting) To change the brightness of the LEDs:

Use camera controls
Press Volume Up p for three seconds. When you see the light setting appear on the screen, press Volume Up p or Volume Down q to toggle to the desired light setting. The Lights out icon appears on the display if you toggle the lights off.

Use Axon View or View XL
Tap the switch to the right of Indicator Lights to change the setting.

Camera vibration
During normal operation, the camera uses vibrations (haptic feedback) to indicate camera status.

Use Axon View or View XL
Tap the switch to the right of Vibration to change the setting.

Programmable buttons
The Programmable Buttons feature allows agencies to customize the device behavior for Programmable Buttons 1 and 2.

Your Axon Evidence admin can change the device behavior in the Admin settings page under Programmable Buttons.
l Activate Button 1 with a double-press.
l Activate Button 2 with either a single press or double-press, depending on the configuration.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 10
Body 4 Camera User Guide
For example, if Programmable Button 1 is configured to be Sleep, double-pressing it will cause the camera to enter Sleep mode.

For a Respond+ agency, the default behavior of Programmable Button 1 is Watch Me and Programmable Button 2 is No Function.

Optimized battery capacity
If this setting is enabled in the Admin section of Axon Evidence, the camera will only charge to about 90% capacity and display FULL when finished charging instead of 100%. While this will reduce run-time, it will improve long-term battery health and reduce degradation.

Agencies should analyze their battery needs during the first few weeks of deployment and if users don’t require the full 100% of battery, enable this setting to improve long-term battery health with only a minor reduction in run-time.

End recording confirmation
This feature prevents unintentional ending of recordings. If enabled, ending a recording will require a secondary confirmation press of Select.
l Always – Confirmation always required.
l Auto – Confirmation only required if Event is pressed during a recording.

Axon Signal
This camera is compatible with Axon Signal technology. Your administrator must activate Axon Signal capability prior to use.

When it is active, Axon Signal technology can broadcast a signal that allows your camera to transition from Ready to Recording mode automatically. When your camera starts recording, you will see, hear, and feel all the normal start-recording notifications.

Axon Signal technology transmissions only allow cameras to start recording. Axon Signal technology does not transmit a signal to end recording. The camera must be stopped manually.

Axon Signal technology cannot power an Axon camera on. If the camera is off, it will not record.

Devices equipped with Axon Signal technology have a signal range of approximately 30 feet (9.1 meters) and can be purchased separately from the Axon Body camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 11
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Other settings (admin)
Your organization’s Axon administrator can configure additional settings and functionality (such as video quality and pre-event buffer time) for your camera. The list of options is in Admin settings on page 58. Check with your Axon administrator for information about which settings and functionality are available for your camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 12
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Operate your camera
Before operating an Axon Body Camera, ensure it is fully charged and properly configured.

For details, see Charge the battery on page 64.

Watch this video for additional information about operating a Body 4 camera.

Operating modes
This camera has two operating modes:
l Ready (Buffering) – Camera is on and is pre-event buffering l Recording (Event) – Camera is recording
Turn on the camera and Ready mode (buffering)
Press Power until you feel a short vibration. The camera emits two short rising-pitch tones with a long vibration and then enters Ready (Buffering) mode.

When the camera is in Ready mode:
l The camera display shows READY
l The Operation LED on top of the camera blinks green
l The camera is capturing video but not recording to permanent memory The pre-event buffer is configurable between 0 and 120 seconds, but set at 30 seconds by default.

When Recording (Event) mode is activated, the buffered video captured directly before the event is saved and attached to the event in permanent memory. This feature captures the video of an incident just before a recording begins. The camera does not capture audio within the pre-event buffer by default (but can be set to do so by an admin).

Ready mode starts when the camera is turned on. It does not buffer video when the camera is turned off, in Sleep mode (see page 15), or docked.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 13
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Start Recording mode (event)

1. To begin recording, double-press Event. When your camera starts recording, it emits two short tones and two short vibrations and the display shows the recording icon. The camera provides indications it is in Recording mode:
l The camera display shows STARTING and then the recording icon. l The Operation LED on the camera blinks red .
l The camera emits two short tones and two short vibrations every two minutes as a recording reminder.

2. To stop recording and return to Ready mode, press Event for three seconds. The camera emits one long tone and vibrates. If On-camera categorization is enabled, follow the on-screen instructions to assign a category. The camera display shows SAVING and then READY and the Operation LED blinks green .

Mute audio recording
If your organization’s administrator has configured your camera to do so, you can mute audio while recording video.

If Static Mute mode is enabled:

1. Press Select for three seconds to mute audio capture. The microphone off icon appears on the camera display and the Operation LED blinks blue while the camera is muted.

2. Press Select another three seconds to cancel mute.

If Push and Hold Mute mode is enabled:

1. Press Select for three seconds and hold to mute audio capture. The microphone off icon appears on the camera display and the Operation LED blinks blue while the camera is muted.

2. Release Select to re-enable audio recording.

Stealth mode
Use Stealth mode to turn off the LEDs, sounds (audio prompts), and vibrations (haptic feedback) on your camera. This is useful for both tactical situations and when dealing with members of the public with light/sound sensitivity.

To enter and exit Stealth mode:

Use camera controls
l To enter Stealth mode – Press Volume Down q for three seconds. The word STEALTH shows briefly on the camera display activity area and an S icon appears in the display.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 14
Body 4 Camera User Guide
l To exit Stealth mode – Press Volume Up p or Volume Down q for three seconds. The S icon disappears from the display.

Use Axon View or View XL
Tap the switch to the right of Stealth mode to change the setting.

Add markers while recording
Markers are useful for indicating an important event that you want to easily find when replaying the video. The marker is shown when the video is replayed in Axon Evidence and documented in the audit trail.

To add a marker to a video while you are recording, press Select. The camera vibrates once.

Illuminate the camera display
In low-light situations, press any camera button to illuminate the camera display for five seconds.

To change light settings, see Change light settings and Stealth mode starting on page 14.

Battery status
The battery capacity for your camera appears on the camera display as a percentage. The Operation and Triad LEDs also reflect battery level; see Icons, LEDs, and sounds on page

52. Sleep mode
Sleep mode puts the camera in an idle state that disables recording and buffering. While in this state, an automatic activation enabled at your organization will not initiate camera recording.

Note The ability to use Sleep mode is enabled by your organization Axon Evidence administrator and may not be available at your organization.

Sleep mode is useful for situations where camera users may need momentary privacy. You can enter Sleep mode from the buffering state in less than three seconds, as opposed to turning the camera completely off. Similarly, the camera will exit Sleep mode and enter a buffering or recording state in less than three seconds.

The device audit trail reflects when Sleep mode is entered and exited. While Sleep mode can be used as an alternative to completely powering down the camera during private situations, Axon Enterprise, Inc. 15
Body 4 Camera User Guide
it should not be considered a replacement for powering the camera off. Certain background processes are running while the camera is in Sleep mode and the battery still depletes while in this mode, but at a slower rate.

Enter and exit sleep mode
To enter Sleep mode with Power Off Confirmation disabled:

1. Press Power.

2. With Sleep selected, press Select to enter sleep mode.

To enter Sleep mode with Power Off Confirmation enabled:

1. Press Power. The default option will be Sleep.

2. Within five seconds, press Select to confirm. The display represents Sleep mode with a crescent moon icon.

To exit Sleep mode, either:
l Press Power to return the camera to buffering state, or l Press Event once, or
l Press Event twice to begin recording.

Watch this video for an overview of this function.

On-camera categorization
On-camera categorization lets you add categories to videos directly from the camera. To do so, ensure your admin enables the On Camera Categorization feature in Axon Evidence at Admin > Axon Body 4 > your profile under Device management.

Once enabled, after you end a recording, the BWC will prompt you with a list of categories.

Scroll or make a selection within 30 seconds or the opportunity to assign a category will expire.

To select a category:

1. Scroll to the appropriate category.

2. Press Select (between the volume buttons). A check mark appears next to a selected category.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 16
Body 4 Camera User Guide

3. To remove the applied category, press Select again.

4. Scroll to and select multiple categories if needed.

5. When finished, hold Select to save the selected categories to the recording.

Any selected categories will save automatically if another recording starts while you're assigning them, for example, if triggered by Axon Signal.

You can also tag videos using the Axon View app, View XL, or Fleet 3 Dashboard, none of which require the Add Categories feature.

Device pooling
Cameras shared between users are considered part of a pool. A pooled camera in an Axon Dock is not available for use until evidence is offloaded and its battery reaches 70% of full charge (if your camera requires 90%, leave it in a networked dock for at least eight hours so it can receive a firmware update). Once assigned via the device pooling kiosk, the camera's LED flash rate increases and the screen color inverts to make it easier to find among other cameras still charging. For details on device pooling, contact your Axon representative.

The RFID bulk import capability for device pooling simplifies the management of RFID card assignments by letting you efficiently create multiple simultaneous RFID card-to-user mappings using CSV file imports. The interface centralizes the viewing, searching, and removal of RFID assignments and supports bulk creation, deletion, and management of RFID card-to-user mappings, with options to download backup, template, and error files for streamlined system management and error handling.

Watch these videos for an overview of how to:
l Check out a device
l Enable self-checkout for devices
l Configure the device pooling kiosk
Multi-factor authentication (MFA)
Note For MFA to be available on a body camera, your Axon administrator must:
l Enable camera as an MFA method for your agency.
l Ensure cameras are on the latest firmware.
l Ensure the camera is assigned to the user.
l Ensure the camera is not in a lost or stolen state.

Your body camera can function as an MFA device (sometimes called Two-Factor Authentication, or 2FA).

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 17
Body 4 Camera User Guide

1. Sign into Axon Evidence (or other apps).

2. Select Body camera from the MFA select screen.

3. On your body camera, double-press Programmable Button 2 (P2) to use the MFA shortcut. Or...

4. Double-press Select (between the volume keys) to open the menu, press Volume down q to reach Authenticator, then press Select.

5. Use the MFA code displayed to sign in. The progress bar at the bottom shows when the code will refresh.

MFA may start midway through a code cycle, depending on when you request it. The camera returns to the main screen after 60 seconds or with any button press.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 18
Body 4 Camera User Guide
You can use the shortcut to access the MFA screen while recording unless your agency has assigned it to a different action.

Learn more at MFA User Guide and (for admins) MFA Admin Guide.

Watch this video for an overview of this function.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 19
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Watch Me
Watch Me gives anyone wearing a Body 4 camera a simple way to request supervisors, command staff, and dispatchers to quickly view their livestream.

Watch this video for an overview of the Watch Me function.

To request a second pair of eyes, double-press Programmable Button 1 (the default assignment) to alert Respond users. Supervisors and command staff can tap on the notification or the purple bubble to quickly view the user’s livestream and provide real-time assistance.

1. Programmable Button 1
If the camera is buffering, a Watch Me request will start a recording. If the camera is already recording, it will continue recording after the Watch Me request. To cancel a Watch Me request, simply long-press Event to end the recording.

Granular permissions let admins configure Watch Me notifications to work in conjunction with your organization’s organizational structure using Command hierarchy. With command hierarchy enabled, select Only in their command in the View BWC locations user role settings. Given this user role configuration, users assigned this role will only receive notifications from camera wearers under their command in the command hierarchy.

Watch Me requests are only sent to users permitted to view the livestream (they have access to the livestream associated with the request).

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 20
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Bi-directional communications
Bi-directional communications (BDC) lets dispatchers and command staff talk to Body 4- equipped officers from either the Respond desktop or mobile app. Being able to see, hear, and now communicate with officers brings support teams even closer to the scene—from the safety of their individual locations—to provide even greater support to officers.

During a livestream, authorized dispatchers and command staff can start a conversation with a Body 4-equipped officer from within the Respond desktop or mobile app by pressing the Start call button. The conversation will continue for the duration of the livestream and is hands-free for the officer. Up to 25 Respond viewers can participate in a single conversation.

All conversations are recorded and uploaded to Axon Evidence as part of the evidentiary video, just like any other Axon body camera recording.

For instructions on how to use BDC on Body 4, jump down to Use BDC on the Body 4.

Watch this video for an overview of BDC.

System requirements
l Body 4 camera
l Respond+ licensing
l Meet the Axon Web System Requirements for desktop users and mobile app for mobile users
l To use bi-directional communications on desktop, users must have an audio input and output device, such as microphone and speaker or headset Configuration requirements
l Livestreaming must be enabled for Body 4 devices. In Axon Evidence, see the Admin > Body 4 > Axon Respond section.
l Dispatchers and command staff must have Axon Evidence credentials and belong to a role with View BWC Livestreams and Allow Voice Communication permissions enabled in Axon Evidence at Admin > Roles & Permissions.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 21
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Use BDC on Respond desktop or mobile

1. Sign in.

2. Select the Respond tab...

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 22
Body 4 Camera User Guide

3. ...to view the Respond map and start a Livestream from a Body 4-equipped officer. The camera must be recording to be livestreamed. Grant microphone access if needed.

4. Select Stream Video on a user’s tile.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 23
Body 4 Camera User Guide

5. Select Start Call to start bi-directional communication.

6. Wait to be connected to the Body 4 camera.

7. Your microphone is muted upon successfully connecting. Press and hold the push-totalk (PTT) button with your mouse or by holding the space bar on your keyboard. Wait to hear the “go-ahead” tone, which indicates you can start talking.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 24
Body 4 Camera User Guide

8. You may now speak to the Body 4 camera user. Release the mouse (or space bar) when you are done.

Multiple viewers
Just like livestreaming, bi-directional communications supports up to 25 simultaneous Respond viewers per Body 4 camera. If a conversation is ongoing between a Respond viewer and camera user, any Respond viewer who opens the livestream to that camera will automatically be added to the conversation. Similarly, if multiple Respond viewers are watching a livestream and one viewer starts a call, all other viewers are automatically added to that conversation.

Once the Respond viewer is added, the card will update to show the total number of viewers in the conversation.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 25
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Multiple livestream windows
If multiple camera livestream windows are open, you may start or join a conversation for the livestream in the foreground. Shifting from one camera window to another will drop you from the first conversation. Audio will start playing from the window in the foreground.

Camera modes
The Body 4 camera may enter modes or conditions that make it unavailable for bi-directional communications. When this happens, Axon Respond will update to prevent you from talking.

Here are two camera modes that do not allow bi-directional communications and how they are display in Axon Respond:

Stealth mode
When the Body 4 camera enters stealth mode, its speaker becomes muted and, therefore, the Respond user is not allowed to talk.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 26
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Speaker muted
When the Body 4 camera’s speaker volume is muted, the Respond user is not allowed to talk.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 27
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Microphone muted
When the camera's microphone is muted, you will not hear any audio. If this happens, any Respond viewers in the conversation may continue to talk to each other and the camera user will still hear them, but they will not hear the camera user.

Use BDC on the Body 4
While the Body 4 camera is livestreaming, a LIVE icon appears on the display:

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 28
Body 4 Camera User Guide
If a Respond user starts a conversation, the camera will vibrate, play a tone, and the display will briefly show COMMS OPEN to inform you that someone has started a conversation and audio can start playing from the camera's speaker.

Once connected, the display will update to show the total number of Respond users in the conversation:

The conversation ends when you end the recording or when all users have closed the livestream. The camera will vibrate, play a tone, and the display will briefly show COMMS CLOSED.

Respond viewer joins or leaves
When a Respond user joins or leaves the conversation, the Body 4 will vibrate, play a tone, and the display will indicate the total number of participants. If no Respond viewers remain, the conversation ends.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 29
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Microphone control
Mute the camera's microphone while recording also prevents Respond users from hearing camera audio.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 30
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Flex POV camera
Axon Body 4 accessories include a new Flex point-of-view (POV) camera that connects to the side USB-C connector. It offers high-quality video and low-light capture from an user’s point of view with the same IP67 waterproof rating and no separate charging requirement.

Watch this video for additional information about using the Flex POV with the Axon Body 4.

1. Front view

2. Back view

3. Top view

4. Lens

5. USB-C connector

6. Microphone (2)

7. Vent

8. Mount magnet (2)
l Lens – Avoid touching the lens
l Vent – Avoid covering up the air vent with any stickers l USB-C Connector – Connects to a cable leading to the Body 4 Camera l Microphone – Records ambient sound
l Mount Magnet – Connects to the POV Mount
Important Avoid using the Flex POV camera at an indoor firing range as this may damage its microphones.

Flex POV cable connection
The Flex POV camera and the Axon Body 4 Camera work with a purpose-built cable with a smaller, straight connector at one end and a larger, right-angle connector at the other.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 31
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Unlock the POV latching mechanism and insert the camera's connector into the connector port with the cable pointing up as shown, then lock it in place by pushing up on the locking mechanism until it’s flush with the rest of the connector.

These cables are specifically calibrated to work with the Body 4 system. Use of unapproved cables will degrade system performance and may cause the system to malfunction.

Connect
In Axon Evidence, Admin > Axon Body 4 > your profile is a feature called POV AutoRotation. Leave this setting off for manual video orientation or toggle on for automatic.

Manual orientation
When you connect a Flex POV camera to
a camera for the first time, it will prompt
you to set the POV orientation to be either
Left or Right.

Determine the orientation of the POV camera using the letter on the top of the POV camera when mounted.

Once set, update orientation using the camera menu: double-press Select and choose POV Orientation. You can also set orientation from the Axon View mobile app.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 32
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Automatic orientation
When you enable the POV Auto-Rotation feature in Axon Body 4 settings, the Flex POV camera will set the correct orientation based on the position of the camera.

When the Flex POV camera connects to the body camera, the system evaluates and sets the orientation, displaying a brief confirmation message on the screen, like POV CONNECTING RIGHT SIDE. Orientation is normally set within 10 seconds, but the camera will continue trying for up to five minutes.
l If it can't detect the orientation within five minutes, it displays an alert and uses the default (or previously set) orientation.
l If you use the menu (double-press Select) to manually set POV orientation to right or left, this becomes the new default.

After the orientation is set within the first five minutes of connection, the auto-orientation process will not run again until the Flex POV camera is disconnected and re-connected again. If the camera becomes inverted for any reason (such as during a scuffle), it will not reorient the image, keeping the user's true perspective.

Use the camera
Caution With the Flex POV camera connected, don't wear the body camera vertically on the belt line; hanging vests and gear can impinge on and damage the cable connection, which may disable the POV camera.

Recurring messages like “POV Not Detected, Try Reconnecting” or “POV Error, Contact Admin” indicate the cable may be damaged.

When the Axon Flex POV Camera is attached to the body camera, Body 4 will use the POV video sensor instead of the body camera’s.
l If the POV camera is attached while buffering, the view will automatically switch from the body camera to the POV camera.
l If the POV camera is attached while recording, it will perform as follows:
o Notify with four short haptic notifications and the message “POV CONNECTED WHILE RECORDING”.
o Ask you to “PRESS SELECT TO SWITCH TO POV”.
o After you press Select, Body 4 will end the recording on the body camera and start recording from the POV camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 33
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Note If the camera is recording from the body camera while the POV camera is attached and no action is taken, it will continue to record from the body camera. This is intentional because since the system must stop recording on the body camera before starting on the POV, a moment of recording will not be captured.

Leaving recording on the body camera ensures nothing crucial is lost in view transition.

Flex POV captures two audio tracks: a primary one from the Flex POV camera and a backup from the body camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 34
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Priority upload
Priority upload lets you wirelessly upload the most recent recording on your body camera to Axon Evidence using its LTE connectivity.

Several factors can affect the performance, speed, and battery impact of uploading over LTE. With strong LTE coverage, a 15-minute recording at 720p will take five minutes to upload and use about 2%, or 12 minutes, of battery capacity. With poor LTE coverage, this same recording may use about 4%, or 24 minutes, of battery capacity.

The camera can continue to buffer or record normally while uploading over LTE.

This feature is only available for Axon Respond for Devices+ organizations. Axon Evidence administrators can enable it by turning on the Priority Evidence Upload setting on the camera settings page:

Watch this video for an overview of this feature.

Start a Priority upload

1. Double-press Select to open the diagnostic menu.

2. Press Select to select Upload.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 35
Body 4 Camera User Guide

3. Select Priority Upload. If there is no recording on the device, the display shows NO EVIDENCE.

4. If there is a recording on the device, the top of the screen shows its start time followed by the duration in parenthesis. Use the volume buttons to select either BACK (upload nothing) or START (uploads the last saved recording), then press Select.

Once an upload has started, the display returns to its normal view of showing if the camera is Ready or Recording, along with the upload icon at the bottom right.

The diagnostic menu option changes from Upload to Uploading when an upload is in progress.

Once the recording has uploaded, the camera vibrates and then deletes it from the camera.

Cancel an upload

1. Open the diagnostic menu.

2. Select Uploading.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 36
Body 4 Camera User Guide

3. Select CANCEL.

A message confirms the cancellation and the recording remains on the device.

Error states and edge cases
Upload over LTE may encounter the following errors.

Evidence exceeds upload limit
Recordings longer than 60 minutes cannot be completed using LTE due to the size of the file. Dock the camera or use View XL standalone mode.

Upload paused: poor signal
The camera pauses uploaded if it loses LTE coverage during an upload, displaying at the bottom right. If LTE coverage returns within 10 minutes, the upload will resume, otherwise it cancels and the recording remains on the camera.

Upload paused: USB-C connected
An LTE upload pauses when you connect a USB-C cable. The upload will resume when you disconnect the cable.

Camera shut-down due to low battery
If the camera shuts down due to a low battery during an LTE upload, the upload pauses and the recording remains on the camera. The upload will resume when the camera is turned back on with sufficient charge.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 37
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Docked camera
If you dock your camera during an LTE upload, the upload will continue using the dock's ethernet connection, with the Priority upload taking priority.

Upload timed out
If the upload takes longer than two hours (which may occur if LTE coverage is poor and/or the file size is large), the upload pauses. Select to RESUME or CANCEL the upload.

Upload paused: livestream
An LTE upload pauses to allow a requested livestream. The upload resumes when the livestream ends.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 38
Body 4 Camera User Guide
False Signal cancellation
False Signal cancellation lets you report a Signal event on your camera as false, which also marks the associated recording as a false detection. A false Signal recording can also be automatically categorized (see third setting in image below).

Follow your department guidance, but generally, don't take it upon yourself to determine whether Signal activations are false when interacting with members of the community. Only use this feature when no interaction occur, such as during Signal testing or when knowing the activation is 100% false.

You can't cancel a Signal event during a recording activated prior to the Signal event.

The False Signal Cancellation setting is disabled in Axon Evidence by default.

Cancel a false Signal activation
If the camera is ready (buffering) and a Signal event occurs, it displays the Signal icon and activates recording. It then offers a 10-second opportunity to cancel the recording.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 39
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Press Select (between the volume buttons) within this time frame to cancel the activation and return the camera to Ready state (buffering).

If you don't press Select within 10 seconds, the camera continues recording normally, but still displaying the Signal icon.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 40
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Automatic Wi-Fi upload
This feature lets cameras upload videos and update (download) firmware over Wi-Fi when an approved network is available. It is available for all camera users and requires no separate licensing.

This article describes how to set up a body camera Wi-Fi network, what happens on the camera during a firmware update over Wi-Fi, how to confirm an upload, what takes priority over Wi-Fi, and frequently asked questions (FAQs).

Your Axon Evidence administrator can enable this feature in the Admin section. Admins should also reference:
l Enterprise Wi-Fi Network Quick Start Guide
l Personal Network Management
Watch this video for an overview of Wi-Fi uploads with Body 4 cameras.

Advantages
When connected to an approved Wi-Fi network, a body camera will:
l Sync the clock once per day
l Sync changes made in the Axon Evidence camera settings page, including the list of approved Wi-Fi networks
l Upload recordings
l Download and install firmware updates
When connected to a dock, communication occurs over the wired connection (if available), even if Automatic Wi-Fi Upload is enabled. Wi-Fi communication halts whenever the camera is docked, whether it is networked or not, but will continue if charging through a USB-C cable.

Registration is the only non-supported Wi-Fi operation (use ViewXL Standalone or a networked dock).

In Axon Evidence
Set up a network
These section describes how to create an approved Wi-Fi access point that body cameras can use to upload recordings and download updates.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 41
Body 4 Camera User Guide

1. In Axon Evidence, select Admin > Body Camera Wi-Fi Networks.

2. Select Add Network.

3. Enter the Network Name (SSID) and Password. Optionally, add Location information to differentiate networks with similar names.

Note While WPA2-TKIP, WPA, and WEP are supported, Axon
recommends using WPA2-PSK networks for increased security.

4. Select Save.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 42
Body 4 Camera User Guide

5. Add more networks as needed.

6. Use Edit and Delete to manage existing networks.

Enable Automatic Wi-Fi Upload

1. Select Admin > Axon Body 4.

2. If applicable, select the appropriate profile.

3. Under Evidence Upload, toggle Automatic Wi-Fi Upload on.

4. Scroll to the bottom and select Save Profile Settings.

Axon Body Cameras download updates to the network list the next time they are docked or can access an approved Wi-Fi network.

On the camera
What triggers Wi-Fi
These situations will cause the camera to communicate over Wi-Fi:

1. At the end of a recording. If multiple networks are available, it will use the one with the strongest signal strength. The camera checks for an approved network every 15 minutes.

2. If the feature is disabled (see page 45) and then re-enabled on the body camera.

3. When the camera is charging through a USB-C cable.

Wi-Fi communication will pause if the camera:
l Loses connection to approved Wi-Fi
l Stops charging via USB-C
l Drops below 20% battery
l Begins recording
Axon Enterprise, Inc. 43
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Receive a firmware update over Wi-Fi
To receive a firmware update, the camera goes through the following steps.

1. The camera downloads the new firmware.

2. The camera displays Wi-Fi when connected and Download when downloading.

3. Once the firmware has downloaded, press Select (between the volume keys) at the opt-in prompt to install.

Note Because this will restart the camera, don't install if the camera is in active use.

4. During installation, the LEDs flash white and the screen displays Installing .

5. After installation, the camera restarts with the latest firmware.

6. If you ignore the opt-in prompt, it will disappear after 60 seconds and the camera will return to the Ready state.

7. If the prerequisites for updating over Wi-Fi are still not met after four hours because the camera is in use, press Select to opt-out of (cancel) the installation.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 44
Body 4 Camera User Guide

8. If you don't cancel within 60 seconds of this message displaying, the firmware will install and the camera will restart as noted in step 4.

Disable Wi-Fi Upload on camera
If your network is overloaded or you have large recordings to upload, you may not want to upload wirelessly even though your admin has enabled it. You can disable wireless upload on your body camera:

1. Double-press Select to open the diagnostic menu and use Select (between the volume keys) to choose Upload.

2. If your organization has Respond+ or the Priority Evidence Upload add-on, the first option listed will be Priority Upload. If not, it will be Auto Upload and whether it is ON or OFF.

3. To disable the Wi-Fi upload feature, select Auto Upload and then OFF using the volume buttons. To turn the feature back on later, return here and select ON. To cancel, select BACK.

4. Once a camera connects to approved Wi-Fi and begins uploading, the screen displays Wi-Fi and Upload .

5. When the upload completes, the camera vibrates and then deletes the recording from the camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 45
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Check camera storage
Automatic Wi-Fi Upload makes wireless uploading, well, automatic. As long as you're within range of an approved Wi-Fi network, recordings upload and updates download. To confirm an upload, check the camera's storage menu.

1. Double-press Select to open the diagnostic menu.

2. Press Volume Down q to find About and select.

3. Move down and select Storage.

Wi-Fi and priority
In general, Wi-Fi communication will occur if the feature is on and an approved network is available, but other app or camera connectivity functions take priority. l If a Wi-Fi network connection is lost or interrupted during upload, the upload pauses and resumes when reconnected.
l Wi-Fi connectivity to Axon applications such as Axon View or Fleet 3 Dashboard take priority over Wi-Fi communication.
l If you use Respond or Respond+, LTE connectivity for Respond-related activities take precedence over Wi-Fi communication. For example, if you start recording during a WiFi upload, the upload will pause for livestreaming connectivity. l Wi-Fi upload will not occur while recording to Wi-Fi or if already processing a Priority upload.

Frequently Asked Questions
If your question isn't answered here, contact Axon support or your Axon representative for more information.

How long must a camera be docked to receive an updated list of Wi-Fi networks?
Dock your camera or connect to View XL for at least two minutes to receive changes to settings, including Wi-Fi networks. An icon on the screen shows if it is downloading .

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 46
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Do recordings wait to upload until they are tagged?
No. Recordings upload when connected to a networked dock or approved Wi-Fi network.

After upload, they are deleted from the device and no longer visible or editable using Axon View, View XL, or Fleet Dashboard. You can edit recording metadata in Axon Evidence.

How does this feature affect battery charge?
The effect on battery is proportional to how often a camera is recording, the length of the recordings, and their resolution. It is similar to that of uploading recordings with ViewXL or Fleet Dashboard, both of which also use Wi-Fi connections. For example, a 15-minute recording at 720p High will use about 2% of battery to upload over a strong Wi-Fi connection.

What is the maximum Wi-Fi upload speed?
Up to 10 Mbps is possible, but dependent on many factors, such as what the network supports.

Will my camera download over Wi-Fi while in Sleep mode? Yes, it will still check for an approved network every 15 minutes while in Sleep mode.

What happens if the opt-in or opt-out messages are interrupted by a different button press?
The message will disappear and the other action will take precedence. The camera will retry four hours later.

Will the camera upload and download over Wi-Fi at the same time? Yes.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 47
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Video Recall
Video Recall adds a Video Recall tab to View XL Standalone Mode. The tab is only visible if your admin has assigned you to a role with the Access Video Recall Files permission enabled. Viewing videos through Video Recall is only available using View XL.

The Video Recall tab shows 30-minute-increment files captured in the past 18 hours while the camera was buffering, listed by time-stamp of the recording start time and duration of the file. If a recording is less than 30 minutes, it was interrupted by a different camera state, such as being in placed in Sleep Mode, docked, powered off, plugged in to View XL Standalone, or actively recording. When the camera returns to buffering, Video Recall recording resumes with a new file.

Files selected for upload in the Video Recall tab are placed in the Upload queue. You can't view Video Recall recordings or edit metadata prior to upload. View the status of the file uploads in the Upload tab. Once uploaded, the Video Recall recording functions as any normal recording in Axon Evidence.

Video Recall must be enabled prior to the event you want to recall for it to have captured that video. Your camera will not store, and therefore you can't retrieve, any buffered video prior to Video Recall being turned on.

Watch this video for an overview of using video recall.

Upload Video Recall recordings

1. Sign into View XL (download at Axon Evidence > Help), connect camera with a USB-C cable, and launch Standalone mode.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 48
Body 4 Camera User Guide

2. Select Video Recall.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 49
Body 4 Camera User Guide

3. The time-stamp shows the start time of the recording. Select Upload to place a recording in the Upload queue. The file remains listed here until upload completes.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 50
Body 4 Camera User Guide

4. Optionally, monitor the status of the upload in the Upload Status tab.

Video Recall recordings in Axon Evidence receive a unique tag in the watermark.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 51
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Icons, LEDs, and sounds
This section lists display icons, LED indications, and haptic feedback signals used by the camera.

Visual notifications
The display is divided into a Status Bar and Activity Area. Different information displays when the camera is in the field and in an Axon Dock. Some icons may not apply at your organization.

1. Status Bar

2. Activity Area
Icons during use
Status Bar Icon Description
Battery capacity
Battery charging
Battery not charging due to high temperature. The camera will continue to operate normally and resume charging when the camera cools down.

Battery low (≤10%); Operation LED blinks red
Camera paired
Lights off
Moisture detected in the side POV port or bottom USB-C port. The camera will continue to operate normally, but ensure it is dry before docking or connecting a POV module.

S Stealth mode on
Axon Enterprise, Inc. 52
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Activity Area Icon Description Operation LED
Axon Respond Livestreaming* Blinking purple
Axon Respond Voice Comms* Blinking purple
Axon Respond Voice Comms,
participants*
Blinking red
L-READY or

R-READY
Buffering with POV (right/left orientation)* Blinking green

STORAGE

ALMOST FULL
Memory is 85% full Blinking red (while
recording)
STORAGE FULL Memory is 95% full Blinking red (recording stops)
Mute mode Blinking blue
PAIRING Pairing mode* Blinking blue
READY Ready (Buffering) mode Blinking green (also
Triad)
Event (Recording) mode Blinking red (also Triad)
Recording started by Axon Signal*
broadcast
Blinking red
Recording with POV (right/left
orientation)*
Blinking red
Sleep mode* Off
n/a Startup or shutdown Red
Watch Me* Blinking red
* May not be enabled at your organization.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 53
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Icons and Triad LEDs while docked
The Triad LED on the front of the camera displays the camera’s dock status.

Display Description Triad LED
Battery capacity
Battery charging – Triad LED colors show the charge level. Green: > 90%
Yellow:
11-89%
Red:
<10%
DEVICE
ERROR #
Device error #. Refer to the common codes in Troubleshooting on page 67 or the device page in Axon Evidence.

Blinking
red
Firmware update complete – Displayed for 10 seconds after the update is complete and for 10 seconds after undocking. Spinning white during
installation

NETWORK
ERROR
Network error – Check network connection, see device page in Axon Evidence and troubleshooting instructions at
help.axon.com.

Blinking red
and green
Number of videos on camera n/a
Updating firmware or settings – Camera will resume normal operation after update. Operation LED solid white. Display may also show UPDATING.

Spinning
yellow
USERID123 User/Badge ID – Displays right after docking, when the camera is charging, for 10 seconds after undocking, and when no other activity is in progress.
n/a
Uploading video – Displays video being uploaded (here 15) of total on the camera (100), upload speed (18.2 Mbps),
percentage complete (99%), and time remaining for the upload (1h 40m).

Spinning
yellow
Audible and haptic notifications
The camera emits audio prompts to notify you of device status. These prompts are accompanied by a vibration (haptic feedback). These prompts usually occur after you perform an action with the camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 54
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Operating Mode or Action Audio Notification Haptic Notification (vibration)
Axon Respond Livestreaming
connected
Three short rising-pitch tones One – long duration
Lights off None One – long duration
Low battery notifications at 10%
and 5% battery capacity
Four quick high-pitch tones Four – short duration
Marker captured None One – short duration
Mute mode, enter or exit One short tone Two – long duration Pairing mode, enter Three short rising-pitch tones None POV module
connected/disconnected to body
camera while buffering
One short tone None
POV module
connected/disconnected to body
camera while recording
None Four – short duration
Power off Three short lowering-pitch
tones
One – long duration
Power on Two short rising-pitch tones One – long duration Recording reminder Two short tones every two
minutes
Two – short duration every two
minutes
Recording start Two short tones Two – short duration
Recording stop, return to Ready
mode
One long tone One – long duration
Sleep mode, enter or exit One short tone One – long duration Stealth mode, exit None Two – short duration
Voice comms session started Four short tones One – long duration Volume up or down One short tone at new volume
level
One – short duration
Watch Me activated Four quick medium-high pitch
tones
None
Watch Me requested Four quick high-pitch tones
following by two-tones
Three – short duration
Axon Enterprise, Inc. 55
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon View
The Axon View application lets you replay video and add metadata (title, case ID, and category) to your videos using a smart device. It also allows you to view the live feed of your camera whether buffering or recording.

To download and install Axon View:

1. Download the Axon View application from your device’s app store.

2. Install and open the Axon View app.

3. Follow the on-screen instructions or go to help.axon.com for additional information.

Note All data is stored on the Axon camera. No videos are stored on your smart device.

Go to the Axon View product page or see the Axon View for Devices User Manual for Android or iOS for details about using Axon View.

Watch this video for additional information about using Axon View with the Axon Body 4 camera.

Pair your camera with a smart device
For additional information on using Axon cameras with a smart device, see Sign in and connect body camera at my.Axon.

Note Internet access is required to pair the camera with Axon View. The security model for Axon View with the camera requires server login access when pairing and when the authorization on the camera expires (approximately every 10 days). Your admin must enable Pair with Axon Applications under App Support to pair with Axon View.

1. Turn on the camera.

2. Open Axon View, select your camera, and tap Initiate Pairing.

3. On the camera, press Event and Select simultaneously. You’ll hear three short risingpitch tones, the Operation LED blinks blue , and PAIRING appears on the display.

4. Follow the Axon View on-screen instructions. Tap the serial number for your camera.

When pairing is complete, live video appears in Axon View.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 56
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon View XL Standalone mode (Windows)
This camera can be connected to a Windows laptop or computer with Axon View XL to allow priority upload of videos from the camera to Axon Evidence and to charge the camera. Using View XL in standalone mode is separate from using it with Axon Fleet products.

Connect the camera to the laptop or computer with a USB C cable and use View XL standalone mode.

If your agency uses this feature, the administrator must set the appropriate Axon Evidence permissions to allow users to sign into View XL.

In Axo View XL, select Launch Standalone mode and then connect the camera to the computer. Use the normal View XL procedures to review recordings, add metadata, and upload recordings. For details on installing View XL and using Standalone mode, see Body 4 and View XL Standalone Mode on the Axon Body 4 product page.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 57
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Admin settings
This section discusses camera settings available in Axon Evidence under Admin > Devices and Applications > Body Camera > Axon Body 4 > Profile. Not all settings may be applicable at your organization.

Video
Action Definition
Quality Determines the camera’s recording quality.

Body Worn Camera
Field of View
Determines the field of view of the camera. Setting this to 160 degrees will provide a wider field of view, while the 120-degree setting will provide longer battery life.

Flex POV Camera Field
of View
Determines the field of view of the POV camera. Use of 120 degrees is recommended for longer battery life and most POV mounting positions.

Aspect Ratio Determines the camera’s video width-to-height ratio. A 4:3 video will capture more video in the vertical direction.

Watch these videos for additional information about these settings. l Configure video settings for Axon Body 4 cameras
l Configure Axon Body 4 camera settings
l Turn pre-event buffer on or off
l Flex POV module administration
Pre-Event Buffer and Video Recall
Action Definition
Pre-Event Buffer Determines the buffer duration included in the final video.

Video Recall Enables an 18-hour recording buffer. Users with the correct permissions can recall recordings from that buffer using the View XL Standalone app.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 58
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Watermark
Action Definition
Watermark Adds a permanent watermark with date, time, and camera serial number to the upper-right corner of videos.

Watermark Time Sets the time standard/zone displayed in the recording watermark.

Watermark Audio Mute When enabled, MUTED appears in the watermark when recording audio is muted by the user. The Users Can Mute During Recording permission must be enabled to configure this setting.

Audio
Action Definition
Record Audio Enables audio along with the video.

Pre-Event Buffer Audio Enables audio in the pre-event buffer.

Audio in Video Recall Enables audio in Video Recall recordings.

Lights
If enabled, lights can still be configured at the user level through Axon View or on the device.

Action Definition
Front Light Illuminates the front-facing Triad camera lights to provide a visible indication of recording status. The lights blink green during pre-event buffering, red when recording.

Location
Action Definition
Location in Video Enables gathering of location data from GNSS/GPS and embedding in video recordings.

Wi-Fi / Cell Tower
Positioning
Enables gathering of location information from Wi-Fi access points and cell towers to improve location performance. This also improves battery performance.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 59
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon Respond
Configure permissions for using Respond features such as Livestreaming and Bi-directional Voice Communications in Roles & Permissions.

Action Definition
Livestreaming Determines when cameras can livestream audio and video to authorized organization users in Respond.

Camera Location on
Axon Respond Map
Configures when camera location information is made available to the Axon Respond map.

Evidence upload
Action Definition
Priority Evidence
Upload
Allows users to select recordings for prioritized upload over LTE.

Automatic Wi-Fi Upload Lets cameras upload video through a connection with nearby organization-trusted Wi-Fi access points. Set trusted Wi-Fi access points on the Body Camera Wi-Fi Networks page.

Rate-limited Camera
Upload Speed
Sets the maximum upload speed in megabits per second for each individual camera.

Axon Signal
Configure assigned personnel activation in Axon Evidence under Admin > Signal.

Action Definition
Signal Activation Lets camera recording be activated by Axon Signal.

False Signal
Cancellation
Lets Signal alerts be canceled on the camera by pressing Select.

False Signal
Cancellation Default
Category
The selected category is automatically applied to recordings canceled as false activations.

To learn more, watch this video.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 60
Body 4 Camera User Guide
App support
Action Definition
Pair with Axon
Applications
Allows cameras to be paired via short-range wireless with Axon View, View XL (Fleet), and Fleet Dashboard. When disabled, cameras can still be connected via wired connection to View XL (Standalone).

Video playback in Axon
Applications
Lets users play video still on the camera from Axon View, View XL (Fleet and Standalone), and Fleet Dashboard.

Axon Application
Upload
Lets a user upload video from View XL (Fleet and Standalone) or Fleet Dashboard.

Battery
Action Definition
Optimized Battery
Capacity
Limits the camera charge to approximately 90% of full capacity. While this reduces runtime, it improves long-term battery health and reduces degradation.

Evaluate your battery needs in the initial weeks of deployment. For maximum runtime, disable this setting. If officers typically finish their shift with >25% battery life, enable this setting to increase the overall life of your batteries.

Optimized Charging Slows camera charging. While this increases charge time, it improves long-term battery health and reduces degradation. To charge the camera at the fastest rate, disable this setting.

To learn more, watch this video.

Registration
Action Definition
Automatic Camera
Registration
When enabled, unregistered Body 4 cameras will automatically register to the same agency as the dock they are placed in. Requires the dock to be registered. Only applies to unregistered cameras. Will not affect cameras already registered. Generally, disable this setting once done registering cameras.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 61
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Firmware download
Action Definition
Firmware Download
Timeframe
Adjusts the timeframe in which cameras download a firmware update. A shorter timeframe means cameras download firmware sooner but may result in congestion on your network.

User permissions and mute configuration
Action Definition
Users Can Mute During
Recording
Lets users mute audio when recording an event. Push and hold mode requires a user to hold the mute button to remain muted. Static mode requires a user to manually enter and exit mute mode.

Users Can Use Stealth
Mode
Lets users enable Stealth mode on their camera, which disables all lights, audio, and haptic feedback.

Users Can Adjust
Indicator Light Settings
Lets users adjust the indicator light settings of their camera.

Users Can Use Sleep
Mode
Lets users put their camera in Sleep Mode. Users starting a recording from sleep mode will lose the pre-event buffer. Signal products will not start a recording when a user is in sleep mode. A camera in sleep mode provides a haptic reminder every 15 minutes.

Programmable buttons
Action Definition
Programmable Button 1 Set to Sleep, Stealth, Upload Last Video, Watch Me, or No Function.

Watch Me is enabled by default for Respond+ customers.

Programmable
Button 2
Set to Select, Photo Marker, or Audio Mute.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 62
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Device management
Action Definition
Settings return to
default in dock
User settings return to default settings when the camera is docked.

On Camera
Categorization
When enabled, a user will be prompted to add one or more Categories at the end of a recording and can select from the list of pre-configured Retention Categories configured by the agency.

Button confirmation
Action Definition
End Recording
Confirmation
Prevents unintentional ending of recordings. With Always, ending a recording requires a secondary confirmation press of Select after every recording. Auto only requires a secondary confirmation after recordings where Event was pressed in the middle of the recording.

Power Off
Confirmation
Lets a single press of the power button bring up a menu with options for Power Off or Sleep (if enabled). Users must select the intended option and press Select to confirm. This prevents the camera from unintentionally powering off.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 63
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Care and maintenance
This section describes cleaning, charging, and storage for the camera.

Never disassemble the camera as this can compromise camera integrity and invalidate the warranty. The camera does not contain a memory card or any user-replaceable parts.

Follow all cleaning agent manufacturer directions.

Clean the camera
Watch this video for an overview of body camera cleaning for a Body 3.

Use a soft, damp cloth to clean the surface of the camera. Do not use harsh cleaners or solvents. Ideally, moisten the cloth with isopropyl alcohol.

Do not immerse the camera in water or cleaning solutions.

If the camera lens becomes dirty, use a lens blower brush to clean it and then wipe it with a soft cloth as needed.

If the camera display becomes dirty, clean with a damp cloth and dry with a soft cloth. Do not use ammonia-based or similar type window cleaners on the camera lens or display as these normally contain abrasives that can scratch.

Do not place the lens under running water or apply jets of water.

Do not use compressed air to clean the camera. Compressed air may damage the camera’s microphones.

Ensure the microphone openings are clear of debris.

Charge the battery
Charge the camera battery by placing the camera in the dock or connecting a USB-C cable.

Note Ensure the USB port is dry and free of dirt and debris before placing the camera in a dock or connecting a USB-C cable.

The dock functions as an ethernet adapter, an unmanaged network switch, and charger. It charges and uploads video to Axon Evidence simultaneously.

When approximately 10% of the battery capacity remains, the camera display shows LOW BATTERY and the camera emits four quick tones and four short vibrations. These alerts repeat at 5% capacity.

Recharge a depleted battery as soon as reasonably possible.

Return cameras to Axon for battery replacement.

Watch this video for an overview of charging your camera.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 64
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Charge without a dock
To charge the camera when no dock is available, use a USB-C cable. You should still regularly place your camera in its dock to ensure it has the correct time synchronization and receives the latest firmware updates.

Charge your camera with any USB-C cable.

1. Connect the camera to the USB-C cable.

2. Connect the cable to a power adapter or USB port. A power adapter generally provides more charging power than a device’s USB port.
l If the camera was off, it enters low-power mode and the current charge level appears on the camera display. When you remove the cable, the camera turns off.

During charging, power the camera on normally at any time and it enters Ready mode (buffering).
l If the camera was on, it remains on with the charging icon beside the battery. When you remove the cable, the icon disappears and the camera remains on.

The color of the Operation LED on top provides a visual indication of the charge level. The LED is red when the charge level is 10% or less, yellow at 11–89%, and green at 90% or higher.

Internal clock
Place your camera in an Axon Dock or connect it to View XL Standalone mode to update the camera’s internal clock.

Update firmware
Return your body camera to its networked charging dock on a regular basis, ideally at the end of every daily shift. This will recharge the battery, upload data to Axon Evidence, and download and apply any available firmware updates. While docked, the Triad LED spins yellow while downloading new firmware. Avoid removing the camera during a download.

Moisture
Don’t charge your camera while the USB port on the camera or dock is wet. The camera will display a moisture icon if it detects moisture in the USB-C port.

If the USB port is wet, use a paper towel or absorbent cloth to blot the connector and then allow it to fully dry before charging.

If a camera is charging when it gets wet, remove it from the charging source (dock or cable), use a paper towel or absorbent cloth to blot the USB port, and then allow it to fully dry before charging again.

The USB port must be fully dry before placing the camera in a dock or connecting a cable.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 65
Body 4 Camera User Guide
It may take up to 15 minutes from the time you dry the USB-C port for the moisture icon to clear and the body camera to charge normally.

Camera storage
-04–95 °F
-20–35 °C
Do not store Axon body-worn cameras in environments where the temperature is likely to be outside the maximum (such as under direct sunlight, near heaters, or in a vehicle in extremely hot weather) or minimum values.
70–75 °F
21–24 °C
For long-term storage, ensure room temperature is in this range and battery level is approximately 50% before powering down. Charge the stored camera back to around 50% once a year to prevent over-discharge of the battery. Do not store the camera fully charged or fully discharged.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 66
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Troubleshooting
Most issues with your camera can be cleared by restarting it. If you can't resolve your issue, contact your Axon administrator or Axon technical support at help.axon.com for additional support.

In this topic:
l General FAQs
l Axon Dock FAQs
l Camera registration FAQs
l ADM error codes
l View camera information on the display
General FAQs
What does the error code on my camera mean?
Error Code 1001 – There is an issue with the digital video recorder. Restart the camera and check if the issue resolves.

Error Code 1004 – There is an issue with the digital video recorder. Restart the camera and check if the issue resolves.

Error Code 1006 – There is an issue connecting with Axon Evidence for video uploads. It can be resolved by un-docking and re-docking the camera.

If you are still unable to resolve the errors, initiate an RMA (return merchandise authorization) to replace your device.

I don't see all the camera display icons in your diagrams, or some I used to see are gone now. What happened?
Some icons are for features that not all agencies have. Also, your administrator may have changed the camera display settings for your organization. Also, remember that different information displays when the camera is in the field and in its dock.

If you believe there is an error with your camera, try restarting it. If this doesn't resolve the issue, contact technical support at help.axon.com.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 67
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Why is my camera LED cycling through all the colors (blinking red, yellow and green)?
l Check if the camera display shows NETWORK ERROR. Check your network connection. Un-dock and re-dock your device and check if the error resolves. l Restart the camera and check and check if the error resolves. l Ensure the dock is registered.
l Refer to the camera's device profile page in Axon Evidence for additional error information.
l If none of the above work, contact technical support at help.axon.com.

I accidentally undocked my camera while it was updating firmware. What do I do?
No special action is needed, nor is your camera damaged. Avoid removing a camera from the dock while firmware is being applied, indicated by the Triad LEDs spinning white . But if it happens:
l If the camera was undocked when downloading the firmware, it resumes downloading the next time it’s docked.
l If the camera was undocked while updating firmware, it continues updating until it is completed. Ensure the camera has enough battery power for the update to complete.

Important Never power the camera off while firmware is being applied.

Why does Windows Media Player (WMP) keep playing the wrong audio track? This is a known issue with WMP and dual-track media files. One solution is to select the other audio track in WMP, which is different for each version. Another is to use a different media player, like the free and open-source VLC Media Player (Axon does not specifically approve use of any one media player).

How do I de-register a body camera from my organization? An Axon Body 4 camera does not need to be returned to Axon to be de-registered. Contact technical support at help.axon.com.

Why is the buffer video length shorter than expected?
A recorded video may have a shorter buffer period than expected if:
l You started a recording shortly after turning the camera on, so the preconfigured buffer length has not yet elapsed.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 68
Body 4 Camera User Guide
l You ended one recording and started another before the preconfigured buffer length elapsed.
l The buffer is off or set to a different duration than expected in Axon Evidence.

Why can't I mute the video audio while recording?
This feature must be enabled in the Admin section of your Axon Evidence account. To use, see Mute audio recording on page 14.

Why is the time/date on my videos off?
See Axon Camera Video Watermark Timestamp for a discussion of how to set or disable time zone in a camera recording watermark.

Why don't my camera LEDs illuminate?
Your camera may be in Stealth mode. If an S icon appears on the display, press Volume Up p or Volume Down q for three seconds. The S icon disappears from the display and Stealth mode is canceled.

Why can't I add markers while recording?
This feature must be enabled in the Admin section of your Axon Evidence account. To use, see Add markers while recording on page 15.

Why can't I put my camera in Stealth mode?
This feature must be enabled in the Admin section of your Axon Evidence account. To use, see Stealth mode on page 14.

How do I view my live or recorded video in the field?
See Axon View on page 56.

How do I fix the Rapidlock stud and screw on my camera? Check out this video covering Body 3.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 69
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Axon Dock FAQs
How do I ensure my dock is connected to the network?
If your dock is connected to the network, LEDs in the ethernet port blink green or amber. The camera will also be able to upload videos to Axon Evidence immediately upon docking.

My dock is registered, so why is "Device Profile" on Axon Evidence empty? This is a known issue and a fix is in progress.

Why can't Axon Device Manager detect my dock?
When using this option, look for the NFC tag and hold your mobile device near the NFC icon on the dock. For the 1-bay dock, the icon is on the side of the dock nearest to the ethernet port. For the 8-bay dock, the icon is near bay 1, on the side of the dock near the power connection.

Alternatively, switch to the "Scan Code" tab in ADM and scan the 2D OCR code on the back of the dock.

Why can't I access my dock’s Device Profile page on Axon Evidence? Your dock must be registered to use the Device Profile page on Axon Evidence. See the Axon Dock PDF on your camera's product page or start with this online Introduction topic at my.Axon.

What comes in the box with my dock?
Each dock comes with an ethernet cable, 8-bay power cable and adapter (SKU 100142), and 1-bay power adapter (SKU 71104). See the Axon Dock PDF on your camera's product page or start with this online Introduction topic at my.Axon.

Camera registration FAQs
Why is my camera not fully charged when I power it on the first time? Your camera ships partially charged as required by shipping regulations. Connect your dock (s) to the network and dock your camera to charge it. Always recharge a depleted battery as soon as reasonably possible using an Axon Dock. The Triad LEDs indicate charge level; see Icons and Triad LEDs while docked on page 54.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 70
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Why doesn't my camera display any status messages after being docked the first time?
l Your camera might be low on charge out of the box. Wait 10 minutes for the battery to charge.
l Ensure your dock has power.
l Remove your camera from the dock and re-dock it.

If none of these steps work, initiate a return with Axon to replace the camera.

How can I identify which camera failed preparation when multiple cameras are docked?
Check the serial number of the camera displayed in the error message by tapping Errors.

The serial number is located on the back of the camera.

My camera displays NOT ASSIGNED after a successful registration. How do I assign a user to this device?
Assign cameras to users with Axon Device Manager (ADM) or through Axon Evidence.

To assign through Axon Evidence:

1. Ensure you have the correct permissions to assign users on Axon Evidence.

2. Select Inventory, then Body Worn Cameras.

3. Search for your device in the Body Camera search bar by the serial number.

4. Select the camera serial number in the list to go to the camera device profile page. In the Assignee section, select Reassign.

5. Enter the user's name and select Reassign.

ADM error codes
If there is a problem with preparing the camera, Axon Device Manager (ADM) displays an error.

Tap Errors to review the error information on ADM and refer to the following instructions to resolve the issue.

If you are unable to register any cameras, this may be due to a connectivity issue. See Managing Network Allowed Lists with Axon Cloud Services to ensure the appropriate network ports are open.

If some cameras are registering but others are not, this may be a transient error. A suggested general troubleshooting approach is to:

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 71
Body 4 Camera User Guide

1. Start with only one camera docked at a time.

2. Attempt to register. If a registration error occurs, tap Dismiss All to allow ADM to retry registration.

3. If registration fails again, power the camera off and then on again and repeat the registration process.

Refer to these error codes and suggested actions:

Error
Code Description Troubleshooting Action
-1 Communication to the
camera has failed
Power the camera off and back on, then retry registration.

If attempting to register many cameras in close proximity, retry registration with individual cameras.

If the error occurs again, tap Dismiss All and allow ADM to retry registration.
33, -
7249973,
43, or 49
Camera time is
inaccurate
Sign out and back into ADM.

Power the camera off and back on, then allow the camera to remain docked for two minutes to allow sufficient time to synchronize the camera time.

Confirm your organization network settings allow network communication from dock to Axon Evidence through port 80 and port 443. For details, see Managing Network Allowlists with Axon Cloud Services.
45 or 47 Camera unable to
reach internet
Power the camera off and back on, then allow the camera to remain docked for one minute prior to retrying. It takes about 30 seconds to establish an internet connection. Tap Dismiss All and allow ADM to retry the registration.

If the error persists after retrying to register several times, check the internet connection and troubleshoot the dock internet connection. Common connection issues include
organization firewall settings.
46 Camera unable to
reach your
organization’s Axon
Evidence account
Sign out and back into ADM. If you can sign in, retry
registration. Otherwise, contact technical support at
help.axon.com to see if there are any issues with Axon
Evidence.
34, 48, or 50 Camera provisioning
issue
Power the camera off and back on, then retry registration.

If the error persists, contact your Axon Evidence
administrator to confirm that Device Management
permission is enabled.

If Device Management permission is enabled, contact your Axon representative or technical support at help.axon.com for assistance.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 72
Body 4 Camera User Guide

View camera information on the display
View camera information such as serial number on the display using these steps:

1. Double-press Select to enter the device menu. The camera display shows five options:

Upload, About, Cellular, Legal, and (if appicable) POV Orientation.

2. Use Volume Up p or Volume Down q to highlight About, then press Select. The camera display shows five options: Assignee, Device Config, Firmware, Serial, and Storage.

3. Use Volume Up p or Volume Down q to highlight the information you want to view, then press Select.

4. Press Select to return to the prior options.

5. Press Event to return to the normal camera display.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 73
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Technical information
Technical support
Visit help.axon.com for support options or call 800-978-2737.

Warranty
Axon Enterprise, Inc. warranty provisions are applicable on all Body system products. See www.axon.com/legal for detailed warranty information.

This warranty does not apply, and Axon shall not be liable for any loss, loss of data, damage, or other liability arising out of:
a. Damage caused by failure to follow instructions regarding the use of the product; b. Damage caused by the use of non-Axon products or the use of cartridges, batteries or other parts, components or accessories not manufactured or recommended by Axon; c. Damage caused by abuse, misuse, intentional or deliberate damage to the product, or force majeure;
d. Damage to a product or part that has been repaired or modified by persons not authorized by Axon or without Axon's written permission, or e. If any Axon serial number has been removed or tampered with.

Thus, any handling of the camera that alters the condition of the equipment by unauthorized personnel without proper technical training may result in the immediate loss of the manufacturer's standard warranty coverage by impacting the integrity of the equipment and rendering the quality testing performed by specialized technical personnel impossible after handling the equipment.

Warnings
For a full list of the warning associated with this product, see www.axon.com/legal.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 74
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Radio waves
The camera system transmission is in the frequency ranges of 2402–2480 MHz, 2412–2462 MHz, 5150–5350 MHz, 5470–5725 MHz, and 5725–5850 MHz.

Additionally, depending on the model number and country, it may transmit in the frequencies listed below:
l AX1037: LTE B12 (699–716 Mhz), LTE B13 (777–787 MHz), LTE B14 (788–798 MHz), LTE B26 (814–849 MHz), LTE B5 (824–849 MHz), LTE B4 (1710–1755 MHz), LTE B66 (1710–1780 MHz), LTE B2 (1850–1910 MHz), LTE B25 (1850–1915 MHz), LTE B30 (2305–2315 MHz), LTE B7 (2500–2570 MHz)
l AX1038: LTE B1 (1920–1980 MHz), LTE B2 (1850–1910 MHz), LTE B3 (1710–1785 MHz), LTE B4 (1710–1755 MHz), LTE B5 (824–849 MHz), LTE B7 (2500–2570 MHz), LTE B8 (880–915 MHz), LTE B20 (832–862 MHz), LTE B28 (703–748 MHz), LTE B40 (2300–2400 MHz)
FCC compliance statement
Changes or modifications to the equipment not expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the product warranty and the user’s authority to operate the equipment.

Your wireless device (model AX1037) is a radio transmitter and receiver. It is designed and manufactured not to exceed the emission limits for exposure to radio frequency (RF) energy set by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) of the U.S. Government. These limits are part of comprehensive guidelines and establish permitted levels of RF energy for the general population. The guidelines are based on standards that were developed by independent scientific organizations through periodic and thorough evaluation of scientific studies. The standards include a substantial safety margin designed to assure the safety of all persons, regardless of age and health. Before a device model is available for sale to the public, it must be tested and certified to the FCC that it does not exceed the limit established by the government-adopted requirement for safe exposure.

Axon equipment (models AX1037, AX1039, and AX1040) has been tested and found to comply with the limits for Class B digital devices, pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules.

These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
l Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.
l Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 75
Body 4 Camera User Guide
l Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.
l Consult Axon technical support for help.

Axon systems comply with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

ISED Canada compliance statement
This equipment (model AX1037) complies with the IC RSS-102 radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment.

Énoncé d'exposition aux rayonnements: Cet équipement (modèle AX1037) est conforme aux limites d'exposition aux rayonnements ioniques RSS-102 pour un environnement incontrôlé.

The device for operation in the band 5150–5250 MHz is only for indoor use to reduce the potential for harmful interference to co-channel mobile satellite systems.

Les dispositifs fonctionnant dans la bande de 5150 à 5250 MHz sont réservés uniquement pour une utilisation à l’intérieur afin de réduire les risques de brouillage préjudiciable aux systèmes de satellites mobiles utilisant les mêmes canaux.

Section 8.4 of RSS-GEN
Axon systems (models AX1037, AX1039, and AX1040) comply with Industry Canada License-exempt RSS standard(s). Operation is subject to the following two conditions: 1) this device may not cause interference, and 2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

Systèmes Axon (modèles AX1037, AX1039, et AX1040) est conforme aux normes d’exemption de licence RSS d’Industrie Canada. Son utilisation est soumise aux conditions suivantes : 1) cet appareil ne doit pas causer de brouillage, et 2) doit accepter tout brouillage, y compris le brouillage pouvant entraîner un fonctionnement indésirable.

These digital apparatus (models AX1037, AX1039, and AX1040) comply with Canadian ICES-003 Class B. Digital apparatus model AX1026 complies with Canadian ICES-003 Class A.

Ces appareils numériques (modèles AX1037, AX1039, et AX1040) sont conformes à la norme canadienne NMB-003 Classe B. Appareil numérique modèle AX1026 conforme à la norme canadienne NMB-003 Classe A.

THIS AXON SYSTEM MEETS THE GOVERNMENT’S REQUIREMENTS FOR EXPOSURE TO RADIO WAVES.

CE SYSTÈME AXONE RÉPOND AUX EXIGENCES DU GOUVERNEMENT EN MATIÈRE D’EXPOSITION AUX ONDES RADIO.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 76
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Declaration of conformity and EU compliance statement
Axon declares that this Axon system is compliant with the requirements of the Radio Equipment Directive (RED) 2014/53/EU and the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive 2014/30/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council. A copy of the original Declaration of Conformity is at www.axon.com/legal.
l 8-bay dock (model AX1039) complies with EN 55032/CISPR 32 Class A l 1-bay dock (model AX1040) complies with EN 55032/CISPR 32 Class B Country of origin: Finished in the U.S. with U.S. and imported parts.

Compliance marks
Also see axon.com/legal/compliance-documentation.

Korea:

1. 기자제 명칭(모델명) : LTE이동통신용무선설비의기기(육상이동국의 송수신 장치) (AX1038)

2. 등록번호 : R-C-CEW-AX1038

3. 적합성평가를 받은 자의 성명 : Axon Enterprise, Inc.

4. 제조년월일 : 2024/11

5. 제조자 및 제조국가 : Axon Enterprise, Inc. / 미국
R-C-QUT-EG065K-EA
Axon Enterprise, Inc. 77
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Labeling information
View camera information such as serial number on the display using these steps:

1. Double-press Select to enter the device menu. The camera display shows five options:

Upload, About, Cellular, Legal, and (if applicable) POV Orientation.

2. Use Volume Up p or Volume Down q to highlight Legal, then press Select.

3. The camera display will automatically scroll the following information. Optionally, use Volume Up p or Volume Down q to scroll manually.

For model AX1037
l Model: AX1037
l FCC ID: X4GS01506
l IC: 8803A-S01506
l Contains FCC ID: X4GAB065
l Contains IC: 8803A-AB065
l ICES-3(B)/NMB-3(B)
For model AX1038
l Model: AX1038
l ANATEL ID: 02744-24-10342

4. Press Event to return to the normal camera display.

Axon Enterprise, Inc. 78
Body 4 Camera User Guide
Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 2.C
Meeting
Date:

August 13, 2025
From: George Crum, Police Chief
Michael Contreras, Fire Chief
Title: 2025 Firework Enforcement and Response Activity Update RECOMMENDATION:

Information and discussion only.

BACKGROUND:

During the Fourth of July weekend (July 3rd–July 5th), the Cathedral City Police Department augmented regularly scheduled patrol shifts with supplemental officers to address the ongoing challenge of illegal fireworks activity. The possession and discharge of aerial and explosive fireworks remain prohibited within city limits, yet they continue to generate numerous complaints and safety concerns annually.

In coordination with Code Enforcement and the Fire Department, the Police Department deployed additional personnel to focus on proactive enforcement, reduce firework-related activity, and address violations where appropriate.

DISCUSSION:

From July 3rd through July 5th, 2025, the Police Department deployed two additional officers per night shift. On July 4th specifically, nine officers were assigned to patrol duties, with an additional three officers working alongside Code Enforcement to address firework violations.

Dispatch was staffed with three dispatchers and one supervisor to handle the anticipated increase in call volume.

Call Volume Summary:
• Total Calls for Service (July 3–5, 2025): 546
o Fireworks-Related Calls: 77
• Calls on July 4, 2025: 194
o Fireworks-Related Calls: 55
• Calls on July 4, 2024: 118
o Fireworks-Related Calls: 74
June Comparison:
 June 1-30, 2025: 4,056 total calls / 12 fireworks-related  June 1-30, 2024: 4,274 total calls / 31 fireworks-related Enforcement Summary:
• Total Arrests: 5 adults cited for possession and/or sale of illegal fireworks o All individuals received citations with pending court appearances While total calls for service increased this year compared to the previous year, there was a decrease in fireworks-related calls, which may suggest that proactive enforcement and public education efforts contributed to deterrence. Notably, the holiday fell on a Friday in 2025 versus a Thursday in 2024, and Fridays historically tend to have a higher volume of calls for service.

The department also received feedback from several residents who expressed that fireworks activity appeared significantly reduced compared to previous years.

The Fire department analyzed call data with two different criteria during the 4th of July holiday, the first was the number of calls on the 4th of July for a single day and the second being the day before and the day after comprising of July 3-5. 4 th of July Comparison
Years | Calls:
• 2023 - 26 calls for service
• 2024 - 25 calls for service
• 2025 - 18 calls for service
Observations:
• 2023 compared to 2024: 26 calls for service - 1 call decrease (3.8%) • 2024 compared to 2025: 25 calls for service - 7 call decrease from the previous year (28.0%)
July 3 – 5th Comparison
In 2023, the department responded to 142 calls
In 2024, the department responded to 155 calls representing a 9% increase from the prior year.

In 2025, the department responded to 139, representing a 10% decrease Both analyses showed a decrease call volumes of 28% for the single day and 10% on the 3 day call volume, both showing a significant drop in call volume.

Community Education:

Public education campaigns were launched in June using community mailers, social media and decals placed on fire engines and city vehicles to raise awareness and discourage illegal fireworks use.

Future Improvements:

In 2026, the Police Department plans to utilize its Drone First Responder (DFR) program to enhance situational awareness and enforcement capabilities during high-activity periods such as the Fourth of July.

In 2026 the fire department will continue with our public outreach and education program on social media, decals on city vehicles and bus stops as well as press outreach.

FISCAL IMPACT:

Police – Overtime expenses were incurred due to the deployment of additional officers during the holiday enforcement period. These costs were covered under the department’s pre-budgeted overtime allocation.

Fire - the total cost of the community outreach mailers, vehicle decals and bus stop posters was $14,162.95.

FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN:

Goal E Safety
ATTACHMENTS:

1. Fireworks Recap Powerpoint
2025 Fireworks Recap
Presented By
Deputy Chief Rick Sanchez
Fourth of July Weekend
• During the Fourth of July weekend (July 3rd–July 5th), the Cathedral City Police Department augmented regularly scheduled patrol shifts with supplemental officers to address the ongoing challenge of illegal fireworks activity. The possession and discharge of aerial and explosive fireworks remain prohibited within city limits, yet they continue to generate numerous complaints and safety concerns annually. • In coordination with Code Enforcement and the Fire Department, the Police Department deployed additional personnel to focus on proactive enforcement, reduce firework-related activity, and address violations where appropriate.

Community Education
• Public education campaigns were launched in June using local TV stations, social media and signage posted on fire engines and patrol vehicles to raise awareness and discourage illegal fireworks use.

July 3rd – 5th, 2025 Deployment
Thursday, July 3rd – 6 Officers deployed on patrol and 2 Officers conducted Fireworks enforcement.

Friday, July 4th – 6 Officers deployed on patrol and 3 Officers/Code Compliance conducted Fireworks enforcement.

Saturday, July 5th – 6 Officers deployed on patrol and 2 Officers conducted Fireworks enforcement.

Fourth of July Fire Call Volume Analysis (2023–2025)
• Over the past three years July 3-5 Cathedral City Fire & EMS has consistently experienced elevated call volumes on the Fourth of July, reflecting the increased community activity and associated risk typical of this holiday. Looking at the day before and day after the 4th of July the following analysis was done • In 2023, the department responded to 142 calls
• In 2024, the department saw a noticeable uptick, responding to 155 calls — a 9% increase from the prior year.
• In 2025, call volume slightly decreased to 139, representing a 10% decrease from the previous year and aligning closely with 2023 levels. The decline may be partially credited to enhanced public outreach, prevention efforts, and stricter enforcement of firework regulations. 2025 Calls-for-Service
• From July 3rd through July 5th, 2025, the Police Department deployed two additional officers per night shift.
• On July 4th specifically, nine officers were assigned to patrol duties, with an additional three officers working alongside Code Enforcement to address firework violations. Dispatch was staffed with three dispatchers and one supervisor to handle the anticipated increase in call volume.
• Call Volume Summary:
• Total Calls for Service (July 3-5, 2025): 546
• Fireworks-Related Calls: 77
2024-2025 Comparison
7/4/2024 7/4/2025
• Calls for Service: 118 194
• Firework Calls: 74 55
• Citations: 3 7
• Arrests: 4 5
• While total calls for service increased this year compared to the previous year, there was a decrease in fireworks-related calls, which may suggest that proactive enforcement and public education efforts contributed to deterrence. Notably, the holiday fell on a Friday in 2025 versus a Thursday in 2024, and Fridays historically tend to have a higher volume of calls for service.

Single-Day Fire Department
Call Volume (July 4) Comparison
Year | Calls
• 2023- 26 calls for service
• 2024-25 calls for service
• 2025-18 calls for service
Observations:
• 2023 compared to 2024: 26 calls for service-1 call decrease (3.8%) • 2024 compared to 2025: 25 calls for service-7 call decrease (28.0%) June Comparison
• June 1-30, 2025:
• 4,056 total calls / 12 fireworks-related
• June 1-30, 2024:
• 4,274 total calls / 31 fireworks-related
2025 Fireworks confiscated
Total Arrests and Citations
July 3rd, 2025, through July 5, 2025
• 5 adults were arrested for violating Health & Safety Code 12700(b)(1) – possession of fireworks, a misdemeanor – and were issued citations.
• Two additional individuals received Administrative Citations for disruptive activities, and several fireworks were confiscated throughout the evening.

Future Improvements
• In 2026, the Police Department plans to utilize its Drone First Responder (DFR) program to enhance situational awareness and enforcement capabilities during high-activity periods such as the Fourth of July.
• In 2026 the fire department will continue with our public outreach and education program.

Questions & Discussion
Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 2.D
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Anne V. Ambrose, Assistant City Manager
Title: Strategic Plan Update
RECOMMENDATION:

This report is for information, discussion and direction only.

BACKGROUND:

The purpose of this report is to provide the City Council with an update on staff’s progress in advancing the goals outlined in the Cathedral City Five-Year Strategic Plan since staff’s last update on January 25, 2025. The city’s strategic plan serves as a roadmap for guiding policy decisions, aligning resources, and prioritizing initiatives that support Cathedral City's longterm vision. Since January, staff across all departments have been actively engaged in implementing key strategies and projects identified within the plan. Key accomplishments and specific objectives for the next two fiscal years were included in the adopted FY 2025/26 and FY 2026/27 budget. This report summarizes notable accomplishments and ongoing efforts in support of the Council’s priorities.

DISCUSSION:

The attached updated strategic plan reports on all the individual actions taken in alignment with the city’s goals and objectives. Of note are staff’s achievements implementing the promises of Measure W, the voter-approved tax measure.

Measure W received 74% voter approval with commitments to four objectives: neighborhood street improvements, annexation into the Desert Recreation District, improved emergency medical response and development of a community recreation center.

Neighborhood Street Improvements
The city has developed a comprehensive five-year plan for street improvements, with Measure W providing an additional $1 million annually dedicated specifically to neighborhood streets. The plan works in conjunction with existing funding from SB 1 state gas tax funds and required local matching funds.

Projects scheduled for the first year (FY 2025-26) include grinding and slurry seal on Panorama neighborhood streets (Los Gatos, Durango, and Panorama roads) and complete reconstruction of Corta and Alcita streets.

Future years will address:
• Year 2 (FY 2026-27): Slurry seal for streets south of 30th and north of Vega-west of Date Palm, plus Dream Homes neighborhood
• Year 3 (FY 2027-28): Slurry seal in the Cove neighborhood south of Terrace • Year 4 (FY 2028-29): Tortuga and Concepcion street reconstruction • Year 5 (FY 2029-30): Slurry seal in the Cove neighborhood north of Terrace Desert Recreation District Annexation
Measure W enabled Cathedral City to join the Desert Recreation District, providing residents with expanded parks maintenance and recreation programming. On February 12, 2025, both the City Council and DRD board approved the service and tax sharing agreements necessary to make this partnership official.

Starting July 1, 2025, the DRD began maintaining Esperanza, Ocotillo, Panorama, Century, and Dennis Keat soccer parks, while also providing:
• recreation programming in Cathedral City parks and local facilities • summer swim programs at the Cathedral City High School pool • park attendants to monitor facilities and address issues, and • access to DRD events and programs throughout their service area at the in-district rate.

The DRD hired Cynthia Morquecho, the Community Services Supervisor, who is responsible for coordinating the programming for Cathedral City. Cynthia is here in Cathedral City, with her office at the Cathedral City Library. She has been diligently working to get staffed up to prepare for a full complement of programming in the fall. One of the first special events DRD completed was the Splash Bash at Dennis Keat Soccer Park which included a water play zone (including some help from the Cathedral City Fire Department), snacks, carnival games, music, and a free movie.

The DRD is currently preparing the application documents for the annexation process through the Riverside Local Agency Formation Commission (LAFCO), expected to be completed within six months. The city’s engineering staff have been working with the DRD and LAFCO on the required legal descriptions, maps, and certifications.

Improved Emergency Medical Response
To maintain emergency response times amid increasing service calls, Measure W funded the acquisition and staffing of a fourth ambulance. The City Council has already approved the purchase, along with authorizing six new firefighter/paramedic positions to provide 24/7 staffing.

The Fire Department has met the challenge and with the assistance of Human Resources, all of the new firefighter/paramedic positions are filled. They were celebrated in a badge pinning ceremony along with the rollback of the new ambulance in a community celebration on July 1, 2025.

Additionally, the Police Department was authorized to hire two additional emergency medical dispatchers to support these expanded services. Due to other vacancies in the department, recruitment is still ongoing to fill these positions. The dispatchers will be funded by the general fund.

Community Recreation Center Development
Measure W also allocates funding for developing and eventually operating a community recreation center. As the first step in this process, the city sought proposals to select a consulting firm to evaluate potential locations for either new construction or adaptive reuse of an existing building. On July 9, 2025, the City Council approved a professional services agreement with Group 4 Architecture, Research + Planning, Inc. to conduct this evaluation.

Group 4 has already sent initial document requests to the city, held a preliminary meeting with the Assistant City Manager and analyst from the city manager’s office, and a kick-off meeting with the whole project team on July 31.

FISCAL IMPACT:

The adopted FY 2025/26 and FY 2026/27 includes budget for approved initiatives.

FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN:

Goal A: Serve the Community with Pride and Dedication
Goal B: Community Investment
Goal C: Fiscal Stability and Sustainability
Goal D: Innovation
Goal E: Safety
Goal F: Embracing, Inclusive Community
ATTACHMENTS:

1. Cathedral City Five-Year Strategic Plan – Updated 8/13/2025 f

CITY OF CATHEDRAL CITY
5 YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN City Council Update
August 13, 2025
This page intentionally left blank.
 Define outcomes
 Identify issues and priorities
Understanding the
Context
Establishing a
Framework
Draft & Adopt
Strategic Plan
 Refine the vision and
values
 Develop goals
 Develop strategies and
actions
 Develop Draft Strategic
Plan
Implementation
 City LeadershipTeam track
progress– weekly
meetings
 Addedgoals to City Council
staff reports
 City Council updates
 Adjustwhen needed
 Livingdocument
Council Interviews
City Leadership Team
Workshop #1
CommunitySurvey
City Leadership Team
Workshop #2
Council Workshop #1
City Leadership Team
Workshop #3
City Council Adoption–
4/12/23
Council Workshop #2
Strategic Plan Overview
December February April August

VALUES/VISION/MISSION
The City's Values, Vision and Mission Statement create the foundation and framework for the Strategic Plan since collectively, they articulate our purpose, core beliefs and principles guiding how we serve our community, and our aspirations for the future. They also drive the Strategic Plan Matrix of Goals, Objectives, and Actions which inform department work programs and priorities.

OUR VALUES

OUR VISION
Cathedral City is a safe, family-oriented community that values, respects, and supports human differences and diverse perspectives. We strive to be a vibrant, progressive, enterprising, and visually attractive community. Our diverse housing options and vibrant businesses attract residents and visitors who choose Cathedral City for its culture, arts, special events, and natural resources.

OUR MISSION
Moving Cathedral City Forward with Commitment, Pride, and Excellence Creating a safe, inclusive, and progressive community
Providing quality service
Valuing fairness, balance, and trust
Building partnerships
Honoring our similarities and differences
Celebrating our independent spirit

GOALS AND OBJECTIVES
Goals and Objectives identify key focus areas and strategies to achieve our vision, and which support and are aligned with our Mission and Values. They also represent aspirations for our community and will be used to guide and inform department work programs and priorities.

Goal A - SERVE THE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE

AND DEDICATION
Objective: Through diversity, equity, and inclusion
driven employee programs and experiences, Cathedral
City is the employer of choice with a workforce that is engaged, motivated, and respected public stewards.

Goal D – INNOVATION
Objective: Cathedral City continually focusses on improving service delivery and customer experiences by successfully leveraging technology and creative initiatives to improve public services, public safety, and stimulate economic
growth.

Goal B - COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
Objective: Cathedral City roads, gateways, public
spaces, and other infrastructure are well planned,
designed, constructed and maintained.

Goal E - SAFETY
Objective: Cathedral City is safe for all who live, work, visit, and play in our community.

Goal C - FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
Objective: Cathedral City has economically prospered
by facilitating the investment of private dollars in high quality development which benefits the community.

We remain financially solvent by instituting prudent
fiscal policies and transparent financial practices.

Goal F - EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
Objective: Cathedral City is valued and respected as a
community that welcomes and embraces diversity, has an
abundance of high quality and affordable housing options and vibrant businesses. Our neighborhoods are attractive, well-maintained, and issues surrounding homelessness have been compassionately

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-1 Schedule joint meetings once a year with our Commissions/Committees, perhaps using the “off” Wednesday.

CMO X X X
Dept Task Status
CMO Schedule joint meetings. Joint meeting with the Planning Commission was held on May 7, 2025. Planning joint meetings with PACE/PAC for the fall.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-2 Explore and solicit public feedback on a potential charter amendment to include Council salaries, term limits and others.

CMO/CITY CLERK X
Dept Task Status
CM Research and provide feedback to Council on types of charter amendments.

City Attorney’s Office to review and provide memo to the City Council on types of charter amendments.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-3 Develop and implement a professional development program to enhance career development opportunities, strengthen organizational capabilities, and increase organizational capacity.

CMO/HR X X
Dept Task Status
HR Expand the current LCW certification program to encompass Customer Service Excellence Certificate
In 2024-2025, the city had 10 participants in the LCW consortium. Of these participants, two (2) have completed the Public Sector Employment Relations Certificate Program, while the remaining participants continue their coursework. The city maintains ongoing participation in the LCW Consortium for continued professional development opportunities.

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
To enhance program effectiveness and increase staff engagement, HR is exploring the development of a tailored in-house program that would be more attractive and relevant to our agency's specific needs. This initiative aims to integrate customer service excellence components into the existing leadership development program, creating a comprehensive certification that addresses both leadership skills and customer service excellence, thereby better serving our organizational goals and community needs.

HR Provide department-specific technical training for at least 50% of staff based on skills assessment
A comprehensive survey will be developed and distributed to all employees to identify specific technical training needs unique to each department. This assessment will allow us to tailor our future training programs to directly address the skills gaps and professional development requirements identified by department staff and leadership.

Fire Structured Fire Academy
Engineer academy and task book sign off
Battalion Chief and Fire Captain Academy
Fire department has provided a two-week academy for all new firefighters.

For existing firefighters with less than one year on fire department is providing ventilation, extrication, and fire basics.

For the engineer rank, fire department is providing an engineer academy, consisting of six sessions to provide an overview of the fire engineer rank with task book support to help personnel move into the actor position.

For captains and battalion chiefs, fire department is conducting a battalion, chief, and captain academy that will consist of six sessions that will review tactics and strategy of the position of fire captain, along with leadership, personal development, and mentoring.

PW Provide department-specific training The Public Works Department holds annual trainings to ensure personnel remain current with safety protocols, regulatory requirements, standard operating procedures, and best management practices. These trainings additionally enhance skills that will lead to potential career advancement.

HR City-wide training HR staff actively participate in various webinars and conferences throughout the year that are directly related to their job duties and professional

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
development. This includes specialized training through NeoGOV for recruitment processes, CalPERS for retirement and health benefits administration, CPS for classification and compensation matters, and participation in HR roundtables for industry best practices and networking.

Additionally, our staff participates in the LCW consortium for labor relations training, ensuring we stay current with best practices and regulatory requirements in employee relations and labor management. The LCW consortium training opportunities are made available to all employees across the organization, providing agency-wide access to professional development in labor relations and leadership skills.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-4 Identify initiatives and establish programs that recognize and appreciate employees for performance, innovation, and efficiency.

CMO/HR X
Dept Task Status
HR Implement structured exit interview process and tracking system to identify retention improvement opportunities
We have successfully implemented a structured exit interview process. All separated employees are automatically sent an exit interview questionnaire via AdobeSign to provide feedback on their employment experience, reasons for departure, and suggestions for organizational improvement. This digital process ensures consistent data collection and secure documentation of responses.

This process includes a mechanism that allows us to analyze trends in departure reasons, identify departmental patterns, and monitor recurring issues that may impact retention.

HR Enhance existing employee recognition programs with
quarterly department-level recognition events
We have successfully transformed our quarterly meeting format from a traditional information-only session to an interactive, comprehensive employee recognition platform. All departments now have the opportunity to recognize employees and teams for specific projects or initiatives, fostering a culture of appreciation and cross-departmental collaboration.

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
We continue to enhance the program by making it accessible via Zoom to accommodate remote participation and ensure all employees can attend regardless of location. Additionally, we have incorporated visual elements by adding pictures to employee recognition segments, including tenure milestone celebrations and new hire introductions. This multimedia approach has increased engagement and creates a more personal connection during the recognition process.

HR Develop an annual “Innovation and Efficiency” award
program with implementation of selected employee ideas
PROGRAM DEVELOPED – PENDING APPROVAL
We have developed a comprehensive annual “Innovation and Efficiency” award program designed to recognize and implement employee-generated ideas that improve workplace processes and organizational effectiveness. The program framework is currently awaiting approval and is expected to be in place by the next city quarterly meeting in August. This initiative will create a structured process for employees to submit innovative ideas, establish criteria for evaluation and selection, and provide recognition for contributors whose ideas are implemented to benefit the organization.

PW/ENG Recognize and appreciate employees for performance, innovation and efficiency
The Public Works Department regularly recognizes its employees at the City Manager’s Quarterly Meetings. Recognition includes outstanding customer service, project achievements, educational accomplishments, and certification completions.

Fire Awesome Award to personnel Fire department gives awesome awards consisting of a certificate and a cool water bottle to fire department personnel who make community contributions and receive complements from the community
CEDD Recognize and appreciate employees for performance, innovation and efficiency
The Community and Economic Development Department recognizes its employees at the City Manager’s quarterly and monthly department meetings.

Recognition includes customer service, project achievements, implementation of operational efficiencies, and professional and educational achievements.

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-5 Develop staff team-building activities to encourage cohesion and foster a spirit of collaboration.

CMO X
Dept Task Status
HR/CMO Organize two city-wide team-building events per year that promote cross-departmental collaboration.

Currently, we have not had a consistent team-building event program in place. The new HR Manager will evaluate our organizational needs and develop a plan for implementing two city-wide team-building events annually. This evaluation will include assessing the best approaches for promoting cross-departmental collaboration, identifying suitable event formats, and establishing a sustainable schedule that effectively brings together staff from all departments.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-6 Initiate a Class and Compensation Study to benchmark and proactively identify compensation issues impacting employee retention and attraction.

HR X
Dept Task Status
HR Complete comprehensive Classification and
Compensation Study
In Progress: Phase 1 Targeted for January 2026
A draft RFP has been developed for this comprehensive study. The draft RFP is currently under review by incoming leadership to ensure alignment with budget parameters and organizational priorities. Once the review is completed and the RFP is finalized, we will proceed with the procurement process to select a qualified consultant to conduct the classification and compensation study. This study will provide critical data to ensure our compensation structure remains competitive and equitable across all positions and departments.

The January 1st target date for Phase 1 allows time for leadership transition, budget considerations, and the formal RFP process to be completed before study implementation begins.

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
HR Develop a phased implementation plan for recommended adjustments with a priority focus on positions with highest vacancies and turnover rates

PENDING COMPLETION OF CLASSIFICATION AND COMPENSATION STUDY The development of a phased implementation plan will commence upon completion of the comprehensive Classification and Compensation Study. Once the study identifies specific compensation adjustments and recommendations, we will analyze current vacancy and turnover data to prioritize positions experiencing the highest rates of departure and recruitment challenges. The implementation plan will be structured in phases to ensure budget considerations and operational continuity while addressing the most critical retention issues first.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-7 Implement the Strategic Plan by ensuring department work programs include initiatives that achieve Strategic Plan Actions and regularly review progress and accomplishments at City Manager Department Head Meetings.

CMO X X X
Dept Task Status
All Staff reports All staff reports identify strategic plan goals/objectives that tie to the agenda item.

CM Department Head Staff Meetings Goals are regularly reviewed at weekly department head staff meetings with a different goal discussed each week.

CM Incorporate into the budget The budget included the strategic plan goals, and each department discussed their accomplishments and goals and objectives for the budget period in alignment with the adopted strategic plan goals.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-8 Include a Community Satisfaction Survey in the future budget to monitor community support and satisfaction with Strategic Plan outcomes and to objectively gather community opinions, preferences, and satisfaction with city services.

CMO X
Dept Task Status

GOAL A- SERVE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
CMO FM3 Survey Included $50,000 in FY 2025/2026 budget. Anticipate survey will be conducted in the fall of 2025 for review and discussion at the 2026 Strategic Planning and Goal Setting Session.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD DEPARTMENT YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
A-9 Develop a Summer Council schedule with the objective of one meeting per month in June, July and August.

CMO X
Dept Task Status
CM Establish a summer Council schedule Completed – The June 11, July 23, and August 27, 2025, meetings were vacated.

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-1 Develop an Electric Vehicle transition plan to comply with upcoming state mandates and include consideration of providing publicly accessible charging stations.

PW X
Dept Task Status
PW Work with CVAG and other Coachella Valley Cities to
develop a Climate Action Plan that includes an Electric Vehicle Transition Plan as a key component.

The Coachella Valley Association of Governments (CVAG), in collaboration with the Western Riverside Council of Governments and the San Bernardino Council of Governments, is developing a Comprehensive Climate Action Plan (CCAP) for the region, scheduled for completion in November 2025. The CCAP will include a dedicated chapter for each Coachella Valley city and will address key topics such as greenhouse gas inventories, emission reduction strategies, and a regional electric vehicle (EV) plan.

Upon its completion, City staff will begin updating the City's 2013 Climate Action Plan to align with the regional CCAP. This update will include the integration of regional strategies as well as an Electric Vehicle Transition Plan. The city continues to actively participate in the development of the regional CCAP alongside CVAG.

PW Public Access Level 2 EV Charging Stations (Downtown parking Structure) Upgrade Project
The project is now complete. EV Range has installed four new Level 2 electric vehicle charging stations within the downtown parking structure. The stations are open to the public and available for use at a fee.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-2 Develop an entryway, medians, and lighting master plan to provide an appealing gateway to the City.

PW/ENGIN X
Dept Task Status
CM/PW/
ENG
Purchase and install entryway monuments on East Palm
Canyon Drive.

The Engineering Division has allocated funding in the FY 2026–FY 2030 Capital Improvement Program (CIP) for the installation of one entryway monument each

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
year. The first will be located along East Palm Canyon Drive at the eastern city limits. Specifications for this monument are currently under development, with the project anticipated to go out for construction bidding in August 2025 (FY 2025-26).

In FY 2026–27, a second monument will be installed at the western city limits on East Palm Canyon Drive, in coordination with the East Palm Canyon Widening project.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-3 Develop and implement a wilderness trail plan. PW X Dept Task Status
PW Initiate an RFP for a wilderness trail plan The Public Works Department will develop a Request for Proposal (RFP) during this current biennial budget. Funding will be provided from the Parks Development impact Fee fund.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-4 Complete design and seek funding to construct the downtown dog park and pickleball courts.

PW/ENGIN X X
Dept Task Status
ENG Downtown Dog Park Design 100% plans, specifications, and estimates (PS&E) were submitted by David Voltz Design (Design Consultant), and are currently being reviewed by city staff.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-5 Conduct community engagement with Cove residents on proposed improvements to Chuparosa Lane.

ECON DEV/PW X
Dept Task Status

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
PW Chuparosa Lane General Maintenance The Public Works Maintenance team continues to maintain the area on a regular basis and will consider proposed improvements as they are submitted.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-6 Improve pedestrian access to parks through the use of crosswalks and sidewalk improvements.

PW/ENGIN X X
Dept Task Status
ENG Design crosswalk and sidewalk improvements to improve pedestrian access to parks.

The Engineering Division is currently seeking a proposal from Ardurra, an engineering consultant already working in the area, for the design of the Ocotillo Square Neighborhood Street Improvements. The proposal will involve updating existing plans and incorporating the design of curb, gutter, and sidewalk into Ardurra’s ongoing work for the CWSRF Septic to Sewer Planning Project.

PW Utilize City Council Member Funds to improve pedestrian access throughout the city.

The Public Works Department will continue to evaluate potential locations where City Councilmember Improvement Funds can be used to enhance pedestrian access through crosswalk or sidewalk improvements.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-7 Improve wayfinding signage to direct visitors to destinations in the community. COM X Dept Task Status
PW Esperanza Park wayfinding signage Public Works Maintenance has completed the project by installing directional signage along Gene Autry Trail and Ramon Road to improve wayfinding to Esperanza Park.

COM Wayfinding signage update Currently in design phase with Economic Development assisting Communications & Events. Staff will present the updated signage design to City Council in September 2025, with installation beginning in October 2025. The new signage will improve landmark information specificity and include destinations that have been built since the original installation in 2016. The project will be implemented in phases over both years of the biennial budget, beginning with

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
Downtown, and will feature enhanced signage promoting the Perez Arts District.

An update is needed to reflect the community's growth and development over the past nine years.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-8 Implement recommendations of Facilities Master Plan CMO/FIN X X X Dept Task Status
FIN SBCS 30 Action Items Identified in the July 2023 Facilities Master Plan
23 of 30 action items completed/ implemented in FY 2024/2025. 7 of 30 included in the FY 2025/2026 budget

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-9 Continue to work on Septic to Sewer grant. Make sure Sarah St. is included and other economic development efforts.

PW/ENGIN/ECON
DEV
X X X
Dept Task Status
ENG CWSRF Septic to Sewer Planning Project The Draft Preliminary Engineering Report is scheduled to be submitted by the end of June 2025 for review by city staff. The project remains on track to complete the preliminary design, environmental review, construction grant applications, and the development of plans, specifications, and estimates (PS&E) by early 2027.

ENG Sarah Street Assessment District A community outreach meeting will be held in July 2025 with relevant stakeholders.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-10 Conduct site and cost analysis for our Community Recreation Center. CMO X Dept Task Status
CM Select consultant
At the July 9, 2025, City Council meeting, the council approved a contract with Group 4 Architects to conduct the site selection study and financial analysis. The

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
analysis is anticipated to take approximately five months and be completed in December 2025. The project team kick off meeting was held on July 31, 2025.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-11 Support SunLine’s efforts to develop an improved transit hub in Cathedral City. PW/ENGIN X X Dept Task Status
CM Discuss disposition of city owned land At the January 22, 2025, City Council meeting, representatives from SunLine made a presentation on a concept for a transit hub off of B Street. To accomplish this project in the location presented, it would require a portion of the adjacent cityowned land.

In February, Mayor Ross and city staff met with SunLine staff to discuss the AHSCP grant program, a program that provided funding for SunLine’s transit hub in Coachella. That hub was partnered with the development of an affordable housing project nearby.

At the July 9, 2025, City Council meeting, the council had a closed session presentation about the 5 acres of city owned land adjacent to the proposed transit center and provided direction to staff.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-12 Support locating a PACE healthcare provider in the city. CMO X X Dept Task Status
CMO Assess need for a PACE healthcare center and identify suitable properties; recruit possible developers.

Staff will entertain proposals as received.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5

GOAL B- COMMUNITY INVESTMENT
B-13 Complete planned flooding control infrastructure projects, especially as part of street improvement projects.

PW/ENGIN X X X
Dept Task Status
ENG Date Palm Drive Pavement Reconstruction Designs for improvements to the intersection of Los Gatos Road and Date Palm Drive are included in the RFP for Date Palm Drive Pavement Reconstruction, which will be awarded at the August 13, 2025, City Council meeting.

PW Cypress Retention Basin Drain Inlet Expansion Public Works Maintenance, in partnership with the Engineering Division, will prepare renovation plans for the Cypress retention basin, including enlarging the drain inlet to increase rainwater runoff capacity from Santoro Drive and Cypress Road.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
B-14 Be vigilant in efforts to keep regional CVWD and RCFCD projects moving forward.

CEDD/ENGIN X X
Dept Task Status
ENG CVWD - North Cathedral City Development CVWD is progressing with the North Cathedral City Flood Control Project to divert the Morongo Wash to the Whitewater River, with construction anticipated to begin in Spring of 2026.

ENG RCFCD - Varner Road Funding for improvements at several Varner Road crossings, including Willow Hill Outfall, Long Canyon Wash at Date Palm Drive, Edom Hill Outfall, and Morongo Wash, is included in the RCFCD 5-Year Capital Improvement Plan. The Engineering Division will continue to actively coordinate with RCFCD to ensure timely project funding.

GOAL C- FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-1 Implement improvements to purchasing practices and procedures to align with procurement code requirements.

FIN/CMO X X
Dept Task Status
FIN SVCS Align practices and processes with Municipal Code Bimonthly Status Update in Weekly Report.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-2 Develop an inventory of contract services that are due for bid and request proposals.

CITY CLERK/FIN X X
Dept Task Status
FIN SVCS Contract Tracker Updated list a/o June 30, 2025, for July 2025 Weekly Report

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-3 Consider the acquisition of an underutilized site on Cathedral Canyon and work to activate the site.

ECON DEV X X
Dept Task Status
Econ Dev Obtain property appraisal. An appraisal report was produced for the City in April 2025. The valuation was analyzed as vacant land. There is a very substantial difference between the estimated fair market valuation and what the property owner has suggested he would sell it for.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-4 Evaluate data and work with partner agencies to identify holes in the local economy ECON DEV X X

GOAL C- FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
and develop plans to address.

Dept Task Status
Econ Dev Participate in Riverside County Comprehensive
Economic Development Strategy project and the version
more specific to the Coachella Valley.

Staff have submitted Cathedral City economic development projects for inclusion in the RCOED CEDS, including a local economic roadmap, a citywide land and sites analysis, and a signalization project at Highway 111 and Cree. The inclusion of these projects in the RCOED CEDS creates funding opportunities through the U.S. Economic Development Administration (EDA). Staff continue to participate in the development of the Coachella Valley CEDS through a stakeholder group led by Visit Greater Palm Springs. A draft of this document was shared with staff in June for review and comment.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-5 Provide periodic updates on Thousand Palms development. ECON DEV X X X Dept Task Status
Econ Dev Update to City Council The most recent update to City Council on Thousand Palms was in October 2024.

None of the conditions in the Thousand Palms SOI have changed since the last update to City Council.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-6 Implement a private development entitlement and plan review system which is predictable, streamlines internal intake and review processes, and creates applicant experiences which are facilitative vs regulatory
CEDD/

PW/ENGIN
X X
Dept Task Status
EnerGov implementation and maintenance IT and Fin Svcs worked with all departments to update the fee schedule in EnerGov prior to the start of the new fiscal year.

PW Standardizing processes for development entitlement PW – Eng continues to develop standards and updates to the Municipal Code so that developers understand the submittal and entitlement processes and know

GOAL C- FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
what is expected of them. For example, the Municipal Code standards related to Stormwater are in final review with updates and will be presented to the City Council for approval in the upcoming months.

Additionally, standard submittal plan templates are in final review for approval.

Once implemented, all engineering plans will be on the same plan set templates, which will facilitate concise, accurate and timely reviews. At this time the review period for turnaround on normal size projects’ reviews is two weeks or less.

CEDD/BLDG Deploy Digital Inspection Program (DIP) In April, Building launched the DIP program, a one-stop initiative designed to streamline the permitting process for expedited permit types. Over the previous six months, the Building Team, in collaboration with Mathew Levy, researched, tested, and refined the program. DIP allows applicants to submit their permit applications and corresponding work photos in a single step. These are then assigned, reviewed, and finalized by the Inspection team within an accelerated timeline— eliminating the need for in-person inspections and significantly improving efficiency for all parties involved.

IT/PW/CED/

FIN SVCS
Update fees into EnerGov System Successfully completed was an update of all the recently updated and adopted fee schedules (July 1, 2025), which now provide for the collection of the preentitlement fees for most projects up front and thus minimizing the use of the deposit-based entitlement fee process. There were significant changes in how fees were calculated which resulted in updates to schedules and workflows. This project was a considerable lift from all development-related departments, led by IT and FIN SVCS.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-7 Continually review and streamline internal financial policies, procedures, and practices to remove unnecessary controls without sacrificing accountability and transparency
FIN X

GOAL C- FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
Dept Task Status
FIN SVCS Ongoing Financial Policy/Procedure Review Updated Financial Policy and Procedures Document – Provided to Auditors and received their concurrence.

FIN SVCS Restructured 115 Trust transferring from PARS to being managed by Schuster Financial Services
On June 25, 2025, the City Council approved a resolution approving the transfer of the city’s OPEB/Pension Section 115 Trust from CalPERS to Shuster Advisory Group for administration. The move will allow the city to improve investment flexibility, customization and transparency verses the city’s current plan under CalPERS, which is pooled and does not provide the city with any control over its contributions and investments. Finance will be bringing back an updated investment policy governing these investments for City Council approval.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-8 Initiate a Small Business Roundtable or industry specific taskforces to identify needs and support strategies.

ECON DEV X X
Dept Task Status
Econ Dev Auto industry SWOT analysis The Kosmont Group has been contracted to perform a SWOT analysis of the auto industry. The analysis has included stakeholder outreach from the industry and is intended to provide strategic direction on the City’s role in supporting the industry.

A draft report is expected in July 2025.

Econ Dev Broker community roundtable Staff have evaluated strategies in other cities to engage the broker community to obtain economic development feedback and are pursuing a similar format for Cathedral City.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
C-9 Continue to work on methods and programs to promote Economic Development North of 1-10

ECON DEV X X
Dept Task Status

GOAL C- FISCAL STABILITY AND SUSTAINABILITY
Econ Dev Support land development north of I-10 The CV Commerce Center is an active land development application in the vicinity of Bob Hope and I-10. Between October 2024 and March 2025, staff participated in a national site selection process that had short-listed the CV Commerce Center site in a multi-state region for a 1.8M sf distribution center with a potential future expansion of 1.0M sf. While the City was not selected as part of the process, it received positive feedback from the site selector and the applicant. The materials prepared by the City describing its demographics, housing, and labor market continue to be used.

GOAL D- INNOVATION

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-1 Implement Information Technology Master Plan including consideration of providing additional public Wi-Fi access in parks.

IT X X X
Dept Task Status
IT IT Master plan initiatives: Office 365 security, Upgrade Firewall, UPS, Managed Detect and Response, IT
Governance
Currently budgeted for the FY25/26 and FY26/27
ENG/IT Provide public Wi-Fi access in parks The Engineering Division is working with the IT Department to coordinate the implementation of Wi-Fi systems into city parks.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-2 Complete and improve the installation of the Tyler EnerGov software to automate, improve and streamline the plan review, permitting and inspection processes.

CMO
Dept Task Status

CMO/IT/

FIN SVCS
Schedule Fee Update Weekly work sessions with staff and review workflows. Updates Completed.

Testing ongoing for July 1, 2025, implementation.

CEDD Planning Final Inspections IT, Building and Planning worked together to incorporate final planning inspections through the EnerGov CSS portal to streamline the inspection process.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-3 Work with operations staff to identify, implement and support the implementation of technology solutions to bolster IT security and improve operational, analytical, and management functions.

IT X X X
Dept Task Status
IT Explore Dashboard options using GIS for Information Created GIS based CIP and Economic Development sites. Testing integration with

GOAL D- INNOVATION
Management. SQL database from different systems. Testing Permit statistics Dashboard.

Developing Cone Zone Alert mapping platform.

IT Council Chambers and Study Session A/V Upgrade RFP posted – June 12, 2025. Voluntary walk through by prospective bidders completed.

IT/Public
Works
Cone Zone Alert Update or add categories in GoRequest/MyCathedralCity app for anything related to CVlink and DRD; sending service requests to responsible agencies. Explore existing CodeRed app to send alerts via Email or Text.

Met with Public Works and Communications in July to explore updated strategies..

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-4 Leverage technology to increase and improve online services, improve access to public information, and improve city capabilities to monitor, automate, and manage operational data remotely.

IT X X X
Dept Task Status
CMO/IT Exploring AI capabilities IT will be leading the creation of an IT governance committee to review and make recommendations on technology implementations. One of the committee’s first tasks will be creation and adoption of an AI policy. Code Enforcement and HR have created an administrative policy for the oversight of City Detect.

CMO/IT Cathedralcity.gov redesign Communications have approved the redesigned front page. Staff are reviewing what credits are available from Granicus to utilize for other updates to the website.

City
Clerk/IT
Fix OneMeeting Templates and integrate Videos Currently working with Granicus on fixing templates. Will need to import YouTube videos and upload it to Granicus platform.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-5 Review broadband solutions to create economic development incentives and IT/CMO X X

GOAL D- INNOVATION
opportunities and improve the accessibility and affordability of reliable high-speed internet services.

Dept Task Status
IT City participation on CVAG broadband strategic plan CVAG’s plan is currently in study and design phase.

IT Testing T-Mobile networks as a replacement for Verizon Wireless
Staff testing in progress.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-6 Identify and implement a Document Imaging Program to convert paper documents into digital files to reduce storage requirements and costs, increase efficiency, enhance security, and improve future access to information.

IT/CITY CLERK X X X
Dept Task Status
HR Implement electronic personnel file system for all new hires and current year personnel actions
All new hire and current year personnel actions are processed electronically in Tyler Munis. Forms are stored in Tyler Content Management.

HR Automate Leave request and tracking workflow Eliminated forms; employees enter directed into Tyler Munis and approvals are processed electronically.

HR Increase HR Process Digitization forms/process Many HR forms are available electronically and stored into Tyler Content Management when processed

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-7 Commission a survey of historic properties. CMO X
Dept Task Status
CEDD Prepare RFP for historic resources survey This was budgeted in the FY 25/26 budget, although the project will be delayed until 2026 at the earliest to ensure that the City’s revenue projections are realized and the City can proceed with the discretionary project. Staff have been in contact

GOAL D- INNOVATION
with the City of Palm Desert who recently released a similar RFP.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
D-8 Work with the Historic Preservation Society to digitize and preserve historic photos and documents.

CMO X
Dept Task Status
CEDD Contact Historic Preservation Society Staff contacted the Historic Preservation Society in 2024 and there was no interest from the Society in a collaboration with the City. Staff contacted the Historic Preservation Society again in 2025 as part of a cultural district grant application and are evaluating their inclusion in elements of the Historic Preservation Committee work plan.

GOAL E- SAFETY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-1 Fund a 2-person ALS Medic Unit to better respond to increasing demand for medical response.

FIRE X
Dept Task Status
FIRE Measure W medic Placed in service July 1, 2025
FIRE Medic 3 Medic 3 was placed in service March 4, 2023.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-2 Continue to explore and utilize technology to promote public safety. PD X X Dept Task Status
PD Drone First Responder Program, Real-Time Operations
Center (RTOC)
On May 28, 2025, Council approved the purchase of 2 DFR drones to join the Palm Springs RTOC in October 2025.

ENG 2025 Citywide Speed Survey The Engineering Division awarded a Task Order to Albert A. Webb Associates, (OnCall Traffic Engineer), to conduct an Engineering and Traffic Survey (E&TS). Based on the survey's recommendations, an ordinance to implement updated speed limits was adopted on June 25, 2025. The Engineering Division is now preparing plans detailing the quantity and placement of new speed limit signs. Under AB 43, California's “Traffic Safety Bill”, the updated speed limits established through the E&TS will allow the Cathedral City Police Department to issue enforceable speeding tickets.

PD Flock ALPR program An additional 5 FLOCK ALPR cameras added FY 2024-2025 and 5 cameras in FY 2025-2026, making a total of 34 cameras in service.

GOAL E- SAFETY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-3 Continue Police, Fire, and Expand Code Compliance engagement with the community.

CODE X
Dept Task Status
PD Community events, Neighborhood community meetings January – year-to-date staff have attended 5 community events, including Taste of Jalisco, Meatball Festival, State of the City, Pride Prom and Esperanza Park opening. Officers have participated in 4 local elementary school Career Days. We have attended 2 neighborhood community meetings in the Montage and Verona communities. CCPD has hosted 2 LGBTQ community events with residents from the community.

FIRE Community Risk Reduction Programs Fire department has continued community risk reduction programs that include disaster, preparedness, CERT, Sidewalk, CPR, Stop the Bleed and most recently a car seat installation program.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-4 Strengthen the City's ability to prepare for, respond to, and recover from disasters by reviewing and updating the City's Emergency Operations Plans through annual training sessions and tabletop exercises.

FIRE/PD X X
Dept Task Status
FIRE Development and update of the cities, emergency
operations plan (EOP).

Fire department has worked with consultants, Jacob Greene and Associates to update the department’s emergency operations plan. The emergency operations plan is currently in draft status; the fire chief is working on final review

GOAL E- SAFETY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-5 Update the City’s EOC, Conduct EOC drills and training, and update the City’s Emergency Operations plan and Local Hazard Mitigation Plan.

FIRE/PD X X
Dept Task Status
FIRE Development and update of local hazard mitigation plan (LHMP)
Fire department has worked with consultants, Jacob Greene and Associates to update the city’s emergency operations plans. The Local Hazard mitigation plan (LHMP) is currently in draft status. The local hazard mitigation plan has been submitted to OES and is under review for approval process is estimated to take approximately 90 days.

Once OES approval is completed, the final plan will be submitted to FEMA for their approval unknown on FEMA's approval timeline.

FIRE Emergency operation center training, drills and tabletops to prepare city staff to prepare, respond and recover from disasters
Fire chief is working with consultant Jacob Greene and Associates to conduct EEOC drills for staff tentatively scheduled for October 2025 once the EOP and LHMP have been completed.

FIRE Update the cities of emergency operations center Fire department staff have worked or are working with facilities and IT to update and enhance the city’s emergency operation center. Staff currently have a plan and are working with other city departments to facilitate the upgrades and updates.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-6 Implement community engagement and public education initiatives to increase awareness regarding public safety programs, services, and results of proactive community policing efforts.

COMM X
Dept Task Status

GOAL E- SAFETY
COMM Community engagement and public education on public safety
Working collaboratively with both the Police and Fire Departments to promote community events, town halls, and educational initiatives focused on increasing overall community education. Current efforts include CPR training, slip and fall prevention, illegal fireworks communication, LGBTQ+ community issues town halls (with PD), showcasing both departments' participation in frequent community events, and highlighting detailed crime reports on DiscoverCathedralCity.com. The initiative encompasses multiple educational touchpoints to increase public awareness of available safety programs and services.

FIRE Fire department engagement with Palm Springs Unified School District and Cathedral City High School.

Fire chief and fire department personnel have engaged with Palm Springs Unified School District by participating in the principal for the day program to establish relationships with school leaders, which has ultimately led to presentations and introductions to students. This initiative has led to our cadet program that currently consists of 10 high school personnel as well as seven new students that we are currently on boarding.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-7 Identify improvements and pursue grant funding to improve the safety and connectivity of non-motorized routes throughout the City.

PW/ENGIN X X
Dept Task Status
ENG SB 821 Bike Lane Projects The SB 821 Perez Road Class IV Separated Bikeway and SB 821 Whispering Palms Trail Class III Bike Route projects are nearing the completion of the design phase and are anticipated to be advertised for construction bidding by August 2025.

The SB 821 Avenida Maravilla Class III Bike Route project was awarded SB 821 funding in the FY 2025-26 Call for Projects. The project must be completed by June 2028.

PW Active Transportation Plan (ATP) The Public Works Department actively pursues grants and other funding opportunities to expand the City's Active Transportation Plan and support its

GOAL E- SAFETY
commitment to the Healthy Eating Active Living (HEAL) Cities Campaign (Resolution 2009-44).

PD Cannabis Tax Fund Grant
CCPD was awarded the Cannabis Tax Fund Grant July 1, 2025, with funding for the purchase of a fully outfitted DUI enforcement vehicle, additional training and DUI saturation patrols
PD Supplemental Law Enforcement Services Account
(SLESA) grant
CCPD has been able to fund the initial purchase of DFR drones to join PSPD as part of the Real Time Crime Center with funds from our SLESA grant.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-8 Research the ability to regulate the use of pedestrian sidewalks by E-bikes or other motorized vehicles.

FACILITIES X
Dept Task Status
PD PD researching E-bike ordinance. PD working with legal

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-9 Supervise DRD to ensure park equipment and playing fields are well-maintained and functional

FACILITIES X
Dept Task Status
PW Desert Recreation District Park Maintenance Transition Effective July 1, the Desert Recreation District (DRD) became responsible for maintaining five City parks. To ensure a seamless transition, the Public Works Maintenance team will be available to provide support and guidance during the initial implementation period.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5

GOAL E- SAFETY
E-10 Keep the City Council apprised of changes to the Code Enforcement program. CEDD/CODE X Dept Task Status
CEDD Updates to City Council The Code Compliance Division last provided a presentation to the City Council on its overall operations in December 2024. Another update is scheduled for December 2025. The Code Compliance Division also produces monthly reports detailing the current case load and types of cases, providing current information on STVR and cannabis enforcement, documenting public survey feedback, and showcasing successes led by the code compliance staff.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-11 Evaluate staffing in Code Compliance vs. workload and determine the needed fulltime employees’ level: use technology as available.CEDD/CODE X Dept Task Status
CEDD Workload evaluation and use of technology The Code Compliance Division continuously monitors its workload and the caseload of individual officers to ensure that the division is initiating investigations into complaints in a reasonable time period while maintaining time for proactive patrols and work. Staff have evaluated and presented City Detect AI as a force multiplier for the Division and City Council approved a contract with City Detect beginning July 1. Staff are working with City Detect to install the cameras on two code compliance vehicles and expect to provide an update to City Council on the early returns using City Detect in their update scheduled for December 2025.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-12 Schedule community meetings with Police in our mobile home gated communities and include a public health professional.

CEDD/CODE X
Dept Task Status

GOAL E- SAFETY
FIRE Gated community meetings Fire chief and fire marshal have attended community meetings at the Date Palm Country Club to discuss concerns about fire activity in the country club. Fire chief has also attended an associate meeting at Tramview homeowners’ association.

PD Gated community meetings PD attended Montage Community block party March 2025

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-13 Review our animal control contract and options. CEDD/CODE X Dept Task Status
PD Research animal control options PD will be taking animal control services options to Council on August 13, 2025, to seek direction.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
E-14 Renew and improve our event safety planning, protocols and standards: streets, garage, amphitheater, parks and others.

CEDD/CODE X
Dept Task Status

FIN SVCS
Install Safety panels on the 2nd and 3rd floors in the
Parking Structure facing east (civic center parking lots) and west (amphitheater) Parking Structure safety initiative included in FY 2025/26 budget.

GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-1 Develop comprehensive strategy to amend zoning code and update design guidelines, including an identification of what work City staff can accomplish and what work optimally should be contracted out, including: 1) development of objective design standards in response to new state housing laws; 2) overhaul of commercial zoning code; 3) substantial update of design guidelines; 4) streamlining of development review processes; 5) implementation of Cathedral City General Plan and Housing Element goals, policies, and programs; and 5) continued implementation of new state legislation.

CEDD/PLANNING X X
Dept Task Status
CEDD/Plan
ning Development Code Update
The Development Code Update contract kicked off in the beginning of 2025.

Mintier Harnish (MH) conducted a kickoff meeting with Planning for a high-level overview of the Code Update process and schedule. Project Planner Cynthia Schultz provided the MH with a list of community leaders representative of business, community, real estate and development leaders for stakeholder interviews and MH was successful in obtaining valuable input from several of them.

In February MH presented the seminar, Modernizing the Zoning Code to City Council and Planning Commission, which included an overview of the update of the Development Code.

In March a community wide open house “What is Zoning and How You Make a Difference” was conducted at the senior center, followed by three walking tours of diverse areas of the city, including downtown, commercial and residential to discuss design features and elements, such as parking and sidewalk layout, landscape, shading, façade design, signage, and amenities to start honing objective design standards for the Update. Members of the CC, PC, ARC and HPC participated.

A project website was created for the Code Update: LUCID: Modernizing Land Uses and City Design. The project website is the main resource for residents and community members alike to find information on the project and request to be placed on an email list. The webpage includes highlights of the community open house and walking tours.

Community outreach via surveys and participation at community events was conducted to solicit valuable input from the community. Project Planner Cynthia Schultz launched short online surveys to garner the public’s perspective on common code concerns such as parking and access, allowed uses, landscape and shade, housing, and residential fence and yards. Supported by the CED Team, she attended Taste and Sounds events, and the grand opening of Esperanza Park. 85 responses were received! A city wide Maptionnaire survey was also created.

The steering committee met on April 30th followed by a joint meeting of the PC and CC on May 7, 2025. A summary of the work and information gathered to date was presented, including the community workshop, walking tours, stakeholder interviews, and seminar. From the joint meeting, MH was then able to begin work on drafting the first portion of the code update.

The technical advisory group (TAG) has also been busy, providing input to HM on their audit of the existing zoning code and identifying deficiencies that need to be addressed and reviewing the draft table of contents.

PW/ENG Streamline development review process
The Public Works Department, in coordination with the Development Services Department, are reviewing the Cathedral City Municipal Code for opportunities for code updates.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-2 Prioritize updating the zoning code regarding residential parking and paving provisions; research and give recommendations on enabling parking prohibitions in front of mailboxes.

CEDD/PW X
Dept Task Status
PW/CEDD Zoning Code Ordinance
Completed- In January 2025, an Ordinance was adopted to limit parking in front of mailboxes and implement zoning code updates for the amount of area that can be improved for parking on single-family residential and residential estate properties. Code Compliance is now enforcing.

GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-3 Promote additional community events and celebrations. CMO/COMM X Dept Task Status
COMM New events Communications & Events has developed several new events focusing on celebrating community diversity. This includes an expansion of the Tastes & Sounds of Cathedral City live music/food series in the amphitheater for fall 2025 (November 4, 11 & 18) to complement the annual spring series. New upcoming events include: Soul Springs Festival (February 2026), Sinfonica de Mineria free cultural festival featuring Mexico City orchestra (January 25, 2026), continued autism awareness events as an Autism Certified community produced by the Autism Society of Inland Empire, and enhanced signature events including the 11th Annual Hot Air Balloon Festival (November 21-23, 2025), 10th Annual LGBT+ Days (March 6-8, 2026), and Taste of Jalisco Festival moved to align with Cinco de Mayo weekend (May 1-3, 2026) for better cultural relevance and improved weather conditions.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-4 Work with community partners and providers on a community health fair to help residents identify resources that are available.

COMM X X
Dept Task Status
COMM Community health fair coordination Communications & Events has three community health and resource fairs in development. Two confirmed events scheduled for the amphitheater: Fall Carnival & Resource Fair on October 4, 2025 (10:00 AM – 1:00 PM) and Living Health Expo on November 1, 2025 (organized by KESQ/KUNA). Additionally, a third health fair is being organized and proposed by Erin Hyland, Parks & Community Events Commission Chair, which requires PACE and City Council approval. These events will connect residents with available health resources and community services.

GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
FIRE Fall prevention classes
Conducted fall prevention programs at the cathedral city senior center and the cathedral Canyon country club HOA

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-5 Explore options for shielding trash containers, especially where the backyard may not be accessible.

CEDD/CODE X X
Dept Task Status
CEDD
Create a handout for residents to identify flexible
alternatives for screening trash enclosures.

Planning and code staff have identified alternatives for screening trash enclosures, including low-cost alternatives. The handouts are being developed.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-6 Develop and implement a plan to improve and diversify communication methods with residents.

COMM X X
Dept Task Status
COMM Diversified communication methods Communications & Events has implemented several initiatives to improve and diversify resident communications. The City has entered an agreement with FlashVote to conduct scientific surveys in English and Spanish to determine residents' preferred communication channels. Enhanced outreach to diverse communities includes promoting key news and events on GED Magazine, KGAY Radio and Gay Desert Guide for LGBTQ+ residents. The City has an active agreement with El Informador to publish news articles and event posters in one of the most popular Spanish newspapers in the Coachella Valley. Staff is currently meeting with Entravision to discuss enhanced marketing opportunities targeting Spanish-speaking residents. Additional efforts include expanded social media presence with new TikTok account, weekly Social Media Ambassadors meetings across departments, and comprehensive digital communications strategy developed with CiviSocial.

GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-7 Develop methods to improve the quality and appearance of our community mailers. COMM X X X Dept Task Status
COMM Mailer content coordination Communications & Events is collaborating with the Public Works Department to enhance the community mailer program in response to City Council's strategic goal to expand the mailer size and improve its quality and appearance.

Communications & Events is responsible for developing content for special event pages and evaluating design approaches for the enhanced mailer format. The team is working to ensure the expanded mailer (moving toward 8.5 x 11-inch magazine format) effectively showcases city events, programs, and community information while maintaining the bi-annual distribution schedule.

Communications & Events continues to coordinate content development and layout specifications to maximize the mailer's effectiveness as a community communication tool.

ENV Community Mailer Improvements
The Public Works Environmental Department is working in partnership with the Communications and Events Department to incorporate requested improvements into the community mailer, with all associated costs covered by the AB 939 Environmental Fund.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-8 Focus on the Economic Development Road Map and identify pillars of success. ECON DEV X X X Dept Task Status
CEDD
Incorporation of Development Road Map and Pillars of
Success
Staff has developed a quarterly update to reflect updates that correlate the metrics and achievements with boundaries of the ED Road Map/Pillars of Success.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD YEAR YEAR YEAR
GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
DEPARTMENT 0-1 1-2 2-5
F-9 Explore a grants program to businesses for façade improvements using Council improvement funds or other sources.

ECON DEV X X X
Dept Task Status
CEDD Facade enhancement program
Staff have conducted initial evaluations of other facade enhancement programs.

These programs require substantial funding sources that are not currently budgeted. A facade enhancement program will require further evaluation to determine the eligible improvements, grant match requirements, and the total funding needed to successfully implement a program.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-10 Continually communicate with the public to inform the community of the City’s efforts and expenditures on homelessness and how residents can participate in solutions.

COMM X X X
Dept Task Status
COMM Public communication on homelessness efforts The Communications & Events Manager actively participates in the City's monthly Homelessness Task Force, which represents multiple internal departments. Communications & Events is working collaboratively with each task force group to develop and showcase storytelling related to the City's homelessness efforts and initiatives. This includes creating content that informs the community about the City's investments, programs, and ongoing work to address homelessness while identifying opportunities for resident participation in solutions. The storytelling approach ensures consistent and transparent communication about the City's comprehensive approach to addressing homelessness issues.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
F-11 Review land use regulations to support diverse, accessible, and affordable housing. CEDD X Dept Task Status
CEDD Update land use regulations
Housing production, including affordable housing, was included within the scope of work for the development code update. See F-1.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-12 Establish a Cooling Center by June 2025. CMO/ECON DEV Dept Task Status
Collaborate with Riverside County Community Action
Partnership and the Cathedral City Library to establish a cooling center at the Cathedral City Library.

Complete – Cathedral City Library is an active cooling center beginning June 1, 2025, and will run through October 15, 2025.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-13 Develop and implement an outreach strategy to determine if services are addressing the needs of our diverse community including families, retirees, and Spanish speaking population.

CMO/ECON DEV
Dept Task Status
Community Surveys
Communications and Economic Development are working together to establish a variety of questions for surveys to identify service gaps and business needs within the community.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-14 Multi-disciplinary City Team to increase effectiveness and improve coordination of city responses to address the needs and impacts of the homeless population internally and with external organizations and stakeholders, including the CVAG Housing First Program.

CMO
GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
Dept Task Status
PW Homelessness Task Force
Public Works actively participates in Homelessness Task Force meetings and promptly addresses any assigned action items. In addition, the department takes a proactive approach to preventing the establishment of homeless encampments by removing dense brush and vegetation that could serve as concealment or shelter.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-15 Review processes and economic development efforts to promote childcare accessibility in Cathedral City.

CEDD
Dept Task Status
Childcare accessibility
CEDD recently worked alongside the Vallarta Supermarket developer as they had mentioned a childcare facility component to their project. We will continue identifying ways to bring more accessible childcare options into our community.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-16 Develop and implement initiatives to proactively monitor the City's commercial corridors to address visual blight and nuisance issues associated with vacant and underutilized properties and non-compliant commercial strips and centers.

DEV SVCS
Dept Task Status
CEDD
Implement measures to support proactive code
compliance
Staff have evaluated and presented City Detect AI as a force multiplier for the Division and City Council approved a contract with City Detect beginning July 1.

Staff are working with City Detect to install the cameras on two code compliance vehicles and expect to provide an update to City Council on the early returns using City Detect in their update scheduled for December 2025.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
F-17 Review and update, as needed, our ordinances, policies, and practices regarding cannabis.

CEDD
Dept Task Status
CEDD Cannabis ordinance update
The City Council authorized a moratorium on new cannabis licenses and conditional use permits in January 2025. Staff presented updates to City Council in February and April 2025. The City has contracted with SCS Engineers and Hartman Environmental Geoscience to support its efforts to create an odor control permitting process. A draft ordinance has been prepared and released for public review. Staff anticipates that presentations will be made to the Cannabis Task Force and Planning Commission in August 2025 and that a 1st reading of an ordinance will be presented to City Council in September 2025.

ACTION ACTION DESCRIPTION LEAD

DEPARTMENT
YEAR
0-1
YEAR
1-2
YEAR
2-5
F-18 Study ways to address bulky items placed out too soon. CMO Dept Task Status
ENV Bulky Item Community Outreach
The Public Works Environmental Department will continue its efforts to inform and educate residents on proper bulk item disposal procedures using social media platforms and community mailers.

GOAL F – EMBRACING, INCLUSIVE COMMUNITY
Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 3.A
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Charles P. McClendon
Title: PUBLIC EMPLOYEE APPOINTMENT
Pursuant to Government Code section 54957(b)
One (1) position:

Title: Acting / Interim City Manager
Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 3.B
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Charles P. McClendon, City Manager
Title: CONFERRENCE WITH LABOR NEGOTIATOR
Pursuant to Government Code section 54957.6
Labor Negotiator: City Manager Charles McClendon
Employee Organizations: Management Unrepresented Employees Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 3.C
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Eric S. Vail
Title: Conference with Legal Counsel – Existing Litigation Pursuant to Government Code section 54956.9(d)(1)
Items: One (1) Cathedral City v. Fantasy Balloon Flights Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 3.D
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Eric S. Vail, City Attorney
Title: CONFERENCE WITH LEGAL COUNSEL
Anticipated Litigation Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9 (d)(2)
One (1) Matter

CITY COUNCIL

MINUTES
Study Session 3:00 PM
Regular Meeting 5:30 PM
Wednesday, July 09, 2025
City Council Chambers
68-700 Avenida Lalo Guerrero
Cathedral City, CA 92234

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Nancy Ross called the Study Session portion of the meeting to order at 3:00 p.m.

ROLL CALL
Council Present:

Nancy Ross, Mayor
Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
Ernesto Gutierrez, Councilmember
Rita Lamb, Councilmember
Mark Carnevale, Councilmember

AGENDA FINALIZATION
There were no changes to the agenda.

1. PUBLIC COMMENTS
There were no members of the public that wished to speak.

2. STUDY SESSION
A. Special Events Safety Procedures Presentation
Recommendation: This is for presentation purposes only.

Ryan Hunt, Communications and Events Manager, provided an overview of procedures that are in place to ensure the safety at Special Events. The following points were presented:
• Strategic Plan Goal E-14
• Evolving Threat Environment
• Multi-Department Coordination
• 30-Day Planning Process
• Special Event Safety Alliance Training
• Event Types Addressed
• Physical Security Elements
• Infrastructure Enhancement
• Command and Communication
• Consistency Across Events Sizes
• Universal Safety Standards
• Desert Recreation District Collaboration
This item was a presentation only, and there was no formal action taken by the City Council.

B. Regulations for the Operation of Food Trucks
Recommendation: Staff recommends City Council provide feedback and direction regarding the current mobile food truck regulations and consider potential amendments to the Cathedral City Municipal Code Chapter 5.82 with specific emphasis on allowing food truck vendors to operate on private property with the consent of the property owner.

Justin Gardiner, Code Compliance Manager, provided an overview of the regulations established related to the operation of food trucks in Cathedral City. The following points were presented:
• Background
• Vending in the Public Right of Way
• Other Desert Cities’ Code
• Complaint Data
• Points of Consideration
• Options

1. Maintain current ordinance and enforcement

2. Amend Chapter 5.82

3. Implement a pilot program
The City Council asked clarifying questions, which were responded to by staff.

It was the consensus of the City Council to direct staff to draft a pilot program allowing food truck vendors to obtain a temporary permit to operate on private property. Staff will bring back a proposed pilot program for Council’s consideration at a later date. Staff will obtain copies of the agreements that the surrounding cities use for their food truck vendors, for Council’s review.

3. CLOSED SESSION
A. Conference with Legal Counsel - Existing Litigation Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.9 (d) (1) - One (1) Matter Case Name: Diaz v. City of Cathedral City
Case No.: CVPS2204274
Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

B. Conference with Legal Counsel — Initiation of Litigation. Pursuant to Government Code section 54956.9(d)(4)
Two (2) Matters: (1) 68625 Tortuga Rd (2) 69946 Hampton Court Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

City Attorney announced that item (2) 69946 Hampton Court would be removed from discussion.

C. Conference with Legal Counsel — Anticipated Litigation. Pursuant to Government Code section 54956.9(d)(2)
One (1) Matter
Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

D. Conference with Real Property Negotiator Pursuant to Government Code Section 54956.8
Property Location: 687196007, 687196008, 687196002, 687196003, 687196004, 687196005, 687196006, 687198001, 687198002, 687198003, 687198004, 687198005, 687198006, 687212001, 687212019, 687212028, 687212029, 687212030, 687212031, 687212032, 687199001, 687199002, 687212027, 687212009, 687212022, 687212023, 687212033, 687212034, 687212035
Property Owner: City of Cathedral City
Negotiating Parties: Undesignated Buyer
Under Negotiations: Price and Terms for potential sale of real property Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

E. Public Employee Appointment Pursuant to Government Code section 54957(b) One (1) position: Position Title: City Manager Recommendation: There is no Staff Recommendation.

City Attorney Eric Vail announced that the City Council will meet in Closed Session to discuss the items list on the agenda. He noted that for item 3B. they will only be discussing one matter related to 68625 Tortuga.

David Koslow, provided comments regarding the appointment of the City Manager.

RECESS
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 4:15 p.m. and will reconvene for the Regular Meeting at 5:30 p.m.

REGULAR MEETING - 5:30 PM

CALL TO ORDER
Mayor Nancy Ross called the Regular Meeting to order at 5:30 p.m.

PLEDGE OF ALLEGIANCE
Councilmember Ernesto Gutierrez led the Pledge of Allegiance.

INVOCATION (MOMENT OF REFLECTION)
Mayor Pro Tem Gregory offered a moment of reflection.

ROLL CALL
Council Present:

Nancy Ross, Mayor
Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
Ernesto Gutierrez, Councilmember
Rita Lamb, Councilmember
Mark Carnevale, Councilmember

AGENDA FINALIZATION
City Manager McClendon announced that item 3E. from the Study Session portion of the agenda will be completed during the Closed Session portion of the Regular meeting.

1. PUBLIC COMMENTS
David Sanchez expressed his concern with the condition of city streets, the need for a palm tree ordinance, the City’s finances, and other code compliance issues.

2. COUNCIL REPORTS
Councilmember Rita Lamb reported on the following:
• The recent Emergency Preparedness event
• The relocation of the Coachella Valley Mountains Conservancy • She recognized the Desert Rats
• The upcoming CERT Trainings
• The Cathedral City Auto Center’s monthly marketing meeting • The new Palm Springs Unified School District Superintendent Councilmember Mark Carnevale reported on the following:
• His meeting with City Manager McClendon and Assistant City Manager Ambrose • His attendance at the Ambulance Roll Back and Badge Pinning Ceremony • The cannabis odor update he received from the C4 Facility • His attendance at the Citizens on Patrol 4th of July event Councilmember Ernesto Gutierrez reported on the following:
• His attendance at the Coachella Valley Association of Governments General Assembly meeting
• His attendance at the Ambulance Roll Back and Badge Pinning Ceremony • Measure W funds that will benefit the City
• The recent 4th of July holiday and what other cities are doing to address illegal fireworks
• The code violations throughout the city and how to report them on GoRequest • His meeting with City Manager McClendon and Assistant City Manager Ambrose • The Kids Summer Movie event at the Mary Pickford Theater Mayor Pro Tem Raymond Gregory reported on the following:
• His attendance at the graduation for the 2025 Class of Leadership Coachella Valley
• His attendance at the Summer Staycation Bingo event
• His attendance at the Coachella Valley Association of Governments General Assembly meeting
• His attendance at the Ambulance Roll Back and Badge Pinning Ceremony • Desert Recreation District programing and maintenance of the City’s parks • The next City Council Meeting on August 13, 2025
Mayor Nancy Ross reported on the following:
• Her attendance at a SunLine event
• Her attendance at the Free Summer Movie event at Mary Pickford • Her attendance at the Visit Greater Palm Springs monthly meeting • Her attendance at the Coachella Valley Association of Governments General Assembly meeting
• Her attendance at the Ambulance Roll Back and Badge Pinning Ceremony • Her attendance at two house parties
• Her attendance at the Mosquito and Vector Control meeting • Her attendance at two Coachella Valley Association of Governments Commission meetings
• The July 4th Celebrations she attended
• Her attendance at Dinner with Patsi
• Her visit with Councilmember Mark Carnevale
• Her meeting with residents at the Montage Community
• Her participation as a speaker at the Courageous Resistance event • Her meeting with City Manager McClendon and Assistant City Manager Ambrose • The new COO of the Senior Center
• The Animal Campus Committee’s progress

3. CONSENT AGENDA
A. Waive Full Reading of Ordinances on Agenda
Recommendation: Waive Full Reading of Ordinances on Agenda M.O. 2025-109
B. Approve the Study Session and Regular City Council Meeting Minutes of June 25, 2025
Recommendation: Approve the Study Session and Regular City Council Minutes of June 25, 2025.

M.O. 2025-110
C. Check Demand June 2025
Recommendation: Receive and File.

M.O. 2025-111
D. Agreement with CVAG for Homelessness Services
Recommendation: To approve an agreement with the Coachella Valley Association of Governments (CVAG) to provide $125,000/year for the next three fiscal years, to support the CV Housing First program addressing regional homelessness.

M.O. 2025-112
Sunshine Herrera, provided comments expressing her support for the agreement with conditions.

E. Resolution Confirming Assessments Against Various Property Owners for Nuisance Abatement Costs
Recommendation: To adopt the proposed resolution, thereby confirming assessments against various property owners for nuisance abatement costs and providing for collection.

Reso 2025-20
F. Notice of Completion for the Fiscal Year 2024-2025 Dream Homes Neighborhood Area and East Palm Canyon Drive Pavement
Rehabilitation Projects
Recommendation: To accept and approve the Fiscal Year 2024-2025 Dream Homes Neighborhood Area (C08693) and East Palm Canyon Drive (C08694) Pavement Rehabilitation Projects as complete; authorize the City Manager to file a notice of completion (NOC) with the Riverside County Recorder’s Office; and authorize the release of retention funds to Vance Corporation upon expiration of the notice of completion.

M.O. 2025-113
G. Approval of Amendment No. 1 to the Intergovernmental Memorandum of Understanding with the Agua Caliente Band of Cahuilla Indians Regarding the Ramon Road Bridge Widening Project
Recommendation: To authorize the Mayor to execute Amendment No. 1 to the Intergovernmental Memorandum of Understanding with the Agua Caliente Band of Cahuilla Indians to extend the termination date for the Ramon Road Bridge Widening Project to September 30, 2030.

M.O. 2025-114
Sunshine Herrera, provided comments expressing support of the agreement with conditions.

H. Notice of Completion for the Fiscal Year 2024-2025 City Streets Pavement Reconstruction Projects
Recommendation: To accept and approve the Fiscal Year 2024-2025 City Streets Pavement Reconstruction Projects at Shifting Sands Trail (C08688), Sky Blue Water Trail (C08689), 33rd Avenue (C08690), Ventura Drive (C08691), and Avenida Quintana (C08692) as complete; authorize the City Manager to file a notice of completion (NOC) with the Riverside County Recorder’s Office; and authorize the release of retention funds to Hardy and Harper, Inc. upon expiration of the notice of completion.

M.O. 2025-115
I. Authorize a one (1) year extension to TAMJAC, LLC. for On-Call Community Development Block Grant Administrative Support Services Recommendation: Authorize a one (1) year extension to the existing subrecipient agreement with TAMJAC, LLC. for on-call Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) administrative support services; and authorize the City Manager to execute the associated amendment documents.

M.O. 2025-116
J. Award Subrecipient Agreement to Fair Housing Council of Riverside County
Recommendation: To authorize the award of a subrecipient agreement to the Fair Housing Council of Riverside County (FHCRC) in the amount of $20,000 to provide fair housing services under Cathedral City’s FY 2025-2026 Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) program; approve a corresponding budget allocation of $20,000 from CDBG funds; and authorize the City Manager to execute all necessary contract documents following the execution of the Annual Action Plan (AAP) funding agreement with the U.S.

Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD).

M.O. 2025-117
K. Second Reading Zoning Ordinance Amendment 25-0002 and Specific Plan Amendment 25-0002
Recommendation: To provide second reading, by title only, and adopt an ordinance approving Zoning Ordinance Amendment 25-0002 amending Chapter 9.18 of Title 9 of the Cathedral City Municipal Code to add single family dwellings as a permitted use in the RM (Multiple-Family Residential) District subject to certain conditions, and to adopt an ordinance approving Specific Plan Amendment 25-0002 amending Specific Plan 87-26C to allow single family dwellings in the specific plan when permitted in the underlying zoning district subject to the development standards of the underlying zoning district.

Ord 889
Ord 890
L. Zoning Ordinance Amendment 25-0003
Recommendation: To provide second reading by title only and adopt an ordinance amending Title 9 Planning and Zoning of the Cathedral City Municipal Code to add Chapter 9.09 (Public Notification and Community Meetings) and to amend Chapters 9.05, 9.52, 9.72, 9.74, 9.76, and 9.78 to delete existing provisions that conflict with new Chapter 9.09 relating to public notification requirements.

Ord 891
Sunshine Herrera, provided comments expressing concerns with the proposed ordinance and suggested amendments.

M. Palm Springs International Film Festival 2026 Agreement Recommendation: To approve the Cathedral City Sponsorship Proposal for the 2026 Palm Springs International Film Festival in the amount of $90,000 financial sponsorship and $20,000 in-kind support services.

M.O. 2025-118
N. FY 2024 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EPMG) Recommendation: To approve the purchase of twelve (12) new computers for the City’s Emergency Operations Center (EOC) in the amount not to exceed $18,804.60 funded partially through the FY 2024 Emergency Management Performance Grant (EMPG) award, and the balance from the Fire Department’s FY 2025/2026 Emergency Management budget.

M.O. 2025-119
O. Approval of Agreement for Wellness and Occupational Health Services with Hoag Corporate Health
Recommendation: To approve an agreement for services between the City of Cathedral City and Hoag Corporate Health for a two-year term in the amount not to exceed $170,068.00, for the provision of wellness, fitness, and occupational health services for Cathedral City Fire & EMS personnel and authorize the City Manager or his designee to execute all necessary documents.

M.O. 2025-120
A motion was made by Mayor Pro Tem Gregory and seconded by Councilmember Lamb to approve the Consent Agenda.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
SECONDER: Rita Lamb, Councilmember
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

4. PUBLIC HEARINGS
There were no Public Hearings.

5. LEGISLATIVE ACTIONS
A. Special Use Permit for Palm Springs Friends of Philharmonic - Sinfonica de Mineria
Recommendation: To approve the Special Use Permit for Palm Springs Friends of Philharmonic to conduct a free day of music and festival including Sinfonica de Mineria from Mexico City, Mexico at the Community Amphitheater on January 25, 2026.

M.O. 2025-121
A motion was made by Councilmember Gutierrez and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Gregory to approve the Special Use Permit for Palm Springs Friends of Philharmonic to conduct a free day of music and festival including Sinfonica de Mineria from Mexico City, Mexico at the Community Amphitheater on January 25, 2026.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Ernesto Gutierrez, Councilmember
SECONDER: Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

B. Approve Date Change for Taste of Jalisco Festival with SoundSkilz, Inc.

Recommendation: To approve the requested date change for the Taste of Jalisco Festival to align with Cinco de Mayo weekend and authorize a threeyear contract extension with SoundSkilz, Inc. through 2028, and authorize the City Manager or their representative to execute all necessary contract amendments.

M.O. 2025-122
A motion was made by Mayor Pro Tem Gregory and seconded by Councilmember Lamb to approve the requested date change for the Taste of Jalisco Festival to align with Cinco de Mayo weekend and authorize a threeyear contract extension with SoundSkilz, Inc. through 2028, and authorize the City Manager or their representative to execute all necessary contract amendments.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
SECONDER: Rita Lamb, Councilmember
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

C. Professional Services Agreement with Group 4 Architecture, Research + Planning, Inc. for Community Center Site and Cost Analysis Recommendation: To approve a professional services agreement with Group 4 Architecture, Research + Planning, Inc., and authorize the City Manager to execute all necessary documents.

M.O. 2025-123
A motion was made by Councilmember Carnevale and seconded by Councilmember Lamb to approve a professional services agreement with Group 4 Architecture, Research + Planning, Inc., and authorize the City Manager to execute all necessary documents.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Mark Carnevale, Councilmember
SECONDER: Rita Lamb, Councilmember
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

D. Approve Recommendation from the Public Arts Commission for a Not to Exceed Budget of $173,000 from the Art in Public Places Fund for the Esperanza Park Entryway Sculpture
Recommendation: To approve the Public Arts Commission’s recommendation to establish a not-to-exceed budget of $173,000 for the Esperanza Park entryway sculpture.

M.O. 2025-124
A motion was made by Councilmember Lamb and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Gregory to approve the Public Arts Commission’s recommendation to establish a not-to-exceed budget of $173,000 for the Esperanza Park entryway sculpture.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Rita Lamb, Councilmember
SECONDER: Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

E. Acceptance of the Donation of a Sculpture - "Ozone, by Craig French - and Authorization to Use Art in Public Places Funds for the Installation Recommendation: To approve the Public Arts Commission recommendation to accept a donation of a sculpture titled “Ozone, by Craig French, and authorize the use of Art in Public Places funds for the installation.

M.O. 2025-125
A motion was made by Councilmember Gutierrez and seconded by Mayor Pro Tem Gregory to approve the Public Arts Commission recommendation to accept a donation of a sculpture titled “Ozone, by Craig French, and authorize the use of Art in Public Places funds for the installation.

RESULT: PASS [5 TO 0]
MOVER: Ernesto Gutierrez, Councilmember
SECONDER: Raymond Gregory, Mayor Pro Tem
AYES: Ross, Gregory, Gutierrez, Lamb, Carnevale
NOES:

ABSENT:

ABSTAIN:

6. DISCUSSION ON FUTURE AGENDA ITEMS
It was the consensus of the City Council to agendize an item to receive an introduction of the local Desert Recreation District Staff, with quarterly updates thereafter.

It was also the consensus of the City Council to direct staff to research a possible palm tree ordinance for a future discussion.

7. CLOSED SESSION
The City Council recessed to Closed Session at 7:18 p.m. to complete discussion on item 3E from the Study Session agenda.

The City Council reconvened at 8:00 p.m.

Eric Vail announced that the City Council met in Closed Session to discuss the Closed Session items listed on the Study Session agenda, and reported the following:
• Item 3A- Direction was given, and there was no reportable action taken • Item 3B- Direction was given, and there was no reportable action taken • Item 3C- Direction was given, and there was no reportable action taken • Item 3D- There was discussion and there was no reportable action taken. • Item 3E- There was discussion and there was no reportable action taken.

ADJOURNMENT
Mayor Nancy Ross adjourned the City Council meeting at 8:00 p.m.

Mayor, City of Cathedral City City Clerk, City of Cathedral City Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 4.C
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Kevin Biersack, Financial Services Director
Title: Demand Register July 2025
RECOMMENDATION:

The City Council acting in its capacity for the City, the Successor Agency to the former Redevelopment Agency, the Housing Successor Agency and the Cathedral City Public Finance Authority Board receive and file payment of claims and demands in the aggregate sum of $20,390,424.75 for the month of July 2025.

I HEREBY CERTIFY that in my judgment these demands were legally and owing by the City and/or the Successor Agency to the former Redevelopment Agency, the Housing Successor Agency and the Cathedral City Public Finance Authority and the funds were available for payment thereof, and in all other respects, the demands conform to the criteria set for the in section 3.16.050 of the Cathedral City Municipal Code.

Kevin Biersack, Financial Services Director
ATTACHMENTS:

Demand Register, July 2025

Staff Report
City Council
Item No. 4.D
Meeting Date: August 13, 2025
From: Eugenia Torres, Human Resources Manager
Title: Ratify Memorandum of Understanding Between the City and the Cathedral City Police Management Association (CCPMA)
RECOMMENDATION:

To ratify the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) between the City of Cathedral City (“City”) and the Cathedral City Police Management Association (“CCPMA”) for the period July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2028.

BACKGROUND:

The City of Cathedral City and the Cathedral City Police Management Association (CCPMA) have engaged in negotiations regarding the Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) for the period of July 1, 2025, through June 30, 2028.

These negotiations focused on compensation improvements, benefit enhancements, administrative clean-up language, and CalPERS compliance updates throughout the document. This report summarizes all key changes and provisions negotiated.

DISCUSSION:

Key Changes and Negotiated Terms:

1. TERM AND SALARY INCREASES
• New Contract Term: July 1, 2025 - June 30, 2028 (3-year agreement) • Salary Increases: Unified 3.0% across-the-board increases for all positions:
- 3.0% effective first full pay period after ratification (retroactive to the pay period following July 1, 2025)
- 3.0% effective first full pay period following July 1, 2026 - 3.0% effective first full pay period following July 1, 2027

2. COMPENSATION ENHANCEMENTS
• Longevity Pay
- Created stand-alone longevity section
- Added CalPERS reporting compliance language
• Salary on Position Reclassification
- Clean up language
• Management Incentive Pay Increase
- Police Commanders' management incentive pay increased from 5.00 hours to 8.00 hours per pay period
- Added CalPERS reporting compliance language
• Deferred Compensation Enhancement
- 457(b) Plan matching increased from $46.16 to $65.00 per pay period - Incorporated side letter; restructured 401(a) plan

3. WORK SCHEDULE AND OVERTIME CLARIFICATIONS
• Work Schedule Updates
- Removed Police Commanders from administrative duties provisions, including the ability to record up to 6.00 hours per pay period
• Overtime Provisions
- Police Commanders classified as exempt employees (no overtime except when City is reimbursed by outside parties)
- Clarified that Commanders are not eligible for call-out pay except in specific circumstances
• Updated court appearance time provisions to exclude Commanders from minimum 4-hour pay

4. BENEFITS IMPROVEMENTS
• Health Insurance Contributions (Article 16.1)
Progressive increases to City's maximum contribution:

Effective January 1, 2026:
- Employee Only: $1,050 (+$50)
- Employee + 1: $2,025 (+$75)
- Family: $2,675 (+$75)
Effective January 1, 2027:
- Employee Only: $1,100 (+$50)
- Employee + 1: $2,100 (+$75)
- Family: $2,750 (+$75)
• Self-Funded Short-Term Disability
- Added new City-funded short-term disability benefit at no cost to employees.

Provides weekly benefit for non-industrial injuries and illnesses; eliminates short-term disability from cafeteria plan options

5. COMPENSATION ADJUSTMENTS AND SPECIAL PAYS
• Special Assignment Pay: Reorganized and clarified special assignment categories with CalPERS-compliant descriptions:
- Detective: $280 per pay period
- Gang Detail, Police Liaison, Homeless Liaison, PACT Team, Special Operations, Narcotics, Professional Standards: $250 per pay period

6. EDUCATION AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT
• Education Incentives
- Enhanced reimbursement program structure
- Expanded coverage to include recertification programs - Clarified eligible expenses and institutions

7. LEAVE POLICIES AND ADMINISTRATIVE UPDATES
• Probationary Period Extension
• Consolidated various leave provisions (Leave of Absence, Jury Duty, Bereavement Leave, Family Illness Leave, Catastrophic Leave Donation) to administrative policies for operational flexibility
• Vacation and Compensatory Time Updates
- Vacation Cash-Out: Changed excess vacation handling from "must be paid as time worked" to automatic cash-out in November
- Compensatory Time: Clarified FLSA compliance and excluded Police Commanders except as provided in overtime provisions

8. CALPERS COMPLIANCE AND TECHNICAL UPDATES
• Temporary Assignment Provisions
- Restructured into separate sections for Classic Members (TUP) and Out-of-Class appointments
- Added PEPRA compliance language
- Updated CalPERS reporting requirements for different compensation types

9. DEFINITIONS AND CLARIFICATIONS
• New Appendix A - Definitions
Click or tap here to enter text.

FISCAL IMPACT:

No additional impact to the approved FY 2025/2026 and 2026/2027 Biennial Budget.

FIVE-YEAR STRATEGIC PLAN:

Goal A – SERVE THE COMMUNITY WITH PRIDE AND DEDICATION
Objective: Through diversity, equity, and inclusion-driven employee programs and experiences, Cathedral City is the employer of choice with a workforce that is engaged, motivated, and respected public stewards.

Click or tap here to enter text.

ATTACHMENTS:

1. CCPMA MOU_Final 07.21.25
Click or tap here to enter text.

CITY OF CATHEDRAL CITY

MEMORANDUM OF

UNDERSTANDING

CATHEDRAL CITY POLICE

MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
(CCPMA)
JULY 1, 2025-JUNE 30, 2028
CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 1 | P a g e
Table of Contents
ARTICLE 1: MAINTENANCE OF MEMBERSHIP; CONTRACT BAR; PETITIONS FOR DECERTIFICATION...4 ARTICLE 2: SEVERABILITY......................................................................................................................4 ARTICLE 3: STRIKES AND/OR JOB ACTIONS ..........................................................................................5 ARTICLE 4: SUCCESSOR NEGOTIATIONS ...............................................................................................5 ARTICLE 5: TERM...................................................................................................................................5 ARTICLE 6: GENERAL PROVISIONS ........................................................................................................5

6.1 Equal Employment Opportunity .....................................................................................5

6.2 Safety and Health ............................................................................................................5

6.3 Employee Activities.........................................................................................................6

6.4 Inconsistent Employee Activities ....................................................................................6

6.5 Improper Use of City Equipment Prohibited...................................................................7

6.6 Political Activity ...............................................................................................................7

6.7 Criminal Conviction – Ineligibility for Employment.........................................................7

6.8 Tobacco Products............................................................................................................8 ARTICLE 7: MANAGEMENT RIGHTS ......................................................................................................8

7.1 Exclusive Control of Certain Aspects...............................................................................8

7.2 Not Subject to Grievance Procedure...............................................................................9 ARTICLE 8: COMPENSATION.................................................................................................................9

8.1 Salary Increase.................................................................................................................9

8.2 Salary Advancement – Full-time Employees...................................................................9

8.3 Salary on Promotion......................................................................................................10

8.4 Salary on Demotion.......................................................................................................10

8.5 Salary on Reinstatement...............................................................................................10

8.6 Salary on Transfer..........................................................................................................11

8.7 Salary on Position Reclassification ................................................................................11

8.8 Special Salary Adjustments ...........................................................................................11

8.9 Overtime........................................................................................................................11

8.10 Other Compensatory Time Off......................................................................................12

8.11 Call Out Pay. ..................................................................................................................12

8.12 Compensation for Layoff...............................................................................................12

8.13 Compensation During Suspension ................................................................................12

8.14 Compensation for Temporary Assignment to Higher Classification .............................12

8.15 Bilingual Pay ..................................................................................................................13

8.16 Special Assignment Pay.................................................................................................14

8.17 Compensation for Vehicle Use......................................................................................14

8.18 Restitution.....................................................................................................................14 CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 2 | P a g e

8.19 Correcting Errors in Salary Rate and Other Provisions..................................................14

8.20 Certification and Education Incentives. ........................................................................15

8.21 Police Employee Court Appearance Time.....................................................................15

8.22 Management Incentive Pay...........................................................................................16

8.23 Longevity Pay.................................................................................................................16 ARTICLE 9: RECRUITMENT AND SELECTION........................................................................................16

9.1 Physical Requirements..................................................................................................16

9.2 Separation .....................................................................................................................16

9.3 Voluntary Demotion......................................................................................................17 ARTICLE 10: PROBATION.....................................................................................................................17

10.1 Probation Period ...........................................................................................................17

10.2 Probation on Reinstatement.........................................................................................17

10.3 Objective of Probationary Period..................................................................................17

10.4 Satisfactory Completion of Probation Period ...............................................................17

10.5 Unsuccessful Probation Period .....................................................................................17

10.6 Unsuccessful Reinstatement Probation ........................................................................18

10.7 Probation Following Layoff ...........................................................................................18 ARTICLE 11: EMPLOYEE LAYOFF PROCEDURES...................................................................................18

11.1 Purpose of Layoffs.........................................................................................................18

11.2 Order of Layoff ..............................................................................................................18

11.3 Abolishment of Position(s)............................................................................................18

11.4 Layoff Appeal.................................................................................................................19

11.5 Reinstatement List.........................................................................................................19 ARTICLE 12: ATTENDANCE AND LEAVES.............................................................................................19

12.1 Attendance At Work; Absence Without Leave .............................................................19

12.2 Automatic Resignation. .................................................................................................19

12.3 Hours of Work ...............................................................................................................20

12.4 Work Week....................................................................................................................21

12.5 Leave of Absence; Continuation of Benefits.................................................................21

12.6 Military Duty..................................................................................................................21

12.7 Vacation Leave ..............................................................................................................21

12.8 Compensatory Time Off ................................................................................................22

12.9 Holiday-in-Lieu Pay and Observation of Holidays.........................................................23

12.10 Jury Duty........................................................................................................................24

12.11 Bereavement Leave.......................................................................................................24

12.12 Family Medical Leave ....................................................................................................24

12.13 Sick Leave ......................................................................................................................24 CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 3 | P a g e

12.14 Sick Leave Accrued Limit and Payoff.............................................................................24

12.15 Sick Leave Conversion ...................................................................................................25

12.16 Effect of Absence on Sick Leave ....................................................................................25

12.17 Family Illness Leave .......................................................................................................25

12.18 Unauthorized Leave ......................................................................................................25

12.19 Catastrophic Leave Donation ........................................................................................25 ARTICLE 13: GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE ................................................................................................25

13.1 Matters Subject to Grievance Procedures....................................................................25

13.2 Informal Grievance Procedure ......................................................................................25

13.3 Formal Grievance Procedure.........................................................................................26

13.4 Appeal to the City Manager ..........................................................................................26

13.5 Extension of Time Limitations.......................................................................................26 ARTICLE 13.A DISCIPLINE AND APPEALS PROCEDURES .......................................................................26

13.A.1 Standards of Conduct....................................................................................................26

13.A.2 Improper Employee Conduct ........................................................................................26

13.A.3 Disciplinary process.......................................................................................................26

13.A.4 Hearings, Appeals and Grievances................................................................................28 ARTICLE 14: EMPLOYEE REPORTS AND RECORDS ..............................................................................30

14.1 Personnel File................................................................................................................30

14.2 Disclosure of Information..............................................................................................30 ARTICLE 15: EDUCATION INCENTIVES ................................................................................................31

15.1 Education Incentives.....................................................................................................31 ARTICLE 16: FRINGE BENEFITS............................................................................................................31

16.1 Enrollment in Group Insurance Plans............................................................................31

16.2 Public Employees’ Retirement System..........................................................................33

16.3 Uniform Allowances......................................................................................................34

16.4 Deferred Compensation................................................................................................34

16.5 Short/Long Term Disability............................................................................................36

16.6 Life Insurance ................................................................................................................36

16.7 Group Health Plan Continuation upon Retirement.......................................................36

16.8 Additional Retirement Benefit ......................................................................................37

16.9 PERS 1959 Survivor Benefit...........................................................................................37 ARTICLE 17: AGREEMENT ALL INCLUSIVE...........................................................................................37 CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 4 | P a g e

MEMORANDUM OF UNDERSTANDING BETWEEN THE CITY OF CATHEDRAL CITY AND THE

CATHEDRAL CITY POLICE MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION
This Memorandum of Understanding is entered into with reference to the following facts:

A. The Cathedral City Police Management Association is recognized under the provisions of the Meyers-Milias-Brown Act of the State of California as the majority representative of the following employees:

Sergeant
Commander
Dispatch Supervisor
B. Representatives of the Cathedral City Police Management Association (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “CCPMA”) and the City of Cathedral City (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "City") have met and conferred in good faith on wages, hours, and other terms and conditions of employment for the employees represented by CCPMA in the bargaining unit listed above and have reached agreements which are set forth in this Memorandum of Understanding (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "MOU" or "Agreement"). The parties have fully discharged their obligations to each other pursuant to the Meyers-Milias-Brown Act (“MMBA,” Gov. Code § 3500 et.seq.) for all matters within the scope of representation for the term of this MOU.

C. This Memorandum of Understanding is established in accordance with the provisions of the Meyers-Milias-Brown Act (Government Code Section 3500, et seq.), effective only upon ratification by the City Council of the City of Cathedral City and by majority vote of the bargaining unit of employees represented by CCPMA.

Subject to the foregoing limitations, CCPMA and the City agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1: MAINTENANCE OF MEMBERSHIP; CONTRACT BAR; PETITIONS FOR

DECERTIFICATION
The Association will maintain records of employee authorizations for dues deductions and shall provide the City with information regarding the amount of dues deductions and the list of Association members who have authorized dues deductions. To the extent required by the Government Code, the City shall rely on the information provided by CCPMA and deduct those authorized Association dues.

The Association agrees to indemnify and hold the City of Cathedral City harmless from any liabilities of any nature which may arise as a result of the application of provisions of this Article.

ARTICLE 2: SEVERABILITY
It is understood and agreed by the parties that this MOU is subject to all present and future applicable Federal and State laws and regulations, and the provisions hereof shall be effective and implemented only to the extent permitted by such laws and regulations. The parties hereto CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 5 | P a g e
have bargained with regards to some provisions which are covered by the Fair Labor Standards Act, and, to the extent that the Fair Labor Standards Act permits employers and employee groups to contract for modification of the procedures otherwise utilized under the Fair Labor Standards Act, and to the extent that such modification is authorized by Federal law, the parties intend that this contract shall take precedence over the provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act. If any part of this Agreement is in conflict or is found to be inconsistent with such applicable provisions of State or Federal law or regulation, or otherwise found to be invalid or unenforceable by any tribunal of competent jurisdiction, such part or provision shall be suspended, and the provisions of the applicable laws and regulations shall prevail; in such event, however, the remainder of this MOU shall not be affected thereby and shall remain in full force and effect.

ARTICLE 3: STRIKES AND/OR JOB ACTIONS
CCPMA, on behalf of all of its members, agrees that neither CCPMA, nor its representatives, nor members of the CCPMA, shall engage in, cause, instigate, encourage, or condone a strike or job action of any kind during the term of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 4: SUCCESSOR NEGOTIATIONS
Representatives of the City and CCPMA shall commence negotiations for a successor Agreement within a reasonable period of time prior to the expiration of this Agreement. The parties shall also make a good faith effort to conclude said negotiations prior to the expiration of this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5: TERM
The term of this Agreement shall be from July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028. Except as otherwise agreed to in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not be reopenable for any purpose except by mutual agreement of the parties.

Unless otherwise provided for in this Agreement, all financial changes go into effect the pay period following ratification by the City Council.

ARTICLE 6: GENERAL PROVISIONS

6.1 Equal Employment Opportunity. Appointments and promotions of individuals shall be made on the basis of job related standards of education, training, experience, merit and ability. No appointment to or removal from a position in the City’s personnel system shall be affected or influenced by any consideration of race, color, or national origin, religious creed, ancestry, age, sex, marital status, physical disability, mental disability, medical condition, pregnancy, child birth or related medical condition, sexual orientation, domestic partnership status or religious opinion or affiliation, and and/or other legally protected status.

6.2 Safety and Health. Each employee shall comply with CAL/OSHA safety laws, rules and regulations. All employees shall follow safe practices, use personal protective equipment CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 6 | P a g e
as required, render every possible aid to safe operations, and report all unsafe conditions or practices. Special equipment, if it is required, shall be provided by the City.

6.2.1 Intoxicating Substances. Employees shall avoid using intoxicating substances at least eight (8) hours prior to reporting to the scheduled work shift and at any time during the work day, including lunch or dinner breaks, except when necessary to conduct an approved investigation. Employees shall not have in their possession any intoxicating substances while on duty, unless the possession of such substances is in the course of their duties. No employee shall be on duty while impaired for the performance of duty or under the influence of alcohol, any unlawful drug or any controlled substances, or otherwise be in violation of the department’s drug and alcohol policy.

6.2.2 Safety Equipment. Any safety equipment required by the City or by OSHA regulations shall be provided and replaced by the City; an employee will be responsible for replacement of equipment damaged through abuse.

6.3 Employee Activities. During the employee’s work day, he or she is expected to devote his or her full-time in the performance of his or her assigned duties as a City employee. No employee shall engage in any outside employment, enterprise, or remunerated activity without the prior approval of his or her department head or appointing power. At no time shall any such outside employment or activity be conducted on City time. No employee shall engage in any employment, outside activity or enterprise which is inconsistent, incompatible, in conflict with, or interferes with his or her ability to perform the duties, functions or responsibilities of his or her position as a City employee, nor shall he or she engage in any outside activity which will directly or indirectly contribute to the lessening of his or her effectiveness as a City employee. No employee shall engage in any type of activity relating to an employee organization during such time as employee is on duty, except as expressly permitted by the City Manager or designee, State and Federal laws, MOU, or Council resolution.

6.4 Inconsistent Employee Activities. In making a determination as to the consistency or inconsistency of outside activities, the department head or appointing power shall consider, among other pertinent factors, whether the activity:
a. Involves receipt or acceptance by the employee of any money or other consideration from anyone other than the City for the performance of an act which the employee, if not performing such act, would be required or expected to render in the regular course of his or her City employment as a part of his or her duties as a City employee; or,
b. Involves conditions or factors which would be incompatible or in conflict with the duties, functions or responsibilities of the employee in his or her regular City employment; or,
c. Involves the performance of an act in other than his or her capacity as a local agency officer or employee which act may later be subject directly or indirectly to the control, inspection, review, audit, or enforcement of any other officer or employee or the agency by which he or she is employed; or, CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 7 | P a g e
d. Involves such time demands as would render performance of his or her duties as a local agency officer or employee less efficient; or,
e. Involves the use for private gain or advantage of City time, facilities, equipment and supplies, prestige, influence, or confidential information of one’s City office or employment; or,
f. Involves the solicitation of future employment with a business having business transactions with the City over which the employee has some control or influence in his or her official capacity at the time of the transaction.

6.5 Improper Use of City Equipment Prohibited. No City-owned equipment, autos, trucks, instruments, tools, supplies, machines, badges, patches, identification cards, or other items which are the property of the City shall be used by an employee except upon prior approval of the employee’s department head or appointing power or designee duly authorized to give such approval.

6.6 Political Activity. Except as necessary to meet requirements, if any, of Federal law, no restrictions shall be placed on the political activities of any officer or employee of the City of Cathedral City other than the following:
a. Use of office, authority or influence to obtain change in position or compensation.

No employee shall, directly or indirectly, use, promise, threaten or attempt to use his or her office, authority or influence, to secure, or to obstruct or prevent another person from securing, any position, nomination, confirmation, promotion, or change in compensation or position within the City, upon the condition that his or her vote or another’s vote, influence or action shall be given or used on behalf of, or withheld from, any candidate, officer, or party, or upon any other corrupt condition or consideration. (Government Code Section 3204.) b. Soliciting political funds or contributions from other officers or employees. No employee shall directly or indirectly solicit political funds or contributions from other employees of the City. The employee, however, is not prohibited from communicating through the mail or by other means, requests for political funds or contributions to a significant segment of the public which may include officers or employees of the City. (Government Code Section 3205.) c. No employee shall engage in political activity during working hours nor engage in political activities at any time on City premises. (Government Code Section 3207.) d. No employee of the City may engage, during his or her working hours, in the solicitation or receipt of political funds or contributions to promote the passage or defeat of a ballot measure which would affect the rate of pay, hours of work, retirement, civil service or other working conditions of the employees of the City; nor shall entry be permitted into the workplace during working hours for those purposes. (Government Code Section 3209.)
e. Employees, the City and CCPMA shall in all other respects comply with the provisions of Government Code sections 3201-3209.

6.7 Criminal Conviction – Ineligibility for Employment. Except as otherwise hereinafter provided, no person convicted of a felony, or of a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, shall be eligible for employment in the service of the City; provided, however, that the CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 8 | P a g e
City Manager may disregard such conviction, if he or she finds and determines that mitigating circumstances exist, such as, but not limited to, evidence of rehabilitation, length of time elapsed since such conviction, the age of the person at the time of conviction, or the fact that performing within the classification applied for would not be affected by the conviction.

The City Manager and his or her authorized designees are hereby authorized to have access to the “State Summary Criminal History Information” as provided for in Section 11105 of the California Penal Code, in order to enable the City Manager to fulfill his or her duties in the employment, supervision and termination of City employees.

6.8 Tobacco Products. City employees are encouraged not to consume tobacco products as they are proven detriment to health, safety and productivity. Tobacco use is not allowed in City buildings. Tobacco use is not permitted while on duty if prohibited by existing department rules. Tobacco use is not permitted in City vehicles or other City equipment.

ARTICLE 7: MANAGEMENT RIGHTS

7.1 Exclusive Control of Certain Aspects. The City of Cathedral City retains all its exclusive rights and authority under State law, and expressly and exclusively retains its management rights and to exercise its management rights without the obligation to meet and confer over the decision to exercise any retained management rights, which include, but not be limited to:
a. the exclusive right to determine the mission of its constituent departments, commissions, and boards;
b. set standards and levels of service;
c. determine the procedures and standards of selection for employment and promotions;
d. direct its employees;
e. establish and enforce dress and grooming standards;
f. determine the methods and means to relieve its employees from duty because of lack of work or other lawful reasons;
g. maintain the efficiency of governmental operations;
h. determine the methods, means and numbers and kinds of personnel by which government operations are to be conducted;
i. determine the content and intent of job classifications; j. determine methods of financing;
k. determine style and/or types of City-issued wearing apparel, equipment or technology to be used;
l. determine and/or change the facilities, methods, technology, means, organizational structure and size and composition of the work force and allocate and assign work by which the City operations are to be conducted; m. determine and change the number of locations, relocations and types of operations, processes and materials to be used in carrying out all City functions including, but not limited to, the right to contract for or subcontract any work or operations of the City;
CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 9 | P a g e
n. assign work to and schedule employees in accordance with requirements as determined by the City and to establish and change work schedules and assignments upon reasonable notice;
o. establish and modify productivity and performance programs and standards; p. discharge, suspend, demote, reprimand, withhold salary increases and benefits, or otherwise discipline employees in accordance with applicable law; q. establish employee performance standards including, but not limited to, quality and quantity standards, and to require compliance therewith; take all necessary actions to carry out its mission in emergencies; and
r. exercise complete control and discretion over its organization and the technology of performing its work.

7.2 Not Subject to Grievance Procedure. The exercise by the City through its Council and management representatives of its management rights as set forth above shall not in any way, directly or indirectly, be subject to the grievance procedure. The City shall, on request of CCPMA, meet and confer on the impact, if any, of the exercise of any management rights. This, however, will not in any manner limit the city’s prerogative to exercise any retained management right.

ARTICLE 8: COMPENSATION

8.1 Salary Increase. Employees shall receive the following across-the-board increases during the term of this agreement, effective the first full payroll period following the following designated dates:

3.0% Effective the first full pay period after ratification by city council (retroactive to the pay period following July 1, 2025.

3.0% Effective the first full pay period following July 1, 2026.

3.0% Effective the first full pay period following July 1, 2027.

Your new collective agreement salary and benefit increases will apply retroactively to the pay period following July 1, 2025.

8.2 Salary Advancement – Full-time Employees. Except as otherwise provided in this Article, full-time employees may be considered for an increase in salary according to the following rules:
a. Advancement to a next higher merit increase step may be made after a twelve (12) month interval from the hire date or from the effective date of the employee’s last increase, and for continued satisfactory service. A merit increase based on educational or P.O.S.T. Certificate Achievement shall not change the otherwise effective merit review date.
b. At the time of each employee’s next merit review, as extended, advancement to a next higher merit increase step may be made. Thereafter, advance to a next higher merit step increase may be made after a twelve (12) month interval from the hire date or the date of the last merit increase, whichever is most recent, for continued satisfactory service.

CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 10 | P a g e
c. Except for the extension of the merit review date as specified in subparagraph a, advancement to the next higher merit increase step shall not be automatic. Such salary increase or denial of salary increase shall require the specific recommendation, through a performance evaluation, of the employee’s department head and the approval of the Human Resources Manager. When an employee is denied an increase, he or she may be reconsidered for such advancement at any subsequent time with a satisfactory performance evaluation. d. Except for the extension of the merit review date as specified in subparagraph a, advancement to merit step 6 and above may occur after two (2) years satisfactory service in the next preceding step in the respective salary range. Any such advancement shall be granted only as a result of a written evaluation of continued meritorious and efficient service and continued improvement by the employee in the effective performance of the duties of his or her position.

8.3 Salary on Promotion. Any employee promoted to Sergeant will be placed at the step that provides a minimum of 15% increase over their prior base rate of pay at the time of promotion. Any employee promoted to Commander will be placed at the step that provides a minimum of 10% increase over their base rate of pay at the time of promotion.

Any employee promoted to Dispatch Supervisor will be placed at the step that provides a minimum of 5% increase over their prior base rate of pay at the time of promotion. No employee may be given a new base rate of pay that exceeds the highest merit/longevity increase step of the new range. The employee’s merit review date shall change to the effective date of the promotion for consideration in subsequent years. “Base rate of pay” is the salary provided to the employee based on his/her step placement in the thencurrent publicly-available pay schedule, and shall not include any specialty pays, stipends, or other enhancements or increases that the employee may be entitled to in the position the employee holds prior to promotion.

8.4 Salary on Demotion.

A. The City may, in accordance with his Agreement, demote any employee to a different job classification within the City service having less responsible duties, and/or lower job qualifications, and/or a lower salary range level. Upon demotion, an employee shall receive a minimum salary decrease equivalent to one (1) salary step in the employee’s current (pre-demotion) job classification, provided that no employee shall receive a salary which exceeds the maximum salary range level established for the new job classification. A demotion shall establish a new Evaluation Date for purposes of applying the salary step plan and may reinstitute the probationary period.

B. Salary on Voluntary Demotion. At the discretion of the City Manager, any employee who elects to take a voluntary demotion may be placed at a lower step, or may be placed at a step in a lower range. The employee’s merit review date shall not change.

8.5 Salary on Reinstatement. An employee who resigned in good standing may, within one (1) year of such resignation and upon recommendation of the department head and approval of the City Manager, be reinstated in a position in the class in which the employee had previously served, subject to an available budgeted position and CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 11 | P a g e
satisfaction of statutory and departmental requirements for reinstatement. Employees who are reinstated more than 180 days after their voluntary separation must satisfy the minimum selection requirements set forth in the POST Commission Regulations §§1951- 1955, which may include reading and writing ability assessment, oral interview, background investigation update, medical evaluation and psychological evaluation.

Employees who are reinstated within 180 days after their voluntary separation, on the other hand, are exempt from these requirements. All reinstated employees must continue to meet the statutory requirements of Government Code sections 1029, 1031 and 1031.5.

Upon such reinstatement, the employee shall not receive a salary higher than the step in the salary range the employee previously received prior to the employee’s separation.

The employee shall be given a new hire date, for purposes of benefits and seniority.

8.6 Salary on Transfer. Any employee who is transferred from one position to another position in the same class, or to another position in a classification having the same salary range, shall be compensated at the same step in the salary range as the employee previously received. The employee’s merit review date shall not change.

8.7 Salary on Position Reclassification. When an employee in the classified service is reclassified to a lower classification, the employee shall be placed in the step of the lower salary range closest to the employee’s salary rate.

When an employee is reclassified to an equivalent classification, the employee shall retain his or her salary rate and merit review date.

When an employee is reclassified to a higher classification, the employee shall be placed on Step A in the new higher range or placed at the step equivalent to one (1) salary step in the employee’s current (pre-promotion) job classification, provided that sch increase shall be at least equivalent to the minimum and shall not exceed the maximum salary range level established for the new job classification.

A higher classification shall establish a new Evaluation Date for purposes of applying the salary step plan.

8.8 Special Salary Adjustments. A department head may recommend in writing, to raise an employee’s salary step to a higher merit increase step prior to the eligibility times specified in this article so as to recognize meritorious service, advanced educational achievements or other extraordinary attributes related to the employee’s public service.

Such increased compensation is subject to the approval of the City Manager and the availability of budgeted funds. The employee’s merit review date shall change to the effective date of the special increase.

8.9 Overtime. A department head may require an employee to work beyond the employee’s regular hours of employment. Any overtime hours worked by the Police Sergeants will be paid overtime at the rate of one and one-half (1 ½) times the employees regular rate of pay or, compensatory time may be earned if the maximum accrual will not be exceeded (see Section 12.8).

CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 12 | P a g e
Any overtime hours worked by Non-Sworn employees in excess of forty (40) hours in a work week shall be paid at one and one-half (1-1/2) times the employee’s regular rate of pay or compensatory time may be taken if the maximum accrual will not be exceeded (see Section 12.8).

This section shall not apply to Police Commanders as they are classified as exempt employees and will no longer be eligible for overtime hours except, any overtime hours worked by Police Commanders, where the City is reimbursed by an outside party for the overtime hours (such as festivals), shall be eligible for overtime pay.

8.10 Other Compensatory Time Off. The City Manager may grant compensatory time off to any City employee in unique situations where actions of the employee, over and above the call of duty, clearly merit such consideration.

8.11 Call Out Pay. Dispatch Supervisors and Police Sergeants receive regular compensation for call-outs (including overtime, if applicable).

Police Commanders are not eligible for call out pay except as provided in article 8.9 above.

8.12 Compensation for Layoff. An employee who is terminated from the classified service of the City as a result of a layoff shall be paid for accrued vacation and accrued overtime.

Payment shall also be made under the provisions of Section 12.14, if a laid off employee has three (3) or more years of employment with the City. Accrued sick leave shall be restored to an employee if the employee is re-employed within one (1) year. Should an employee be re-employed in the formerly held position, the employee shall be placed at the same salary step as when the layoff occurred. No credit shall be received toward a step increase or seniority during the period of layoff.

Employees who have attained regular status at the time of layoff and who are reemployed within a period of one (1) year shall retain their assigned merit review dates.

Regular employees who are re-employed after a period of one (1) year will be assigned a new merit review date.

8.13 Compensation During Suspension. An employee who is suspended with pay under the disciplinary procedures shall be paid normal salary at that salary rate that the employee was entitled to prior to the suspension. An employee who is suspended without pay under the disciplinary procedures shall not be paid for those specific days of suspension.

Additionally, an employee suspended without pay shall not accrue sick leave, vacation, seniority or other benefits during a suspension of more than fifteen (15) working days, except that health and life insurance benefits will be maintained.

8.14 Compensation for Temporary Assignment to Higher Classification.

A. Temporary Upgrade Pay (TUP) (Classic Members) In the event a CalPERS Classic Member employee is temporarily assigned to a higher classification by a department head, with the approval of the City Manager, the employee must perform all duties (100%) of the higher classification and cease performing their regular position duties.

The employee may be granted a five percent (5%) stipend above their base rate of CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 13 | P a g e
pay for working in this temporary assignment. This compensation begins on the first day of the temporary assignment and is not applicable to leave cash-outs. This special compensation is reportable to CalPERS in accordance with California Code of Regulations 571. Initial temporary upgrade assignments shall not exceed six (6) months in duration. With written approval from both the Department Head and Human Resources Manager, the assignment may be extended for up to six (6) additional months, not to exceed a total duration of twelve (12) months.

B. Out-Of-Class Appointments. In circumstances where a position becomes vacant during active recruitment, any employee (Classic or PEPRA) may be temporarily assigned to perform the full scope (100%) of duties of the vacant position, contingent upon department head and City Manager approval. The employee must cease performing duties of their regular position during this assignment. Employees working in an out-of-class appointment will receive a five percent (5%) stipend above their base rate of pay, beginning on the first day of the assignment. This additional compensation is not applicable to leave cash-outs and is reportable to CalPERS as Outof-Class compensation in accordance with Government Code 20480. Out-of-Class compensation are limited to 960 hours per fiscal year per vacant position, and hours must be tracked for compliance with Government Code 20480.

Employees on any form of leave time in excess of 15 consecutive calendar days shall be deemed not to be assigned to the higher classification and shall be ineligible to receive the additional compensation under this section until the employee returns to duty and is reassigned to temporary assignment in a higher classification.

The parties agree that, to the extent permitted by law (2 CCR section 571), compensation for working at a higher assignment shall be reported to CalPERS as special compensation for Classic CalPERS members.

8.15 Bilingual Pay. Sworn employees hired in position which are required to use their bilingual skills routinely and consistently, shall be compensated at $215 per pay period in addition to their base pay. Non-sworn employees hired in position which are required to use their bilingual skills routinely and consistently, shall be compensated at $90 per pay period in addition to their base pay. An employee’s refusal to use bilingual skills will result in the elimination of the bilingual pay.

Eligible employees must successfully pass an initial assessment to receive such compensation. Changes to the assessment process are subject to meet and confer.

Employees in this unit who already receive bilingual pay will be grandfathered in and do not need to take an initial assessment. However, new employees and employees coming into the unit (individuals promoted) must take and pass an initial assessment to be eligible to receive this pay.

Employees on any form of leave time in excess of 30 consecutive calendar days shall be deemed not to be using their bilingual skills on a regular basis and shall be ineligible to receive bilingual pay until the employee returns to duty.

CCPMA | July 1, 2025 – June 30, 2028 14 | P a g e
The parties agree that, to the extent permitted by law (2 CCR section 571 and 2 CCR section 571.1), bilingual pay shall be reported to CalPERS as special compensation or pensionable compensation.

8.16 Special Assignment Pay. Sergeants who are assigned by the Police Chief to designated Special Assignments will be eligible for an additional stipend per pay period while assigned to the Special Assignment. Special Assignments are temporary in nature. The following are the approved special assignments:

A. Gang Detail Assignment Premium ($250/pp) - Compensation to local police officers, county peace officers and school police or security officers who are routinely and consistently assigned to enforce laws relating to a group of individuals banded together for unlawful activities.

B. Police Liaison Premium– Compensation to rank and file local police officers, county peace officers and school police or security officers who are routinely and consistently assigned to function as a liaison between special persons, groups or courts and the police/sheriff department.

1. Homeless Liaison ($250/pp)

2. PACT Team ($250/pp)

3. Special Operations ($250/pp)
C. Police Investigator Premium - Compensation to rank and file local police officers, county peace officers and school police or security officers who are routinely and consistently assigned to analyze crimes or investigative accidents.

1. Detective ($280/pp)

2. Narcotics ($250/pp)
D. Police Administrative Officer –

1. Professional Standards ($250/pp)
The parties agree that, to the extent permitted by law (2 CCR section 571 and 2 CCR section 571.1), special assignment pay shall be reported to CalPERS as special compensation or pensionable compensation.

8.17 Compensation for Vehicle Use. Compensation for an employee’s use of his/her personal vehicle shall be in accordance with the City’s Travel Expenses Policy.

Cathedral City City CouncilAugust 13, 2025

Cathedral City City Council
August 13, 2025